Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

43rd Annual Convention; Denver, CO; 2017

Program by Continuing Education Events: Sunday, May 28, 2017


 

Symposium #159
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Most children with autism spectrum disorders engage in problem behaviors (e.g., stereotypy) that are maintained by automatic (nonsocial) reinforcement. Given that researchers and practitioners typically have no control over the consequences maintaining these behaviors, assessment and treatment are often a challenge in applied settings. To address this issue, the symposium aims to present recent advances in both the assessment and treatment of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement in children with autism spectrum disorders. The first presentation will discuss the use of a modified trial-based functional analysis to identify the function of automatically-reinforced behavior following ambiguous results. The second presentation will examine the effects of using a technology-based intervention on engagement in stereotypy and other challenging behavior in a girl with autism. Finally, the third presentation will present the results of a study on validating the algorithms of an app designed to support parents in the reduction of stereotypy in children with autism spectrum disorders. Altogether, the presentations will provide an overview of recent research on the assessment and treatment of automatically-reinforced behavior in this population.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Functional Analysis, Stereotypy, Technology
 
Advances in Trial-Based Functional Analysis of Automatically Maintained Challenging Behavior
MANDY J. RISPOLI (Purdue University), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University)
Abstract: Trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) allows for the experimental assessment of variables which may influence challenging behavior within ongoing activities and routines in the learner’s natural environment. The purpose of this study was to extend the work on TBFA to assess vocal scripting behaviors in three boys with autism spectrum disorder. Following initial ambiguous TBFA results, the TBFA procedures were modified to capture relevant motivating operations. These modified TBFAs led to the identification of an automatic function for all three participants’ vocal scripting. The validity of the TBFA results was examined for each participant using an ABAB design in which A was baseline and B was noncontingent attention. Under the noncontingent attention conditions, vocal scripting dropped to near zero levels. These results speak to the utility of modifying the TBFA to identify the function and relevant abolishing operations for stereotyped behavior. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed.
 

Effects of Visual Activity Schedules With Embedded Video Modeling on the Academic Skills and Challenging Behaviors of a Child With Autism

KATHERINE LEDBETTER-CHO (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Melissa Moore (Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Caitlin Murphy (Texas State University), Laci Watkins (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

The use of portable electronic devices to learn novel skills offers a number of benefits to individuals with autism including social acceptability and increased independence. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effects of iPod-based visual activity schedules with embedded video models on the academic skill acquisition of a young girl with autism. The participant engaged in stereotypy, which was reported to increase in the presence of the iPad, and other challenging behaviors during work. Results indicated that the intervention was effective at improving the participants performance of each academic task. Following the removal of intervention, the participant accurately performed two of the three skills without additional teaching procedures. Stereotypy remained stable and the participants engagement in challenging behavior decreased as she demonstrated acquisition of each academic task. Stimulus generalization across academic targets was demonstrated and skill acquisition was maintained during three-week follow-up probes. Implications for practitioners and directions for future research are discussed.

 
Using Mobile Technology to Reduce Stereotypy: Validation Study of the Decision-Making Algorithms
ISABELLE PRÉFONTAINE (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Emeline McDuff (Université de Montréal), Catherine McHugh (Monarch House), Jennifer Lynn Cook (Monarch House)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often engage in stereotypy, which may interfere with ongoing activities and social interactions. Parents do not always have access to the resources necessary to implement behavioral interventions that will effectively reduce engagement in stereotypy. To address this issue, we developed an iOS app, the iSTIM, designed to support parents in reducing stereotypy in their child with ASD. The purpose of this study was to test the effects of the iSTIM on the behavior of children with ASD. To this end, university students implemented the procedures recommended by the iSTIM (i.e., noncontingent access or differential reinforcement) and examined their effects on the stereotypy and appropriate behavior of 11 children with ASD between the ages of 3 and 8 using an alternating treatment design. Using the iSTIM reduced engagement in stereotypy while increasing appropriate engagement in 8 participants. Our results indicate that the iSTIM may decrease engagement in stereotypy, but that some of the decision-making algorithms may benefit from modifications before beginning testing with parents. We may need to modify the implementation of the latter to improve its efficiency. The next steps are to update the app and test it using parents as behavior change agents.
 
 
Symposium #160
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Interventions Targeting Social Skills in Children With Autism: Affect, Joint Attention, and Social Interactions
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nidal Daou (American University of Beirut)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium is concerned with behavioral interventions that target social skills in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). It focuses mainly on affect, joint attention, and responding to the interest of others as means for enhancing social interactions. The first presentation is a conceptual examination of the different approaches in the study of affect as a critical component of social-communication intervention in ASD; it reviews the behavioral interventions literature of the last 20 years and considers possible reasons for the underrepresentation of this research topic in the behavioral literature and ways to encourage it. The second presentation reports on an empirical study concerned with the effectiveness of prompting and reinforcement to teach gaze shift to toddlers with ASD when responding to a request, responding to joint attention, and initiating joint attention. Finally, the third presentation reports on an empirical study that evaluated the effects of verbal instructions, a visual flow chart, and differential reinforcement on the acquisition and generalization of asking a question to play partners who displayed non-verbal cues showing disinterest.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): affective behavior, joint attention, requesting, social interactions
 
Affective Behavior and Emotion in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of Interventions
(Theory)
NIDAL DAOU (American University of Beirut), Ryma Hady (American University of Beirut), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: It is not uncommon for people with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to smile or cry. It is uncommon, however, for these and other expressions of emotion to be emitted contextually without the aid of intervention. Scientists and practitioners across the subfields in psychology have addressed this important diagnostic feature of ASD. The cognitive/developmental literature has focused extensively on deficits in the expression and recognition of emotion in people with ASD, yet it is predominantly the behavioral literature that has offered interventions to teach children with ASD to engage in affective responses. Nevertheless, the topic of affect intervention remains under-researched. Although a handful of affect-training behavioral studies have been published in the last two decades, more research is needed to determine precisely what would constitute science-based best-practice methods to facilitate socialization in ASD. This presentation examines the traditional and behavioral approaches in the study of affect in autism; it reviews behavior analytic interventions that have been carried out in this context since Gena, Krantz, McClannahan, and Poulson’s (1996) seminal study and evaluates reasons and potential solutions for the underrepresentation of this topic.
 
Social-Communication Intervention: Generalization and Collateral Changes
(Applied Research)
THERESA FIANI (The Graduate Center, City University of New York; Queens College, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (The Graduate Center, City University of New York; Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: The impairment in gaze behavior in children with autism negatively affects the development of early social-communication skills, such as requesting and joint attention. Previous research has shown collateral changes associated with teaching children to shift gaze in the contexts of requesting and/or joint attention. In this study we examined whether teaching gaze shift response in the context of two pivotal responses, requesting and joint attention, will result in generalization to a wider range of social-communicative contexts. Using a multiple baseline design across responses, we examined the effectiveness of prompting and reinforcement to teach gaze shift to three toddlers with autism spectrum disorder in the contexts of responding to a request, responding to joint attention, and initiating joint attention. Results from the first two participants showed generalization of the gaze shift response to other social-communicative contexts, people, and responses (i.e., smiling, pointing, vocalizing, and imitating; the third participant is expected to complete the project in December 2016). We also observed collateral changes on the Childhood Autism Rating ScaleTM 2nd edition, and the Pervasive Developmental Disorder Behavior Inventory after intervention.
 

Teaching Individuals With Autism to Respond to the Interest of Others During Play Activities

(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE VENTURA (Alpine Learning Group), Brittany Tomasi (Alpine Learning Group), Nicole DeNisco (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

We used a multiple-probe-across-participants-experimental design to evaluate the effects of verbal instructions, a visual flow chart, and differential reinforcement on the acquisition and generalization of asking a question (Do you still want to play?) when play partners displayed non-verbal cues showing disinterest (e.g., yawning). To ensure that participants learned to discriminate when to ask the question, we presented disinterested and interested trials. While playing, partners showed interest on some trials, and disinterest on others. None of the participants asked the question on disinterested or interested trials during baseline. During intervention, two of the participants learned to ask the question on disinterested trials, and did not ask the question on interested trials. Correct responding for the third and final participant are currently on an increasing trend with the most recent probe at 83% correct. We anticipate criterion responding within two sessions. Responding measured during games where the intervention was not used indicated generalization of question asking to non-trained disinterested scenarios. We will continue to collect generalization and maintenance data for all participants.

 
 
Symposium #161
CE Offered: BACB
Investigation of Behavioral Interventions for Social Skills to Promote Inclusion for Adults With ASD
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway)
CE Instructor: Helena Lydon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Social Skills deficits are evident in individual with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) across their lifespan. The gap in these deficits often become more prominent as the individual gets older. This symposium will look at an investigation of behavioural interventions for pre- young adults and adults with ASD to enhance work place inclusion. The research will look at two single case research designs to teach conversation skills and an adapted version of the Adolescent Curriculum for Communication and Effective Social Skills (ACCESS; Walker et al., 1988). The results of both studies discuss the importance for social skills interventions amongst this population ad highlights the factors that can impact on teaching social skills necessary for inclusion, as well as a discussion of the contextual factors that support individuals with autism within the workplace.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Work-Related Social Communication Skills Training for Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Co-Occurring Intellectual Disabilities

(Applied Research)
EDITH ADEL WALSH (National University of Ireland, Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Helena Lydon (National University of Ireland Galway)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are faced with significant barriers relating to employment opportunities and workplace participation. The current study examined the effectiveness of an employment skills intervention utilizing technology to increase social communication skills necessary for workplace inclusion. The intervention comprised of an adaptation of the Adolescent Curriculum for Communication and Effective Social Skills (ACCESS; Walker et al., 1988) to include video modelling (VM). The study was delivered in a vocational training centre for adults with autism and intellectual disabilities. Participants attended two sessions per week across a period of 20 weeks. The study employed 8 single case multiple probe designs to target three broad curricular areas (i.e., peer-related social skills, adult-related social skills, and self-related social skills). Pre-test and post-test standardized assessments and additional direct behavioural measures were also taken. The outcomes of the study highlight the factors that can impact on teaching social skills necessary for inclusion, as well as a discussion of the contextual factors that support individuals with autism within the workplace.

 

Increasing Appropriate Conversation Skills Using a Behavioral Skills Training Package With Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Grace Ryan (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Shelley Alison Brady (University of Coleraine)
Abstract:

The current research evaluated the effectiveness of a behavioral skills training package used to increase appropriate conversation interactions for six adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Deficits in the area of social skills can become a significant feature for individuals with disabilities and in particular for those with ASD. A multiple probe design across participant dyads was employed to examine the effects of the intervention on conversation interactions. The behavioral skills training package was delivered in small group instruction and included; (i) instructions about having a conversation, (ii) modeling a conversation, (iii) practicing a conversation, and (iv) feedback on performance during each session. Engagement in appropriate conversation was measured according to a task analysis. Results indicated that the behavioral skills training package was effective for increasing appropriate conversation interactions for all six participants, and maintenance was evident four weeks post intervention. The findings are discussed in relation to the importance for social interactions and communication amongst this population.

 
An Evaluation of the Model Me Kids® Curriculum for Teaching Social Skills to Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
(Applied Research)
JENNIFER HOLLOWAY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Anna Mc Coy (National University of Ireland, Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin, Ireland)
Abstract: Behavioral interventions are widely used as a treatment for increasing social skills for successful everyday interactions and the development of meaningful friendships. The current study employed a randomized controlled trial to evaluate the Model Me Kids® curriculum for increasing social skills in children and adolescents with a diagnosis of high functioning ASD. Model Me Kids® is a social skills curriculum that employs video modeling and role-play to teach behaviors imperative to social development. 32 children and adolescents aged 9-17 years were randomly assigned to an experimental (n=18) or a waitlist control group (n=14). Across 12 weeks and 18 sessions, participants in the experimental group received instruction on three modules from the Model Me Kids® curriculum. Results show that there was significant difference between the experimental and waitlist control groups on standardized measures of social skills following intervention. In addition to this, direct observational measures showed increases in performance for participants in the experimental group post-intervention. The findings of the current study indicate that supplemental behavioral procedures may be necessary to increase acquired social skills to levels of mastery.
 
 
Symposium #162
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Social Repertoires in Children With Autism: Joint Attention, Social Referencing and Social Conversation Skills
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Diana Parry-Cruwys (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Diana Parry-Cruwys, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It is well established that individuals with autism have deficits in social skills especially joint attention, social referencing and social conversations. Efforts to remediate these deficits have proven to be challenging as the source of difficulty has much to do the failure of social behaviors to function as motivation operations. In the current symposium we will present data from three lines of work in this area. In the first paper, Deitchman, examined the effects of video modeling and feedback on the development of social conversation skills. They taught participants to respond to a generalized repertoire of natural social cues including affective, gestural and verbal cues discriminative for the availability of social reinforcement, and found that all participants learned to respond appropriately during conversation generalization trials. In the second paper, Holohan, implemented a protocol including video modeling and feedback to train both therapists and parents how to teach three different joint attention skills. In the third paper, Walker extended work on social referencing by teaching children to respond differentially to an adults facial expression in the presence of an ambiguous situation such as a basket with a hidden object and found generalization across different stimuli.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Incorporating Video Into Discrimination Training and Feedback To Teach Natural Conversation Cues

CAROLE ANN DEITCHMAN (DataPath ABA), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Linda Sue Meyer (Linda S. MEyer Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

Few studies address higher order stereotypy, such as insistence on sameness, perseverative patterns of social interaction, and highly circumscribed interests for participants with ASD. Researchers have characterized these behaviors as difficulties with variant responding, and some have attempted to bring repetitive behavior under discriminative control using multiple schedules of reinforcement that target arbitrary or tangible natural discriminative stimuli. This study extended the literature by teaching participants to respond to a generalized repertoire of natural social cues including affective, gestural and verbal cues discriminative for the availability of social reinforcement. Video modeling was used during discrimination training and video feedback during conversation trials to promote the saliency of natural conversation cues. Inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity data were taken on at least 50% of all trials during all conditions and was 80% or higher. All participants learned to discriminate S+ and S- cues and respond appropriately during conversation trials and also during all generalization probes.

 
Training Therapists and Parents to Implement Joint Attention Procedures
BRIANNA RACHEL HOLOHAN (The New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Parent-training is a critical element in early intensive behavioral services. The purpose of this study was to teach therapists and parents how to implement joint attention (JA) procedures across 3 different tasks to children with autism (CWA). All of the CWA were younger than two years of age when they began their participation. The 3 JA tasks that were taught were pointing to pictures in a book, making a choice between 2 items and showing an item to an adult. A multiple probe design was used. Participants worked in triads for the duration of the study, which included; the therapist, the parent, and the child. Therapists and parents were trained using video modeling and feedback procedures. The video model included a voice-over narration and on-screen text. All participants successfully implemented JA instruction during training. One parent demonstrated generalization across tasks. The implications for using video modeling combined with feedback as a training package to teach JA procedures to children with autism are discussed.
 

Teaching Social Referencing to Toddlers With Autism

CAROLYN WALKER (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Developing technology to teach social referencing is important because social referencing is an important safety skill. The purpose of this study was to teach 3 toddlers with autism social referencing using a multiple baseline across participants design. Social referencing is a chain of behavior in which a child gaze shifts from an ambiguous situation to an adult, and then changes their behavior based on the adults facial expression. Participants were trained using differential reinforcement and time-delay prompting to gaze shift from an ambiguous object, an unknown container, to an adult and reach or not reach based on the adults facial expression. Mastery at the table with a previously unknown container was followed by generalization probes on the floor, with a second experimenter, and 2 other unknown containers. All participants acquired social referencing during training, and the skill generalized to a second person, to another setting, and to novel containers. The implications for using differential reinforcement and time-delay prompting to teach social referencing are discussed. Inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity data were taken on at least 33% of all trials during all conditions and was 80% or higher.

 
 
Symposium #163
CE Offered: BACB
Beyond the Basics: Training Complex Verbal Skills Through Relational Frames Using Arbitrary, Non-Arbitrary, and Cross-Modal Stimuli
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Williams (University of Southern Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Autumn N. McKeel, Ph.D.
Abstract: The utility of relational frame theory (RFT) translated to applied settings can provide a contemporary and efficient approach to expanding complex verbal repertoires for individuals with language deficits. RFT provides an account of language that includes, but is not limited to, frames of comparison, distinction, coordination, and hierarchy. Relational training recommends the use of both non-arbitrary and arbitrary relations across different stimuli. There is currently a growing body of literature showcasing language skills through relational training with a continuing need to explore the various frame families. The present symposium will discuss the relational frames of hierarchy and comparison, and the procedures for effectively teaching children with autism and related disabilities how to relate non-arbitrary and arbitrary stimuli effectively within these frames. The first two studies will also explore transformations of stimulus function among participant relational skills. Additionally, the importance of cross-modal equivalence and relational training will be examined, specifically with gustatory, auditory, and visual sets of stimuli.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Arbitrary Relations, Cross-Modal Relations, Non-Arbitrary Relations, RFT
 

Teaching Hierarchical Relations to Children With Autism and Related Disabilities

BECKY BARRON (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Relational frame theory (RFT) identifies general categories of relational frames in which stimulus events and classes are often related. Hierarchical frames address the relation between two stimulus classes with regards to how one is a member or attribute of the other. A series of multiple-baseline studies were conducted to evaluate the efficacy of Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge: Transformation module (PEAK-T) programs for teaching hierarchical relations to children with autism. The participants were taught to demonstrate a particular skill such as sorting or stacking different stimuli based on stimulus function, to more complex sorting skills such as arranging by multiple attributes. The studies will highlight the use of non-arbitrary and arbitrary relational frames. The results indicated that the participants were able to learn hierarchical relations. Participants also demonstrated a transformation of stimulus function to novel stimuli following mastery of the initial training procedure. Results of this study imply that children with autism can be taught hierarchical relations using the PEAK-T module. Implications regarding the efficiency of relational training will be discussed.

 

Arbitrary Comparative Relations and the Transformation of Stimulus Functions in Terms of Non-Arbitrary Comparative Properties in Individuals With Autism

AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Lindsey Renee Ellenberger (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory provides a behavioral account of language development that emphasizes non-arbitrary and arbitrary relations among stimuli. Of the applied literature surrounding derived stimulus relations, approximately 73% has evaluated developing coordinated relations; however, comparatively fewer studies have evaluated facilitating the development of other relational frame families. Facilitating the development of derived stimulus relations can have important benefits for individuals with deficits in their verbal repertoires. In the present study, we evaluated a set of procedures taken from the PEAK-Transformation curriculum for determining if two adolescents with autism could demonstrate a transformation of stimulus function from non-arbitrary stimulus properties to arbitrary stimuli following comparative relational training. A multiple baseline across skills with an embedded multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the procedures. The percentage of correct responses during baseline were below 50%, but with successive training the participants were able to demonstrate the directly trained r(bigger) and r(faster) relations, as well as the combinatorially entailed r(smaller) and r(slower) relations (Tau-U = .98, and 1.0, p<0.001). Additionally, both participants were able to match the arbitrary stimuli with non-arbitrary stimulus properties following training. The implications of the procedures in application to individuals with autism are discussed.

 

Teaching Gustatory, Audible, and Visual Stimuli Sets to Adults With Developmental Disabilities

Jaime Elise Matas (Aurora University), AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University)
Abstract:

Programs that target language deficits for children and adults with disabilities are often conducted unimodally, most often with visual and auditory stimuli. More recent literature has explored the use of cross-modal relations (i.e., gustatory, olfactory, tactile, etc.) to enhance the verbal repertoire of individuals with language deficits. More specifically, recent studies have discussed the use of stimulus equivalence with cross-modal relations in the development of new verbal skills. A multiple baseline design was conducted across three participants (three tier and two tier) to determine whether PEAK equivalence module was an effective tool in teaching adults with autism relationships among stimuli. A program training and testing for derivation of transitivity among gustatory, auditory, and visual sensory stimuli was conducted. Stimuli were selected and probed initially preceding the training. First, gustatory stimuli to a visual picture was trained. Then a visual picture to a spoken word was trained. Finally, once mastery criterion was met, each participants accuracy of responding was tested to evaluate results. Results showed that all five participants reached mastery criterion in training sessions and were able to derive new relations following direct training.

 
 
Panel #164
CE Offered: BACB
Hello From the Other Side: Behaving Outside the Box to Maximize the Impact of Your Career
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Matthew Capriotti, Ph.D.
Chair: Saba Torabian (San Jose State University)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University)
SABRINA DARROW (University of California, San Francisco)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is a well-established field. Both trainees and established professionals have clear-cut paths to train, publish, and practice within traditional wheelhouses of ABA. Behavior analysis has had a huge, important, and undeniable impact in a few areas (most notably, clinical practice with individuals with disabilities). And yet, as Skinner and other have noted, our science has hardly realized its potential to address the litany of other social and clinical problems that plague humanity. As social justice movements have boomed in recent years, our students, colleagues, and friends express increasing interest in tackling new and vexing challenges, integrating our science into mainstream areas of practice, and affecting system-level and policy changes. This event will showcase a conversation among panelists who have gone outside the box in their careers, venturing into spaces rarely occupied by behavior analysts. Panelists will discuss their work implementing behavior-analytic solutions for diverse issues, such as ending health disparities, preventing suicide and child abuse, and improving routine pediatric care. Panelists will engage in a frank discussion about their experiences in this work. Special consideration will be given to facilitators and barriers to their efforts to expand their professional scope, both from beyond and within the behavior analysis community. Panelists will reflect on key choice-points in their career and training and share lessons learned regarding career development. Ample time will be devoted to Q&A with audience members considering an expansion of their work beyond behavior analytic comfort zones.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): career development, clinical, community interventions
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #165
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Treating Depression to Reduce Behavioral Risk Factors for Cardiovascular Disease: A Preventive Behavioral Medicine Perspective

Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Steven R. Lawyer, Ph.D.
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University)
MATTHEW WHITED (Eastern Carolina University)
Dr. Whited is a Clinical Health Psychologist who is primarily interested in understanding the mechanisms of the association between depressed mood and cardiovascular disease in order to develop better preventive behavioral medicine interventions. He received a bachelor’s in psychology (2nd major biology) from Indiana University of Pennsylvania, and a master’s and PhD in clinical psychology from West Virginia University, having completed his clinical internship at the University of Mississippi Medical Center. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship in behavioral medicine research at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, Division of Preventive and Behavioral Medicine under Dr. Sherry Pagoto. He is currently an Assistant Professor of Psychology at East Carolina University, with research, teaching, and clinical duties falling largely under the APA-accredited Clinical Health Psychology PhD Program.
Abstract:

Depression is consistently associated with cardiovascular disease (CVD) and other CVD risk factors such as obesity. The mechanisms of this association are likely multifactorial, but identifying behavioral mechanisms of the association are imperative to developing and disseminating effective interventions that can impact both symptoms of depression and health behaviors that lead to CVD. Dr. Whited’s presentation will briefly review the literature regarding depression treatment for CVD prevention, and introduce one potential intervention, behavioral activation treatment for depression (BATD), that has potential to fill this role. BATD is a brief individual treatment for depression that focuses on replacing depressogenic behaviors with behaviors that reduce or eliminate depressive symptoms based on the patients’ life values. Health behavior change can also be seamlessly incorporated into BATD treatment so that both depressive symptoms and health behaviors are simultaneously impacted. Dr. Whited will conclude by presenting data from various sources supporting BATD approaches for health behavior change.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and clinical psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe the current state of the literature with regard to depression and CVD; (2) Identify aspects of BATD that are shared with applied behavior analysis; (3) Specify the role of BATD in simultaneous treatment of depression and health behaviors that lead to CVD.
 
 
Symposium #166
CE Offered: BACB
Studying The Enhancement of Sexual and Relationship Health
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Fawna Stockwell, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Historically, research on human sexuality and romantic and sexual relationships has rarely been conducted with the general population using a single-subject design and direct measures of behavior. This symposium presents research studies focused on a behavior analytic strategies for teaching sexual consent, examining the impact of attraction and self-disclosure on intimacy-related behaviors, and for assessing the impact of mindfulness on gender dysphoria and valued behaviors. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications, as well as directions for future research, instruction, and applied projects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): gender dysphoria, LGBTQ, romantic relationships, sexual consent
 

Sexual Consent Training and Its Impact on Adult Participant's Pretest-Posttest and Application Task Responding

STEFANIE SCHOENEMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), Ashley E. Bennett (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of a sexual consent training on pre-test and post-test responding of young adults from the general population. Participants attended a 90-minute workshop that presented five modules of information on sexual consent, including myths and society perspective related to sexual violence and consent, how to give and get consent from a sexual partner, and video scenarios where consent was received, not given, or unclear. As part of a multiple probe design, participants completed an assessment at the beginning of the session and multiple times following modules presented. Results of the study showed that, in general, participants correct responses on the assessment increased following the presentation of each module, and assessment performance was correlated to performance on the application tasks. This presentation will address implications and directions for future research in the area of sexual consent education.

 

Speed Dating: Attraction and Self-Disclosure and Its Impact on Queer Participants' Intimacy-Related Behaviors

WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of initial partner preference combined with intensity level of self-disclosure questions in a speed dating setting on the intimacy-related behaviors of queer-identified adults from the general population. Participants attended a two-hour speed dating session. As a part of an alternating treatments design, participants alternated between 10-minute speed dating sessions with high-intensity questions and high-preference partners, low-intensity questions and high-preference partners, high-intensity questions and low-preference partners, and low-intensity questions and low-preference partners. Results and anecdotal outcomes of speed dating, along with implications and areas for future research will be discussed.

 

The Impact of Mindfulness and Values Clarification Exercises on Behavior of Adults With Gender Dysphoria

Stephanie Popovitch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), FAWNA STOCKWELL (Upswing Advocates, The Chicago School of Professio), Jessica Gamba (Pipio Academy)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of mindfulness and values-focused exercises on gender dysphoria and valued behavior for individuals experiencing gender dysphoria. Five adult participants selected and tracked one or more valued behaviors, as well as the frequency, duration, and magnitude of daily dysphoric episodes using an electronic daily survey. During baseline conditions, there were no instructions regarding mindfulness practice put in place. During experimental conditions, participants met with the experimenter twice per week to complete Acceptance and Commitment Therapy-based exercises, and experimenters encouraged participants to practice mindfulness on their own every day. Results of the study show that frequency of dysphoric episodes decreased over the course of the study for the four participants who were exposed to all conditions; however, it is unclear whether this change was due to mindfulness practice, meetings with experimenters, major life events, or a combination of the three. Valued behaviors remained at similar levels across conditions, and responses on the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ-II) decreased over the course of the study for most participants. Participants rated the exercises as useful and applicable to their valued behaviors and reported that practicing mindfulness was helpful for self-care and for staying in the present moment.

 
 
Symposium #167
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Healthy Behaviors in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Anita Li, M.S.
Abstract:

People with developmental disabilities have been reported to have high rates of physical inactivity, overweight, and obesity (Melville, Hamilton, Hankey, Miller, & Boyle, 2007). This symposium presents an overview of three studies that sought to promote physical activity and healthy eating choices. In the first study, an interdependent group contingency was evaluated to promote walking in dyads at a young adult program geared towards individuals with developmental disabilities. This intervention was successful for one dyad, and considerations are discussed with regard to prerequisites of learner capability. In the second study, goal-setting and a peer mentor was paired with participants to promote walking in college students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Two out of three participants were able to increase the number of steps walked per day absent financial incentives or rewards. This may have implications for the use of social reinforcement and support network to promote physical activity. Finally, the third study evaluated the effects of reinforcing positive statements regarding healthy food choice and its effects on preference. A rewards, goal setting, and parallel instructive feedback package was used to promote higher rates of positive statements. While it was successful at increasing both number and variability of statements, it did not appear to have a significant effect on food preference.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, health, physical activity
 

Increasing Physical Activity in College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University), Kourtney Bakalyar (Western Michigan University), Andrea Miller (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

An overwhelming number of adults in the United States have failed to meet the prescribed recommendations, with approximately 20% meeting the recommendations (CDC, 2013). Unsurprisingly, the lack of physical activity is also prevalent among college students. According to the American College Health Association-National College Health Assessment (ACHA-NCHA), only 45.4% of the sampled students engaged in the prescribed recommendations for aerobic activity (ACHA-NCHA II, 2016). In an attempt to increase aerobic physical activity among college students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), a goal-setting and peer-pairing treatment package was implemented and evaluated with a multiple-baseline-across-participants design. The participants goals were individualized and systematically increased throughout the course of the study. The paired-peers provided daily goal reminders and met with their assigned participant on a weekly basis. The data suggest that goal-setting and peer-pairing were effective in increasing levels of physical activity for two out of three participants.

 

Increasing Physical Activity in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities: A Preliminary Evaluation

HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Rachel Burroughs (Western Michigan University), Steven Ragotzy (Kalamazoo Regional Educational Service Agency), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

People with intellectual disabilities have been reported to have high rates of physical inactivity, overweight, and obesity (Melville et al., 2007). This study evaluated a goal-setting and interdependent group contingency strategy on physical activity with four young adults with intellectual disabilities. Aerobic physical activity was measured as accumulated number of steps per school day. Each participant pair accessed preferred items or activities contingent on meeting or exceeding their individual goals. Prior to intervention, the participants average number of steps were 2,693, 3,519, 4,006, and 5,701. During the final week of the intervention, the participants average number of steps were 4,521, 6,016, 5,064, and 7,563, respectively. The data suggest that physical activity levels were higher during the intervention weeks for all four participants. The results provide initial support for the efficacy of goal-setting and group contingency strategies among young adults with intellectual disabilities in a school setting.

 

A Preliminary Evaluation of Correspondence Between Healthy Food Statements and Preference

ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Andrea Miller (Western Michigan University), Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Previous research (Hubner et al., 2008; Sheyab et al., 2014) have found positive correspondence between the emission of positive statements and a subsequent increase in the behavior of interest (e.g. reading). This study sought to evaluate these findings in a novel application. Adults with developmental disabilities have been reported to have high rates of overweight and obesity (Melville et al., 2007), and so the researchers sought to evaluate whether reinforcing positive statements regarding healthy food choices would shift preference of food choices in an analogue setting. Four female adults with developmental disabilities participated in the study. Positive statements regarding healthy foods were promoted through goal setting, parallel instructive feedback, and rewards. While this intervention was successful in promoting more varied and a higher number of positive statements, it did not appear to successfully shift preference.

 
 
Symposium #169
CE Offered: BACB
How to Improve Learning in Every Classroom
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Greg Stikeleather (Los Angeles, CA)
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, Ph.D.
Abstract: Education is a basic human right. How can behavior analysis best help the worlds 60 million teachers and 1.4 billion students? How would you answer a teacher who asks, Show me how I can improve learning in my classroom right now? This symposium will feature hands-on tactics derived from behavior analytic research any educator use to improve learning regardless of students age, skills, curriculum content, or budget. Dr. Heward will show three low-tech tools teachers in unwired classrooms can use to improve learning. Dr. Twyman will demonstrate three high tech counterparts that maximize the effectiveness of digital technologies in the classroom.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ASR, high-tech, low-tech, teaching practices
 
How Low Can You Go? Effective Group Instruction on the Cheap
(Service Delivery)
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Group instruction presents teachers with five major challenges: maintaining students’ attention, ensuring high rates of active student responding (ASR), providing feedback for students’ responses, monitoring students’ learning, and preventing and dealing with disruptive behavior. Three low-tech tactics (i.e., inexpensive, easy to use, no equipment to breakdown or software to maintain) with which teachers from preschool to graduate school can meet these challenges will be presented.
 
How High Can You Go? Effective Group Instruction Using Digital Technologies
(Service Delivery)
JANET S. TWYMAN (Center on Innovations in Learning)
Abstract: Digital technologies for the classroom are increasingly available and used across student ages, skill levels, and curriculum domains. Powered by the capacity and reach of the Internet, educational hardware and software (apps) have an interesting potential to improve learning, a potential that is enhanced when the technology is built upon behavioral concepts/principals (or when teachers select and use digital tools based on their own knowledge of behavioral principles). Several “high tech” teaching tools that promote the same elements of effective instruction—high rates of relevant ASR, instructional feedback, and ongoing assessment of student learning—inherent in the “low tech” tactics described earlier will be presented.
 
Some Closing Thoughts on Learning Technologies
(Theory)
RONNIE DETRICH (The Wing Institute)
Abstract: Learning technology, whether it is high-tech or low-tech, has to meet certain design requirements if it is to be effective. Some of those design features are frequent opportunities to respond, a sequence of instruction that builds on previously developed skills/knowledge, and mechanisms for immediately reinforcing correct responses and correcting errors. In addition to these design features, instructional technologies also must be usable by those responsible for instruction and those instructors must have the necessary skills and training to effectively implement these methods. Education has largely failed to attend to the issues of usability and the necessary supports to assure high quality implementation. Education can be conceptualized as a human rights issue or as a public health issue. Students with poor educational outcomes are much more likely to experience a number of social and health related problems such as increased risk of obesity, smoking, and substance abuse problems. In addition, students with poor outcomes are more likely to be incarcerated and live in poverty. If we are to solve these problems we must have effective instructional technologies, that any teacher can use, that are implemented with sufficient quality to produce in beneficial outcomes for all students.
 
 
Symposium #171
CE Offered: BACB
Humanism, Behaviorism and Constructivism: Ism it Interesting?
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G
Area: PCH/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Zoe Alexis Barbara (Salem State University)
Discussant: Abraham Graber (Western Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behaviorism as a philosophy has provided behavior analysts with a scientific method by which to study, analyze, and promote adaptive behavior in various environments. In the applied behavior analysis (ABA) realm, the applied dimension directly relates to ensuring that the programs and interventions used by behavior analysts lead to more reinforcement and overall quality of life for clients and students. This approach, and philosophical position, is consistent with other theoretical perspectives with the same aim, such as humanism and constructivism. These latter two approaches often dominate therapeutic and educational settings, and tend to exclude behavior analysis in many cases. In this symposium, the presenters will provide an analysis, synthesis, and evaluation of these approaches in which we argue that a behaviorist approach is necessary in order to achieve the goals of the other approaches. We will also discuss how to help others, as Skinner suggests, “listen to what they are ready to hear”. Thus, it behooves specialists to work together to achieve their goals.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): behaviorism, constructivism, humanism, philosophy
 
On Being a Humanistic Behaviorist
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Abstract: The fields of experimental (EAB) and applied behavior analysis (ABA) have behaviorism as their underlying philosophy, which emphasizes a scientific and deterministic approach to understanding and explaining behavior or all organisms in operant and respondent terms. This approach is often contrasted with other theoretical and philosophical perspectives in psychology. One such perspective is humanistic psychology, as emphasized by Rogers and Maslow, which has a focus on the "whole person" in terms of their ability to move toward self-actualization. This approach is often viewed as de-emphasizing a scientific approach; however, in this presentation, it will be argued that the applied dimension of ABA is actually congruent with many aspects of a humanistic approach to behaviorism, and that such a combined approach is beneficial for the field. In addition, an analysis of secular humanism versus psychological humanism will be explored, and a synthesis will be presented between the two types of humanism and behaviorism.
 

Behaviorism, Constructivism, and Education

KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis has been relegated to the outskirts of American education. Most general educators believe that behaviorism is either dead, or useful only for solving social behavior problems or teaching special education students. In order to have greater influence, behavior analysts need to know the tenets of the current dominant theory of learning, constructivism, to build a more effective case for our alternative. This presentation will thus describe three types of constructivism: Piagets original organismic, developmental radical constructivism; mechanistic, information processing constructivism; and contextual, social constructivism. In that context, behavior analysts can posit their own -ism, instructivism, which involves transmission of culture by directly teaching skills and concepts to learners; and describe a broader educational process that juxtaposes instructivism and constructivism to facilitate constructivist practices involving learners creating meaning through inquiry and critical thinking. Indeed a full behavioral education model must involve iterative bouts of traditional behavioral instructivist practices, and building complex repertoires from the component repertoires thus established by teaching generative repertoires like questioning, reasoning and problem solving. Finally this presentation will show how generative behavioral education can do a better job than current constructivist design by further proceduralizing John Deweys Reflective Thinking process.

 
 
Symposium #172
CE Offered: BACB
Law Enforcement, Policing, and Military Applications
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John O'Neill (Force Science Institute; Sound Behavior LLC)
CE Instructor: John O'Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will present data on applications of behavioral methods to law enforcement, policing, and the military. First, a multi-site analysis of behavioral skills training for police cadet (N = 70) skills. Baton strikes, pressure point manipulation, handcuffing, and disarming of a suspect were analyzed with skill maintenance assessed at 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 week follow-ups. Second, pre-existing (1974-2015) unintentional discharge reports (N = 137) from seven law enforcement agencies in the United States of America were analyzed by context and officer behavior. Finally, preliminary results from the use of the 1-min timing to decrease PTSD in the military veteran populations will be presented and discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Law Enforcement, Military, Police
 

Law Enforcement Training: An Analysis of Skill Maintenance

JOHN O'NEILL (Force Science Institute; Sound Behavior LLC), Dawn Seefeldt (Force Science Institute; Sound Behavior LLC), Katelyn Weed (Force Science Institute; Minnesota State University Mankato), William Spence (Force Science Institute), William Lewinski (Force Science Institute)
Abstract:

We conducted a multi-site analysis of behavioral skills training for police cadets (N = 70). Skills included a baton strike, pressure point manipulation, handcuffing, and disarming of a suspect. Skill maintenance was assessed at 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16 week follow-ups. Results suggest that the percentage of skill steps completed at posttest decreased gradually across follow-up tests while larger decreases were observed in the percentage of participants that completed the critical component of each skill. We provide suggestions for police skill training and discuss programming for fluency and skill maintenance.

 
A Behavior Analysis of Unintentional Discharges in Law Enforcement
DAWN SEEFELDT (Force Science Institute; Sound Behavior LLC), John O'Neill (Force Science Institute; Sound Behavior LLC), William Lewinski (Force Science Institute)
Abstract: An unintentional discharge is an activation of the trigger mechanism that results in an unplanned discharge that is outside of the firearm's prescribed use. Unintentional discharges can result in injury or death, yet have been understudied in scientific literature. Pre-existing (1974-2015) unintentional discharge reports (N = 137) from seven law enforcement agencies in the United States of America were analyzed by context, officer behavior, type of firearm, and injuries. Over 50% of unintentional discharges occurred in contexts with low threat potential while engaged in routine firearm tasks. The remaining unintentional discharges occurred in contexts with elevated to high threat potential during muscle co-activation, unfamiliar firearm tasks, contact with inanimate objects, and a medical condition. We provide a data-based behavioral taxonomy as a tool for identifying the conditions under which unintentional discharges may be likely to occur.
 
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder Issues in the Military
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: Both respondent and operant conditioning come into play when military training occurs. About 25% of veterans, especially US Army, have received that diagnosis on return from Vietnam, Afghanistan, and Iraq war zones. Applied behavior analysis (ABA) techniques can ameliorate the external and inner behaviors associated with the symptoms and behaviors. While there are no charts to date of success of the use of the 1-min timing to decrease PTSD in the military veteran populations, there are charts from people who have experienced depression, aggression, and suicidal tendencies that show the efficacy of the 1-min timing as successful. At present, the way is being paved for its use within the military population. This presentation will display the efficacy of several of the approaches, those which follow either ABA or cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) successful approaches.
 
 
Panel #174
CE Offered: BACB
Issues Regarding Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis: Curriculum Content
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D.
Chair: James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi)
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College)
Abstract: Dixon et al. (2015) ranked graduate programs in behavior analysis per the publication rates of their faculty. While controversial, this established the contention that research productivity may be a vital component of graduate training. Conversely, Malott (1992) argued that graduate programs should focus less on researcher skills and more on developing practitioners. At ABAI 2016, Wilder, Reeve, and Dixon offered a panel to discuss the importance of research in graduate ABA training. The purpose of this panel is to continue and expand that discussion, particularity with respect to the content of the training curriculum. Participants will engage with the panel in open discussion regarding issues such should curriculum focus on the development of specific clinical skills or present an integration of science and practice, does the Approve Course Sequence and BACB Task List provide a good balance of these factors, and the relationship between research skills and clinical competency, to name a few.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Graduate Training
 
 
Symposium #175
CE Offered: BACB
Technological Advancements in Stimulus Preference Assessments in Individuals With Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: SoYeon Kim (Purdue University)
Discussant: Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Lyndsay Nix, M.S.
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments (SPA) afford opportunities for instructors to identify reinforcers in behavioral acquisition and reduction programs, and they also provide opportunities to improve decision-making and autonomy in individuals with disabilities, including autism spectrum disorder. Recent attention has been paid to extending the utility of SPAs in the treatment of challenging behavior, to assess preference for complex stimuli, and to further inform the underlying behavioral mechanisms that make SPAs effective. This symposium highlights such a movement, featuring research from the three above areas. First, this presentation will discuss a methodological evaluation that aims to identify a brief, yet reliable free-operant format for tangibly-maintained problem behavior. Next, two studies will discuss the results of efforts to extend the utility of preference assessments that assess preference for complex stimuli, such as social interactions and electronic applications embedded within an iPad. The final study will discuss recent advancements of video-based preference assessments and an evaluation of the potential behavioral mechanisms that may make them effective.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, preference assessment, reinforcer assessment
 
Further Evaluation of Brief Preference Assessments and Implications on Problem Behavior
CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), Anne Clohisy (Doyle) (Thompson Center for Autism), Courtney Jorgenson (University of Missouri), Anna Hogg (Thompson Center for Autism), Nicole Schroeder (University of Missouri), Brittany Schmitz (University of Missouri), Ali Ball (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract: Previous research has shown commonly used preference assessments are prone to evoking tangibly-maintained problem behavior (i.e., paired-stimulus, multiple-stimulus, and free-operant [FO]). Of these, the FO has been shown to be correlated with the lowest amounts of problem behavior. However, studies have reported problem behavior still occurring in the FO. Overall frequencies of problem behavior might be affected by time spent in assessment, due to exposure to procedures. The purpose of the current study was to examine frequencies of problem behavior across 1- min, 2-min, and 5-min FO sessions to identify the briefest duration that would lead to reliable and predictive results for individuals with tangibly-maintained problem behavior. Rank-order correlations were calculated across session durations, and a reinforcer assessment was conducted with the item identified as most preferred. Six participants with autism are participating the study. To date, we have found lower overall frequencies of problem behavior in the shorter duration sessions. Also, we found shorter FO sessions correlate with results of longer FO sessions. Furthermore, the highest preferred item also served as a reinforcer. This suggests 1-min FO sessions may be the most appropriate choice of preference assessment for individuals who engage in problem behavior maintained by tangible items
 

An Evaluation of a Stimulus Preference Assessment of iPad Applications for Young Children With Autism

LYNDSAY NIX (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Previous researchers have conducted preference assessment studies using different types of stimuli (e.g., edibles, tangibles, music) to identify reinforcers for individuals with disabilities. This study investigates the ability of paired-stimulus preference assessment techniques to assess the potential reinforcing effectiveness of iPad applications (apps) on the academic behavior of preschoolers with autism. This study yielded a preference hierarchy for each participant among the iPad apps. Participants responding increased upon implementation of the low-preferred app. When accessing the high-preferred app as reinforcement, participants generally engaged in a higher rate of responding. These results show that a paired-stimulus preference assessment can be used to rank preference of iPad apps, and therefore identify which apps are high-preferred and low-preferred. Findings also add to the research in showing that high-preferred stimuli are more effective because they increase rates of responding. This study provides many possibilities for conducting future research involving preference of technological stimuli.

 
Identifying Preferred Social Interactions Using a Structured Interview and Preference Assessment
SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno), Tyla M. Frewing (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: Identifying preferred stimuli for inclusion in reinforcer systems is a critical feature of instructional planning for learners with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. In the current study, we extended the literature on stimulus preference assessments by (a) developing a structured interview to help caregivers identify potential social reinforcers for inclusion in a preference assessment; and (b) evaluating whether video-based preference assessments would produce similar preference hierarchies to photo-based preference assessments for social interactions. Five boys with ASD ranging from 4- to 14-years old participated in the study. Using our interview, caregivers identified social interactions that were highly ranked in subsequent preference assessments. The correlation between video- and photo-based preference assessment selection percentages was statistically significant, and both
 

Expanding Choices for Children With Autism Through Video-Based Preference Assessments

Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), SOYEON KIM (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Video-based preference assessments with children with autism allow instructors to capture the visual features of stimuli (e.g., the active movement of a toy), a luxury not afforded by preference assessments conducted in pictorial format. Video-based preference assessments also allow instructors to mitigate the inherent constraint of presenting multiple large or complex stimuli at once and assess preference for protracted events. This presentation will describe three studies that evaluated video-based preference assessments that demonstrated that contingent access to chosen stimuli may not be necessary. The first study will describe initial findings of how video-based preference assessments without access to selected stimuli may accurately predict preference. The second study will discuss the utility of video-based preference assessments in assessing preference for novel stimuli. The third study will discuss results from a study that systematically examines the behavioral mechanisms responsible for the success of video-based preference assessments, when access to selected stimuli is not provided.

 
 
Symposium #176
CE Offered: BACB
There’s More than One Way to Arrange a Contingency: Strategies for Supporting Healthy Behaviors
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University)
Discussant: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Kimberly C. Kirby, Ph.D.
Abstract: The United States has faced steadily rising rates of chronic health problems that develop from long-standing patterns of unhealthy behavior. Developing and maintaining new healthy behaviors can be challenging, especially when reinforcement for an unhealthy alternative is reliable and immediate while the healthy choices are reinforced on a delayed and uncertain schedule. The effectiveness of using incentives to promote healthy behavior and counteract unhealthy choices is becoming increasingly well-known, and in recent years a variety of innovative strategies have emerged for delivering them. In the current symposium, a series of talks will address different strategies for delivering positive reinforcement for a variety of healthy behaviors in populations of children, adolescents, and adults. The healthy behaviors addressed include medication compliance, drug abstinence, smoking cessation, and consumption of fruits and vegetables. Strategies vary from applying established methods (e.g., token reinforcement and parent training) in new contexts to developing innovative methods of delivery (internet-based and gaming formats). All strategies show positive changes in behaviors and demonstrate methods for preventing or addressing serious health concerns by applying established principles of behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Incentives for Suppression of Viral Load in People Living With HIV: Interim Results

KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University), Andrew Rodewald (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Carol-Ann Getty (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brian R. Katz (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brantley Jarvis (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

Consistent use of antiretroviral medications by adults living with HIV can suppress plasma HIV-1 RNA (viral load) to undetectable levels. This ongoing study is evaluating the effectiveness of an incentive intervention in promoting suppression of viral load. Adults living with HIV who have detectable viral loads are being randomly assigned to an Incentive or a Usual Care Control group. Incentive participants receive high magnitude incentives for maintaining reduced or undetectable viral loads, the testing frequency is gradually reduced as participants achieve longer periods of viral load suppression, incentives are arranged on a schedule of escalating reinforcement for sustained suppression of viral load, and the intervention is maintained for two years. Assessments are conducted every 3 months throughout the two years of treatment and every 6 months throughout the year following treatment. Interim results for 30 participants who completed the 3-month assessment show that Incentive participants have significantly lower viral loads than the Usual Care Control participants at the 3-month assessment. If the incentive intervention maintains suppressed viral load, it could be used to improve the health of adults living with HIV.

 

Community Reinforcement and Family Training With Parents of Substance-Using Treatment-Resistant Youth

KIMBERLY C. KIRBY (Rowan University), Kathleen Meyers (Treatment Research Institute), Elena Bresani (Treatment Research Institute), Lois A. Benishek (Treatment Research Institute), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Yukiko Washio (Treatment Research Institute), Robert J. Meyers (Robert J. Meyers, Ph.D. & Associates)
Abstract:

Little research has examined methods for helping a parent with a treatment-resistant child who is using alcohol or drugs. We adapted Community Reinforcement and Family Training (CRAFT) designed for spouses of substance-using adults for use by parents of treatment resistant youth and evaluated the revised program on efficacy in facilitating treatment entry and reducing substance use and behavior problems of the youth. Parents were randomly assigned to receive either CRAFT or 12-Step Facilitation Training (TFT). Parents reported on their youths treatment entry during CRAFT sessions and at 3-, 6-, and 12-month follow-up assessments. At baseline and follow-ups, parents also reported on youth substance use and behavior problems (using Achenbach Child and Adult Behavior Checklists). Large differences were seen with 77% of the youth of CRAFT parents receiving a brief intervention and treatment referral compared to 42% of the youth in the TNF group. There were significant reductions in substance use and behavior problems as a main effect of time; but no differences as a function of the type of training.

 
Nationwide Access to an Internet-Based Contingency Management Intervention to Promote Smoking Cessation: A Randomized Controlled Trial
JESSE DALLERY (University of Florida), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), SunnyJung Kim (The Geisel School of Medicine at Darmouth), Lisa A. Marsch (Dartmouth College), Maxine Stitzer (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Mike Grabinski (Red5hift LLC)
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) is one of the most effective behavioral interventions to promote drug abstinence, but availability of this treatment is limited. We evaluated the efficacy and acceptability of internet-based CM relative to an Internet-based monitoring and goal setting control group in a nationwide sample of cigarette smokers. Participants were randomized to earn financial incentives based on video-verified abstinence using breath carbon monoxide (CO) output (Abstinent Contingent Group, AC), or based on submitting CO samples (Submission Contingent, SC). Both groups also received the same CO-based goals. A deposit was required in both groups that could be recouped from initial earnings. Smokers from 26 states were enrolled. Abstinence rates differed at 4 weeks between the AC and SC groups, but not at the 3-, or 6-month follow-ups. The lowest acceptability ratings were for the items assessing the deposit, whereas the highest ratings concerned the ease of the intervention, the graph of CO results, and earning money. It is efficacious and acceptable to extend the reach of CM interventions for smoking cessation using technology.
 
Gamifying the School Cafeteria to Increase Healthy Eating
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University), Frank Sosa (Utah State University), Damon Joyner (Utah State University), Hali King (Utah State University), Heidi Wengreen (Utah State University), Sheryl Aguilar (Utah State University)
Abstract: Children in 1st through 5th grades participated in a school-wide healthy eating program known as the FIT Game. Following a stable baseline period in which fruit and vegetable consumption was measured daily, the FIT Game intervention was introduced in two schools in what would be an A-B-A-B design. In the game phases, the school worked cooperatively to aid a group of heroes (the FITs) in their quest to find and capture a band of villains (the VAT). The game narrative was presented in comic-book formatted episodes presented in the school cafeteria. Each day that the school collectively met a vegetable-consumption goal, the game continued the next day with a new episode. Game elements included competitions against fictional schools, voting to determine the direction of the narrative, solving riddles, earning and spending virtual currency, and helping the heroes to complete their quests. Bootstrapping statistical analyses appropriate to time-series data were used to evaluate differences across the A and B phases (alpha less than .05). In both schools, vegetable consumption significantly increased during both FIT Game phases. Fruit consumption did not decrease in response to the contingency placed on vegetable consumption; to the contrary, there was a modest (but non-significant) increase.
 
 
Symposium #177
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Evaluation of Resurgence and Reinstatement of Behavior Among Children With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Katherine Hoffman (University of Texas)
CE Instructor: Tonya Nichole Davis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The effective treatment of challenging behavior extends beyond the treatment setting. The ultimate objective to an intervention is that treatment effects on challenging behavior persist in the natural environment, which often presents reinforcement contingencies that differ from that of the treatment setting. Therefore, evaluation of resurgence and reinstatement is critical. Such evaluation may lead to the design of treatments that produce effects that will maintain in natural settings. Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously extinguished behavior with another behavior is placed on extinction. Reinstatement, on the other hand, is the recurrence of a previously extinguished behavior when response-independent reinforcement is delivered. In this symposium, we present research regarding the advances in the evaluation of resurgence and reinstatement. The first presentation evaluated resurgence of challenging behavior after the delivery of FCT in conjunction with schedule thinning. The second presentation analyzed the effects of mand modality preference on resurgence. The third presentation examined the effects of repeated exposure to extinction and response effort on resurgence. The final presentation evaluated reinstatement of challenging behavior during response-independent delivery of non-targeted stimuli. The final discussion will summarize these studies, highlight the applied value of the results, and discuss future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, Reinstatement, resurgence
 
Functional Communication Training and Schedule Thinning to Treat Resurgence of Challenging Behavior Maintained by Access to Rituals
Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Jennifer Ninci (University of Hawaii at Manoa), CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of FCT and extinction in conjunction with schedule thinning on the resurgence of challenging behavior associated with access to rituals in young children with autism. Participants included two males and one female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder between the ages of 5 and 6 years. Each child was referred to the study for challenging behavior associated with a particular ritual. The rituals were: (a) closing all doors, (b) insisting bed remained unmade, and (c) rapidly turning book pages. We utilized a modified reversal design to examine the effects of FCT plus extinction and demand fading on challenging behavior and appropriate communication. The initial treatment package of FCT and extinction reduced challenging behavior for all participants when their ritual was interrupted. However, when participants returned to baseline and reinforcement for appropriate communication was not available, challenging behavior resurged. Following the addition of the demand fading component to the treatment package, challenging behavior did not resurge for any participant when they were again exposed to baseline conditions. Appropriate communication persisted in baseline conditions for two of the three participants.
 
Resurgence of Challenging Behavior in Application of Preferred and Persisting Functional Communication Modalities
LAUREN UPTEGROVE (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Andi Fuentes (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a common function-based treatment to reduce problem behavior and increase appropriate communication. However, in most cases, FCT involves the training of only one mand modality to access a specific stimulus reinforcer. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of two mand modalities within FCT on the resurgence of challenging behavior in children with autism. A functional analysis concluded problem behavior was maintained by positive reinforcement. Two mand modalities from the same operant class, a speech generating device (SGD) and picture card, were trained within FCT. A preference assessment was conducted to identify a preferred modality. The two mands were then placed on extinction to determine which mand, the high or low preferred persisted, and with what relative response strength. The mand with the weaker response strength was targeted for additional FCT training. The practical implication of teaching multiple mand modalities will be discussed.
 
Effects of Repeated Exposure and Response Effort on Resurgence
SEAN SAITO (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Repeated exposure to extinction has been found to not affect relative rates of resurgence, decrease rates of resurgence, and increase relative rates of resurgence. Concomitantly, limited research to date has investigated the effects of response effort on rates of resurgence. Therefore, the current study used a multiple treatment reversal design to evaluate the effects of repeated exposure and various response effort with five children with mental health and intellectual disabilities. Two arbitrary responses (easy (A-B button sequence; R1) and hard (A-B-C-D button sequence; R2)) were programmed on a VI 10-s schedule were used to assess resurgence using a laptop computer. Experimental conditions consisted of (a) reinforcement of a target response with the alternative response on extinction, (b) reinforcement of alternative response with the target response on extinction, (c) extinction of both target and alternative responses (resurgence test), and (d) repetition of conditions (a), (b), and (c) to test effects of repeated exposure. All participants demonstrated resurgence across all extinction phases. Implications for this study suggest that repeated exposure to extinction conditions may not decrease the rate of responding during subsequent extinction conditions. However, behaviors requiring additional response effort may resurge less over subsequent conditions compared to behaviors requiring less effort.
 

Translational Evaluation of Reinstatement of Problem Behavior: Generalization Effects to Non-Target Stimuli

Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), HOLLIE WINGATE (University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Hoffman (University of Texas), Raechal Ferguson (University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirea (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Reinstatement is the recovery of previously extinguished responding during response-independent delivery of previously reinforcing stimuli. In this translational study, we examined reinstatement of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with autism during the response independent delivery of non-targeted stimuli. First, problem behavior was reinforced on a fixed-ratio (FR) 1 schedule of reinforcement with one stimulus (item 1). Next, problem behavior was reinforced on a FR 1 schedule of reinforcement with a second stimulus (stimulus 2). Next, extinction was implemented with stimulus 2 and problem behavior extinguished. In the fourth component, a fixed-time 2-min schedule of reinforcement was implemented in which stimulus 1 was provided noncontingently. Reinstatement of problem behavior was observed during the fourth component. These results provide further evidence that (a) reinstatement is a mechanism that may represent a challenge to treatment and play a role in clinical relapse of problem behavior and (b) the response independent delivery of stimuli with which extinction is not applied can also produce reinstatement of problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Preference Assessments for Children With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Abby Hodges (Baylor University)
Discussant: Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Rachel Scalzo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Identification of preferred stimuli is critical for effective intervention programs for individuals with disabilities. Direct preference assessments have been the gold standard for identification of preferred stimuli among individuals not capable of vocally expressing preferences. However, direct preference assessments are mostly commonly implemented to identify preferred tangible stimuli. In this symposium, we will present research regarding the advances in the assessment of preference for social stimuli and other novel stimuli. The first presentation will report results from an examination of preference for social interactions delivered by various social partners. The second presentation will describe the results from a study that evaluated two paired-choice presentation methods, video and picture, to identify preference for social stimuli. The third presentation will summarize the results of a study that examined preference for therapy animals. The final presentation will report the results from an examination of the degree to which video modeling influenced preference for initially low-preferred stimuli. The final discussion will summarize these studies, highlight the applied value of the results, and discuss future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): preference assessment, social interaction, social reinforcer
 

An Examination of Social Preference Across Different Social Partners for Individuals with Disabilities

RACHELLE HUNTINGTON (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Few studies to date have examined variations in preference that could arise when identical preference assessments are administered by unique social partners (Clay et al., 2012; Rapp, 2005). This study examines the contextual sensitivity and validity of social preference assessment results when the relationship of the participant with the assessor or "social partner" is varied. Three identical, forced choice (Fisher, et al., 1992) social preference assessments were conducted across three different social partners for a young adult man with Autism. Assessments were conducted with his mother, a regular staff member, and an unknown researcher. Results from the three preference assessments showed that he preferred unique social activities with his mother, the most familiar social partner, and different activities with the staff member and unknown researcher. Results from a follow-up reinforcer assessment showed that when social activities were contingently offered and compared, the participant had higher rates of responding when the uniquely selected social activity was delivered by the corresponding social partner. These results suggest that preference for social activities could vary based on the social partner delivering them. Implications for the validity of social preference assessments when administered by an individual who will not be delivering the social reinforcers and the strength of identified social reinforcers across different social partners.

 
Comparison of Video and Pictorial Preference Assessments for Social Interactions
SUPRIYA RADHAKRISHNAN (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Lauren Uptegrove (Baylor University), Abby Hodges (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Abstract: Effective training programs for individuals with disabilities generally involve the use of effective reinforcers. The use of social interactions as reinforcers has several advantages over tangible and edible stimuli in skill acquisition and behavior modification programs. For example, they are inexpensive, more practical, less stigmatizing, and promote greater generalization. This study examined two procedures to assess preference for social interactions. Two modified paired-choice preference assessments were implemented. In the video preference assessment, social interactions were presented to the participants on two iPads, each containing a 5-s video of the participant engaging in the specified social interaction with the experimenter. In the pictorial preference assessment, social interactions were presented to the participants via two photographs of the participant engaging in the specified social interaction with the experimenter. Contingent upon selecting a video or photograph, the child received the social interaction. Reinforcer efficacy of the high- and low-preferred interactions from both assessments were evaluated using a concurrent operant reinforcement assessment. Results indicated high correlation between preference assessment results obtained from both presentation formats. Additionally, social interactions identified as high preferred in both presentation formats consistently served as reinforcers. Implications for clinical applications will be discussed.
 

Examining Factors Related to Animal-Assisted Therapy for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Preference and Reinforcer Assessment

ANNA HOGG (Thompson Center for Autism), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), Emma Keicher (Thompson Center for Autism), Anne Clohisy (Doyle) (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) typically display deficits in social interaction and have restricted interests. Assessing preference for stimuli has been found to be valuable when determining reinforcers to be used in interventions to address these behavior deficits. Recent research suggests benefits of the presence of pets and therapy animals in social responding of children with ASD. It follows, therapy animals may be preferred and valuable as reinforcers in treatments for these children. However, preference for animals, and contingent access to animals to increase desired responding has not been clearly demonstrated in research. Six children ages 3-5 with ASD participated in this study. We assessed preference for, and reinforcing efficacy of a therapy animal (i.e., dog) in children with ASD. Results of this study thus far have revealed idiosyncratic preferences for the therapy animal. However, we have found preference has been a predictor of reinforcing efficacy for all participants.

 
Effects of Video Modeling on Preference for Toys
CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of South Florida), brienna Meuret (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism often exhibit a limited range of preferred stimuli. This can lead to problem behavior or a decline in quality of life. Previous research has demonstrated observing peers approach and interact with stimuli can affect an observer’s preferences for those stimuli. Video modeling is an effective intervention for many individuals with autism, and may be extended toward increasing the breadth of preferences in such individuals. The purpose of the current study was to examine the degree to which video modeling could be used to increase the preference of initially low-preferred stimuli in individuals with autism. A multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Overall, video modeling was effective at increasing preference of previously low-preferred stimuli.
 
 
Symposium #179
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research on Resurgence and Other Relapse Phenomena
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ryan Kimball (Munroe-Meyer Institute - University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract: The relapse of behavior following treatment is a significant and complex issue in the field of applied behavior analysis. It is critical that researchers examine the variables that surround the occurrence of relapse. The next steps in practice and application may be revealed through a greater understanding of relapse at the procedural level and the level of behavioral processes. Translational and basic research provide avenues for investigating the influences of treatment relapse and can serve as the first steps in developing more successful treatments for behavior of significance. This symposium will present current research from four different evaluations of relapse. The first presentation is a basic study that examined the resurgence of target responding when the rate of reinforcement for the alternative response was thinned via progressive ratio schedules. The second presentation is a translational study that examined the differences in resurgence between conditions in which the alternative response was present and when the alternative response was absent. The third presentation is a basic study that examined the cross-species generality of the relapse types of resurgence, renewal, and reinstatement in zebrafish. The last presentation is a translational study that examined the combined effects of resurgence and reinstatement on target behavior.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): extinction, resurgence, translational research, treatment relapse
 
Resurgence During Extinction Versus Progressive Ratios
(Basic Research)
JOHN BAI (University of Auckland), Thuong Huyen (Florida Institute of Technology and the Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Laboratory models of relapse offer insights into the relapse of problem behavior in clinical contexts. Resurgence is the re-emergence of an extinguished behavior following the “worsening of conditions” of an alternative source of reinforcement, and is typically examined by arranging three successive conditions: (1) reinforcement of a target response, (2) extinction of the target and concurrent reinforcement of an alternative response, and (3) re-emergence of the target response when extinguishing the alternative response. However, complete extinction of alternative reinforcement would represent an extreme failure of treatment integrity, whereas occasional omission of reinforcement is more likely under natural conditions. The present study assessed resurgence of target responding when thinning the alternative-reinforcement rate with a progressive-ratio schedule. Target key-pecking in six pigeons was initially maintained by variable-ratio 10 food reinforcement. During extinction of target responding, alternative key-pecking was trained with fixed-ratio 5 reinforcement. Finally, reinforcement for alternative responding was transitioned to a progressive-ratio schedule, where the response requirement for reinforcement doubled after each reinforcer. Target responding resurged during the progressive ratio, but to a lesser extent than when alternative reinforcement was completely extinguished. Furthermore, target responding resurged more during longer inter-reinforcer intervals, suggesting that local discrimination processes operate during resurgence.
 
Evaluation of a Modified Resurgence Arrangement
(Basic Research)
RYAN KIMBALL (Munroe-Meyer Institute - University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Alex Forton (Florida Institute of Technology and the Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Brandy Hinkle (Florida Institute of Technology and the Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: Resurgence is the reemergence of a previously reinforced response that occurs when a more recently reinforced alternative response is placed on extinction. Resurgence is problematic in the context of treatment because the reemergence of a previously reinforced destructive response could be detrimental to both treatment gains and an individual’s health in the case of severe behavior disorders. In the current study, we examined a modified resurgence procedure in which the alternative response was absent during extinction in a translational format with analogue tasks. Four participants (three individuals diagnosed with ASD and a typically developing individual) were exposed to three different phases that consisted of reinforcement of a target response, alternative reinforcement, and extinction. In the current study, patterns of resurgence differed depending on the presence or absence of the alternative response during extinction. Results shed light on the reinforcement and stimulus conditions during the implementation of treatment that produce or inhibit resurgence.
 
Resurgence, Renewal, and Reinstatement of Operant Responding in Zebrafish (Danio rerio)
(Basic Research)
TOSHIKAZU KURODA (Aichi Bunkyo University), Yuto Mizutani (Aichi Gakuin University), Carlos Renato Xavier Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Zebrafish have widely been used as an animal model in biomedical research. Their genomes have been fully sequenced, allowing for the study of interactions between genes and environmental contingencies. Focusing on the analysis of behavior, the present study demonstrated three common relapse effects in zebrafish, namely, reinstatement, renewal, and resurgence. Each type of relapse was assessed in a three-phase procedure. For reinstatement, target responding was established in Phase 1, extinguished in Phase 2, and then followed by response-independent reinforcer deliveries in Phase 3. For renewal, target responding was established in Context A in Phase 1, extinguished in Context B in Phase 2, followed by a return to Context A in Phase 3. For resurgence, target responding was established in Phase 1, followed by extinction of the target response while reinforcing alternative responding in Phase 2, and then extinction of the alternative response in Phase 3.
 
Assessing the Combined Effects of Resurgence and Reinstatement
(Basic Research)
ASHLEY ABEL (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Regina Nastri (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This study examined both individual and combined effects of processes involved with resurgence and reinstatement of a simulated problem behavior with 3 children on the autism spectrum, using a translational model of treatment relapse. During Phase A, a target response was reinforced. Phase B modeled non-contingent reinforcement (NCR), placing the target response on extinction and providing an alternative toy to engage with. Phases C-E were counterbalanced and tested for treatment relapse. One phase assessed resurgence by removing the alternative toy. Another phase evaluated reinstatement effects by providing response-independent reinforcement. Another phase combined resurgence and reinstatement effects by both removing the toy as well as providing response-independent reinforcement. Treatment relapse expressed as both maximum as well as average, was greatest during the combined phase for all but one participant. These results support previous literature and indicate the importance of understanding and planning for combinations of relapse processes when developing applied interventions.
 
 
Symposium #181
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis in Public Schools: Strategies for Academics, Severe Problem Behavior, and Sustainability
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bradley Stevenson (University of North Carolina Charlotte)
Discussant: Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
CE Instructor: Bradley Stevenson, MTS
Abstract: TThe results from four studies are presented, each addressing a different challenge encountered in delivering behavior analytic services in public schools. The first presentation responds to the challenge teaching students written expression to students with developmental disabilities, a critical skill in academic settings that is often overlooked for individuals with developmental disabilities. This is done by presenting the effects of response prompting on complete sentence generation by students with intellectual disabilities. The second presentation attends to the challenge of teaching academic content to groups of students, presenting the effects of an intervention to teach science content to students with severe disabilities using systematic instruction. The third focuses on supporting students who exhibit dangerous behaviors, presenting the effects of a synthesized intervention on the severe problem behavior of students with autism. The final presentation addresses the issue of sustainability, presenting the effects of coaching on teacher fidelity when implementing tier 1 strategies. The session ends with the discussant drawing connections between the studies and stating the need for a comprehensive approach, including strategies to improve academics, problem behavior, and teacher’s capabilities, to fully realize the potential behavior analysis has to improve services in public schools.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Effects of Response Prompting on Sentence Generation by Students with Developmental Disabilities
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of Louisville), Lindsay Hugg (Jefferson County Public Schools)
Abstract: Despite the critical role that written expression plays in educational settings, there is paucity of research on its instruction to children with intellectual disabilities. In this presentation we will describe a recent investigation where we sought to evaluate the effects of a response prompting procedure (constant time delay [CTD]) on the acquisition of sentence writing skills for three middle school students with moderate intellectual disability. Furthermore, we assessed the generalization of acquired writing skills to a different writing task (unstructured journal writing). We employed a multiple probe design in our analysis and the data suggest that all three participants acquired sentence targets. In addition, the participants demonstrated increased use of complete sentences during unstructured journal writing activities. At the conclusion of our presentation, we will discuss several observed patterns in student responding and some of the challenges related to conducting this investigation in a school setting with natural change agents.
 

Using Systematic Instruction to Teach Science to Students With Severe Disabilities

ANNA GREENE (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Science content is still a commonly over-looked academic content area for students with severe disabilities despite recent research. The purpose of this study was to show that students with severe disabilities can learn science content in a whole group setting when taught using applied behavior analytic principles, such as prompting and fading techniques. Four elementary-aged students with severe disabilities between 1st and 5th grade were taught science content using group lessons and effects were measured by a multiple baseline design across units. Participants were taught content from three different units: Energy, weather, and plants; the science content selected aligned with Virginias Alternative Standards of Learning (ASOL) and helped complete two of the participants Virginia Alternate Assessment Program (VAAP) portfolios. Each unit consisted of five vocabulary words and their definitions and three concept questions (i.e., key ideas of the unit). Science content was taught to all four participants in group lessons using systematic instruction utilizing errorless prompting methods such as constant time delay and activities that related to the unit content. Probe trials were used to determine baseline and intervention effects.

 

Effects of Function-Based Crisis Intervention on the Severe Problem Behavior of Students With Autism

BRADLEY STEVENSON (University of North Carolina Charlotte), Charles L. Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

This study examined a way to blend the strengths of two approaches for addressing students problem behavior: function-based intervention and crisis intervention. This resulted in a model referred to as function-based crisis intervention (FBCI). Using a delayed multiple-probe design, results showed that FBCI reduced the severe problem behavior of three students with autism while maintaining safety for students and staff. Implications for future research and practice are discussed

 
Effects of Coaching on Teachers’ Implementation of Tier One School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Support Strategies
KERI STEVENSON BETHUNE (James Madison University)
Abstract: Fidelity of implementation of School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS) procedures within schools is critical to the success of the program. Coaching has been suggested as one approach to helping ensure accuracy of implementation of SWPBIS plans. This study used a multiple baseline across participants design to examine the effects of coaching on elementary schools teachers’ implementation of Tier One SWPBIS with their general education students. After providing the coach with an initial training on the SWPBIS and coaching procedures, four elementary school teachers were provided with side-by-side coaching during whole-class group instruction. Results indicated that there was a functional relationship between coaching and improved SWPBIS fidelity scores. Implications for practice included the need to consider selecting an appropriate person to act as the coach, scheduling difficulties, and the inability to standardize the number of opportunities for teachers to demonstrate some of the skills based on variability in student performance. However, utilizing school personnel to act as SWPBIS coaches may be a viable option to build sustainability and integrity of SWPBIS procedures within schools.
 
 
Symposium #182
CE Offered: BACB
The Behavior Analyst as Expert Witness in the Forensic/Courtroom Setting
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract: As behavior analysis expands to increasing numbers of populations and settings, it is natural that behavior analysts will become more likely to become involved in the forensic arena. This symposium will address strategies for consultation with attorneys, preparation for testimony, strategies for dealing with direct and cross examination, use of behavioral methods to prepare defendants for competent testimony and overarching issues as they affect a service delivery agency.
Instruction Level: Basic
 
ABA in a Forensic Psychiatric Hospital
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (Meridian Health Services)
Abstract: When individuals who have been accused of crimes are found incompetent to stand trial they typically are confined to a forensic hospital facility until they are considered to be competent. That is, under the law, an accused person is not put on trial until he is able to assist his attorney is his defense. He also must be able to understand the charges against him, the consequences of being found guilty or not guilty, as well as the roles of his lawyer, the prosecution, the judge, jury and etc. This presentation will describe a behavioral approach to helping defendants achieve each of these goals as well as training such defendants to control their actions in the courtroom and to participate thoughtfully in psychological and psychiatric examinations at Logansport State Hospital in Indiana.
 
On Becoming an Effective Expert Witness as a Behaviorist
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University)
Abstract: This presentation will describe the presenter’s experience in consultation with attorneys and the courts so that those who are new to, or are considering involvement in, expert testimony and the forensic arena will benefit from his experiences. He will address issues what to say during the initial consultation with the attorney, methods for the forensic examination, the written report and his approaches to courtroom testimony, including how to deal with cross-examination. Dr. Wyatt has consulted on hundreds of cases. He will describe the various referral questions asked such as determination of both competence and responsibility, assessment of possible child sexual abuse, and others as well as how a behavioral approach fits nicely with the demands of the forensic process.
 

Forensic Issues From the Standpoint of an Agency CEO

GLENDA CROOKES (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Since the mid-1980's, JRC has been embroiled in legal battles with various state agencies. For decades, we have been fighting for the right to effective treatment and a parent's right to choose the most effective, least restrictive treatment for their child. Regulatory changes have often led to major struggles within our organization and significant regression in clients behaviors. Fighting for the reversal of the regulations, contesting the proposed implementation of changes to regulations, and ultimately ending up in court against several states will be included in the discussion. Included are dealing with New York State's refusal to allow aversive interventions and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts effort to reverse its own longstanding approval of carefully applied aversives.

 

Preparing for and Providing Expert Testimony: Notes From a Behavior Analyst

NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

From the initial expert report draft to the final cross-examination in the courtroom, the requirements of a behavior analyst as an expert witness will be enumerated and described. Tasks such as composing an expert report, deposition preparation, responding in a deposition, reviewing the literature, trial preparation, trial testimony, and logistics will be discussed. In addition, attorneys use many behavioral procedures such as behavioral momentum, response blocking, stimulus control, and punishment. Examples of these procedures in a high profile trial in the northeast will be provided and analyzed. In addition, areas in which an attorney may attack behavior analysis (e.g. single-subject research design, animal research, determinism, practice limitations) will be reviewed.

 
 
Symposium #184
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances and Empirical Evaluations of Matrix Training Approaches
Sunday, May 28, 2017
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
CE Instructor: Sarah Frampton, M.A.
Abstract:

Matrix training approaches have been an area of clinical research for decades, yet many variables related to the effectiveness of the procedures have yet to be empirically studied. This symposium examines several of these variables with a wide range of participants. The first study examined the use of over-lapping or non-overlapping designs when teaching language skills to typically developing toddlers. The second study examined whether teaching pre-requisite component skills prior to combinated skills is necessary by comparing three different teaching arrangements. The third study examined the role of testing sequence in promoting recombinative generalization across matrices with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The fourth study examined applications of matrix training with language skills with 2-year olds diagnosed with ASD. Findings from these studies have implications for clinical programming and future directions for research in the area of matrix training. Results and common themes will be discussed by Dr. Linda LeBlanc.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): efficiency, matrix training, recombinative generalization, skill acquisition
 
An Evaluation of Teaching Compound Labels to Toddlers Using a Matrix Training Approach
(Applied Research)
TERRA CLIETT (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Tayla Cox-Wilshire (University of North Texas)
Abstract: A common goal of instructional techniques is to teach skills effectively and efficiently. Matrix training techniques are both effective and efficient as they allow for the emergence of untrained responding to novel stimulus arrangements, a phenomenon known as recombinative generalization. However, it is unclear which type of matrix arrangement best promotes recombinative generalization. The current study compared two common matrix training approaches, an overlapping (OV) design and a non-overlapping (NOV) design, with respect to arranging relations targeted for training. In the first study, two typically-developing toddlers were taught compound action-object labels in either an OV or NOV matrix training design. We conducted a replication evaluation and taught two typically-developing preschoolers compound action-object labels in Spanish and used either an OV or NOV matrix training design. Results from both studies suggest that an OV matrix design facilitates recombinative generalization more effectively than a NOV design. Implications for instructional arrangements are discussed.
 

Matrix Training: Considerations for Recombinative Generalization and Efficiency of Acquisition

(Applied Research)
Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Terra Cliett (University of North Texas), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Raven Wood (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Recombinative generalization involves the production of novel responses to untrained stimuli when the component skills are in an individuals behavioral repertoire. Matrix training, which has been shown to result in recombinative generalization, involves arranging targets so that some combinations are exposed to direct teaching while others may emerge without instruction (e.g., Axe & Sainato, 2010). The current study examined the efficacy and efficiency of three matrix-training procedures employing a non-overlapping approach and arranged in an adapted alternating treatments design to teach textual responses and noun-verb tacts with three participants. The component skills necessary to emit the combination skill were not in the participants repertoire prior to the study. The matrix-training procedures included: teaching the component skills with the combination skill, teaching only the combination skill, and teaching the component skills to mastery prior to teaching the combination skill. Thus far, results show that the procedure which includes teaching the component skills along with the combination skill has met the criterion for recombinative generalization in the fewest sessions and least instructional time. Procedural arrangements to promote efficient acquisition and recombinative generalization with matrix training will be discussed.

 

The Role of Testing Sequence in the Use of Matrix Training to Promote Recombinative Generalization

(Applied Research)
SARAH FRAMPTON (Marcus Autism Center), Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center), Danielle Richardson (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Research in matrix training has shown that when the diagonal targets are trained the individual may demonstrate correct responses to the non-diagonal targets within the same matrix and novel targets (Frampton, Wymer, Hansen, & Shillingsburg, 2016). The purpose of this study was to replicate prior research with an altered order of post-tests to isolate whether effects are due to multiple exemplar training (MET) or unique to matrix training. Three males and 1 female diagnosed with autism were exposed to matrix training with mastered tacts of nouns (e.g., cat) and verbs (e.g., jumping). Following baseline of a Generalization Matrix and Matrix 1, the diagonal targets within Matrix 1 were trained (e.g., The cat is jumping). Post-tests were conducted for the Generalization Matrix prior to post-tests for Matrix 1. Three participants showed immediate recombinative generalization within the Generalization Matrix, results similar to those obtained through MET. One participant showed recombinative generalization with the Generalization Matrix only after exposure to the Matrix 1 post-test. This result suggests that the opportunity to respond to the trained targets and their recombinations had a facilitative effect; a component not included in MET. These findings have bearing on language programming strategies and conceptualization of matrix training approaches.

 

Application of Matrix Training for Expanding Communication and Listener Repertoires of Toddlers With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida I), Krystin Hussain (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

Communication deficits are common in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Using generative instruction for communication skills, such as matrix training, instructors teach a subset of skills and new skills emerge without direct teaching. Such an approach can result in a faster acquisition of functional language in children with communication delays. Matrix training has been used to teach preschool-aged children with ASD spelling, writing, receptive identification, and pretend play skills. This approach also has been effectively used to teach tacting and listener skills to children with intellectual disabilities. We employed matrix training with much younger participants:2-year-old boys, diagnosed with ASD with a limited communication repertoire. We taught noun-verb tacting and listener responding skills. During baseline, participants demonstrated limited correct noun-verb tacting. Correct responses for targets directly taught increased progressively across trials. Further, we observed spontaneous generalization to novel noun-verb tacts in the natural environment. These findings suggest matrix training can be a useful instructional strategy for expanding the communication repertoire of young children diagnosed with ASD.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #185
CE Offered: BACB

How Being a Visual Thinker Helped Me Understand Animals

Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Temple Grandin, Ph.D.
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
TEMPLE GRANDIN (Colorado State University)
Dr. Grandin is a Professor of Animal Science at Colorado State University. Her designs of livestock facilities are located worldwide. In North America, half of cattle are handled in a center track restrainer system that she designed. Her writings on the flight zone and other principles of grazing animal behavior have led to the reduction of stress during handling. She has developed an objective scoring system for assessing handling of cattle and pigs, and conducts research in cattle temperament, environmental enrichment, and training procedures. Dr. Grandin obtained her B.A. at Franklin Pierce College, her M.S. at Arizona State University, and her Ph.D. in Animal Science from the University of Illinois. She teaches courses on livestock behavior and facility design at Colorado State University and is a livestock industry consultant. She has appeared on numerous television shows, has a TED Lecture, "The World Needs ALL Kinds of Minds," and in 2010 Time Magazine named her one of the 100 most influential people. Dr. Grandin has authored over 400 articles, and is the author of Thinking in Pictures, Livestock Handling and Transport, Genetics and the Behavior of Domestic Animals, Humane Livestock Handling , Animals in Translation and Animals Make Us Human.
Abstract:

All my thoughts are in pictures. When somebody says a word, I see a picture in my imagination. If I think about the word goose, I start visualizing pictures of geese, such as Canada geese on the campus quad, Mother Goose of the nursery rhyme, and flocks of geese in corn fields. When I was in my twenties, I thought everybody thought the same way I did. In my first work with cattle, I observed that they would often refuse to move across a shadow on the ground or a coat on a fence. It was obvious to me to look at what the animal was seeing because of the way my thought processes worked. Research studies now provide evidence that animals have specific sensory-based memories. One study showed that habituating a horse to the sudden opening of an umbrella does not transfer to flapping tarp. In my own work, I discovered that if I removed the coat from the fence, the cattle would move easily through the chute. In my work with flighty antelopes, our team was able to condition Nyala and Bongo antelopes to voluntarily enter a box for a feed reward and then receive injections and be blood sampled. A new sudden novel stimulus will send these animals crashing into wall. To prevent this, we had to spend ten days habituating them to the sliding door on the box BEFORE we could start standard operant conditioning. The first day the door was opened only one inch and when the animal oriented towards me, I stopped moving it. The next day it was moved 2 inches. To prevent an antelope from having a massive behavioral response we stopped moving the door when it turned and oriented its head towards it. Never push the antelope past the orienting response when a new thing is introduced.

Target Audience:

Individuals interested in animal management.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) have a better understanding of an animal's sensory based memories; (2) understand how to habituate flighty excitable animals to a new apparatus; (3) discuss operant conditioning methods, their importance, and how they do not explain all behavior.
 
 
Symposium #186
CE Offered: BACB
Reinforcement Variations for the Acquisition and Maintenance of Skills by Learners With Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Meagan K. Gregory, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although much is known about how to effectively teach individuals with autism a variety of skills, two areas of increased interest include how to make instruction more efficient and how to ensure that the acquired skills are maintained over time. The current symposium includes three papers examining the effects of different reinforcement arrangements on acquisition or maintenance of responding by individuals with autism spectrum disorder. In the first study participants were taught either tacts or auditory-visual conditional discriminations using reinforcers that were selected by either the participant or the experimenter, and the efficiency of instruction was compared across the two choice conditions. In the second study, the effects of providing the choice of back-up reinforcer in a token economy either before beginning work or immediately prior to the token exchange on task completion and problem behavior were evaluated. In addition, participant preferences were examined. The final study describes two studies evaluating the effects of several schedules of reinforcement on the durability of responding in extinction. Participant preferences were also assessed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): maintenance, reinforcement parameters, skill acquisition
 

The Effect of Reinforcer Choice on Skill Acquisition in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JESSIE NORTHGRAVE (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Providing consumers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) a choice of putative reinforcers during learning trials may confer advantage during skill acquisition programming. However, such advantage should not be assumed, and may not be associated with the most efficient instructional arrangement. The current study conducted an assessment of the relative value of child- and experimenter-choice of putative reinforcers using a progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment. Next, we taught tacts or auditory-visual conditional discriminations participants with ASD and evaluated efficiency of instruction across child- and experimenter-choice conditions. The results indicated that the most efficient acquisition was observed during the experimenter-choice condition for both participants. The results are discussed in light of previous studies and areas for future research.

 

An Evaluation of the Effects of and Preference for Pre- and Post-Selection of Reinforcers in a Token Economy

REBECCA WERLE (Firefly Autism), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Token boards are often used during teaching sessions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Following the completion of the response requirement, tokens can be traded in for back-up reinforcers. The selection of reinforcers can occur either before the work period begins (i.e., pre-selection) or after the response requirement has been fulfilled (i.e., post-selection). Experiment 1 evaluated the effects of pre- and post-selection of reinforcers on rate of task completion and problem behaviors for three children diagnosed with ASD. Results showed that both pre- and post-selection of reinforcers were more effective at increasing task completion and decreasing problem behaviors than a baseline condition, in which a 5 min break was provided at the end of the session but tokens could not be exchanged for a reinforcer. Experiment 2 attempted to assess the three participants preferences for pre- and post-selection conditions. For two participants, pre-selection was preferred, and no clear preference was demonstrated by the third participant. The results of the present study suggest that providing a tangible reinforcer rather than a break alone is more effective at increasing the rate of work. Additionally, these data suggest that some participants may prefer to choose their reinforcer prior to beginning a period of work.

 

The Effects of Reinforcement Schedule Manipulations on Response Maintenance in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

TOM CARIVEAU (University of Oregon; Marcus Autism Center), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (University of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Megan Ledoux (University of Oregon), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Thinning the schedule of reinforcement is commonly employed in behavioral programming as it may increase the feasibility of treatments in applied settings and may effectively program indiscriminable contingencies. In clinical programs, schedule thinning may be used to facilitate the maintenance of treatment outcomes; however, little guidance has been provided to clinicians regarding optimal methods for thinning the schedule of reinforcement or whether thinning the schedule is necessary. The current presentation will describe two studies designed to evaluate the effects of several schedules of reinforcement on the durability of responding in extinction for four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. An adapted alternating treatments design was used across both studies. In Study I, we compared five schedules of reinforcement with differentiated levels of responding observed once the session duration was increased for two participants. In Study II, we included three schedules of reinforcement and procedures hypothesized to promote discrimination across conditions. Durable responding in extinction was observed across conditions; however, during preference assessments, a shift in preference was observed for both participants. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
Determining Response to Interventions Based on Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior for Preschool Children With Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Denise Kerth (Rowan University)
Discussant: Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic)
CE Instructor: Michelle Ennis Soreth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Current evidence supports that meeting critical, time sensitive language acquisition goals for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is best facilitated through Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) based on the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Although 47-48% of children receiving EIBI have been reported to experience optimal outcomes (i.e., they are indistinguishable from their typically developing peers by age 7), the responses of children who do not respond optimally vary widely. Recently, empirical questions in EIBI research have shifted towards attempting to identify the determinants of this variability rather than further demonstrations of general treatment efficacy. This symposium will explore some of the possible determinants of the variation in treatment response particularly as it relates to EIBI interventions informed by Skinners analysis of verbal behavior. Specifically, we will explore treatment delivery methodology (parent-implemented versus center-based) as well as the influence of the childs pretreatment verbal repertoire on treatment response. We will also discuss the measurement issues in detecting treatment response as well as the utility of a recently developed dynamic experimental design that informs adaptive treatment strategies and provides insight into matching treatments to children based on pretreatment child characteristics to further improve treatment outcomes.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): EIBI, Parent training, Treatment Response, Verbal Behavior
 

Baseline Verbal Repertoires and Response to Parent-Implemented Autism Intervention Based on Skinner's Analysis of Verbal Behavior

MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Bianca Pizzo-Coleman (Rowan University), Jodie Ann Justice (Rowan University), Victor Chin (Rowan University), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism may respond differently to early interventions based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior as a function of their pretreatment characteristics. The purpose of this study was to evaluate if child baseline levels of verbal functioning predicted response to a parent-implemented ABA intervention based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior (VBA). Consistent with the literature on rates of optimal treatment outcome in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention, after the 3-month VBA treatment as part of a small, randomized pilot trial, the sample produced mixed outcomes in rates of verbal behavior (VB) and joint attention (JA) observed during parent-child interactions. Between 40-60% of the sample engaged in increased rates of VB after VBA, whereas only 20% of the sample engaged in increased rates of JA. Preliminary evidence indicated that children with relatively weak initial manding and strong initial listener repertoires responded more favorably to VBA than other participants, suggesting that the speed at which children respond to VBA treatment differs based on pre-treatment verbal repertoires. Further, evidence of treatment response differed across individuals, emphasizing the need for multiple dependent measures to assess treatment response (e.g., rates of verbal behavior, rates of joint attention, growth trajectories in VB-MAPP scores).

 

Evaluating Adaptive Treatments for Non-Responders to ABA Interventions Using Sequential Multiple Assignment Randomized Trial (SMART)

MARY LOUISE E. KERWIN (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Molly Coyle Jouflas (Rowan University), Lauren Heller (Rowan University), Jodie Ann Justice (Rowan University), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic)
Abstract:

The Sequential Multiple Assignment Randomized Trial (SMART) design has been growing in popularity as a means of exploring how to optimize the effectiveness of an intervention by systematically adapting the intervention to an individuals characteristics and changing needs. The purpose of this study is to assess the use of the SMART design with two ABA-based interventions (i.e., Discrete Trial Instruction (DTI) and the Verbal Behavior Approach (VBA)) for preschool children with ASD. The study includes two stages of randomization where all children are randomly assigned to receive DTI or VBA for 8 weeks. At the end of this first stage, response to treatment is determined based on clinical global impressions and rates of skill acquisition. At the end of 8 weeks of treatment, responders to treatment continue with the assigned intervention for another 8 weeks while non-responders are randomly assigned to receive either an intensified version of the assigned intervention or the previously unassigned intervention for 8 weeks. Preliminary data for 8 participants will be presented to evaluate the methodology used to identify responders from non-responders. The SMART design may be a promising approach to improve EIBIs outcome success rate as well as the treatment outcomes for initial non-responders.

 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Facilitating Communication in Individuals With Language Deficits Using Cross-Modal and Verbal Relational Training
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alysse A Cepeda (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Karl Gunnarsson, M.S.
Abstract:

Communicative delays are a challenge commonly experienced by individuals with disabilities that have deficits within their verbal repertoires. The increasing prevalence of individuals with disabilities has led to an increasing relevance for empirically based treatments designed to address deficient verbal repertories. Facilitating the development of complex verbal operants and the emergence of derived stimulus relations is a crucial consideration for this population that can produce significant gains toward a robust and sophisticated verbal repertoire. The present set of studies will discuss the application of procedures taken from the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) curriculum to teach complex verbal operants to individuals with autism and traumatic brain injuries, two populations that frequently have delayed verbal repertories. The presenters will outline sets of procedures to teach abstraction of stimulus properties across sensory modalities using the Picture Exchange Communication System, as well as methods to promote the emergence of metonymical tacts of gustatory stimuli using stimulus equivalence in individuals with autism. In addition, the application of a set of procedures to teach complex verbal operants to individuals with traumatic brain injuries will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cross-modal, PEAK, PECS, TBI
 

Abstraction of Tactile Properties by Individuals With Autism Using the Picture Exchange Communication System

CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Amani Alholail (Southern Illinois University), Megan Galliford (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Gustatory, olfactory, and tactile properties are features of stimuli that are encountered on a daily basis. Much of the literature focuses on the development of responding to auditory and visual properties of stimuli, however, there is limited literature available on the development of responding to other sense modalities, such as taste, smell and touch. The present study evaluated the efficacy of a set of procedures described in the PEAK-Generalization curriculum for bringing tact extensions of abstracted tactile properties under stimulus control. A multiple baseline design across skills was implemented with two participants with disabilities, in which correctly tacting tactile properties of Wet/Dry and Hard/Soft stimuli was reinforced. Baseline accuracy for correct responses was below 50%, and all participants demonstrated mastery following training (5 consecutive trial blocks at 100%). Generalization probes of novel stimuli were conducted throughout the study, and both participants demonstrated generalization of stimulus control to novel stimuli with the same tactile properties. Mastery of trained and tested skills were maintained following a 2-week period. The results have implications for procedures that promote the abstraction of stimulus properties other than that of visual and auditory.

 

"Someone Call the Fire Department!": Evaluating the Establishment of Gustatory Equivalence Relations and Metonymical Tact Extensions in Children With Emotional Behavior Disorders

EMILY DZUGAN (Saint Louis University), Lindsey Freivogel (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Tyler S Glassford (Saint Louis University), Sadie L. Lovett (Central Washington University)
Abstract:

Minimal research to date has explored the clinical utility of incorporating metonymical tact extentions into equivalence relations. The purpose of the current study was to extend previous research using the Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System Equivalence Module (PEAK-E) to determine if stimulus equivalence with gustatory stimuli and metonymical tact extensions would emerge for three participants diagnosed with Emotional Behavior Disorder (EBD). A nonconcurrent multiple probe embedded within a multiple baseline across participant design was used. Participants were trained three, six-member stimulus classes (i.e., A-B, A-C, A-D, E-D, F-D) that included gustatory stimuli (A), images (B), spoken words (C), written words (D), metonymical tacts (E), and Greek letters (F) across flavor categories (sweet, sour, and spicy). Participant response selection and intraverbal vocal responses were collected across training and testing trials respectively. Two participants were tested on selection-based and intraverbal responses of novel metonymical tacts following training. During baseline probes, the mean percent of correct responding was 75%.Following training, all participants responded correctly on 90% of trials, and demonstrated acquisition of 25 untrained relations. Participants who completed testing for novel metonymical tacts did not demonstrate generalization of the tact extensions or an emergence of correct intraverbal responses.

 
Investigating the Utility of PEAK Relational Training System for Brain Injured Individuals
KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University; Neurorestorative), Kristen Whiteford (Southern Illinois University), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University), Kendra Hall (Southern Illinois University), Meghan Doherty (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: In the past few years there has been an increase in research studies on deficits in derived relational responding experienced by autistic individuals. The current experiments evaluated the feasibility of the PEAK to teach and establish complex verbal operants to individuals diagnosed with traumatic brain injury (TBI). Two experiments were conducted. In experiment 1 relationship between scores from the PEAK assessment, Ross Information Processing Assessment (RIPA-2), Glasgow Coma Scale scores, and pre-morbid education levels, and location of brain injury was analyzed. In experiment 2, a multiple baseline across three tasks within three participants was used to teach complex verbal operants. Results from experiment 1 identified significant relationships between PEAK and RIPA-2 scores and PEAK and number of years since injury. Results from experiment 2 demonstrated that complex verbal operants could be trained after a brain injury. Implications of these two experiments are that the PEAK relational training system shows preliminary feasibility with the TBI population. Limitations of the PEAK relational training system will be discussed as well as the utility of this system for rehabilitative purposes for the TBI population.
 
 
Symposium #189
CE Offered: BACB
Reinforcement Procedures for Facilitating the Development of Eye Contact, Vocalizations, Joint Attention, and Social Referencing Among Young Children At Risk of Autism and Developmental Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Hayley Neimy, M.S.
Abstract: We have initiated, replicated, and extended a programmatic line of research for establishing operant procedures to investigate infant learning and to help young children who are at risk of autism or other developmental disorders acquire social repertoires. Infant engagement responses such as vocalizations, eye contact, joint attention, and social referencing are critical developmental milestones that serve as prerequisites for early communication and social skills (Pelaez, 2009). The emphasis in this symposium is that operant learning procedures can be successful in establishing early social-learning repertoires. The first presenter identifies the operant-learning procedures that have been useful for establishing pivotal social skills during infancy, primarily, improved eye contact and early vocalizations. Efficacy and application of different forms of social reinforcement will be discussed (e.g., synchronized reinforcement, contingent motherese speech, contingent vocal imitation). The second presentation examines the acquisition of joint-attention and social referencing repertoires via the operant-learning paradigm among typically and atypically developing infants and toddlers. The discussant will comment on these ongoing programs of research and future directions and implications of the research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, early intervention, infants at-risk, social skills
 

Promoting Eye Contact via Synchronized Reinforcement Procedures and Vocalizations via Contingent Motherese and Vocal Imitation Among Infants and Toddlers At Risk

HAYLEY NEIMY (Shabani Institute - Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids; University of Southern Califo)
Abstract:

The emission of early social skills, like eye contact and vocalizations, during infancy serves as the pre-requisite foundation for the development of subsequent functional social and language skills later in childhood (Novak & Pelaez, 2004). Research that demonstrates the acquisition of these preverbal skills is presented. Specifically, the use of synchronized reinforcement procedures where mothers are taught to provide simultaneous behaviors such as smiling, verbal praise, and rhythmic touch contingently to reinforce infant eye contact in the natural environment (Pelaez et al., 1996). The assumption is that establishing eye contact in young children can aid the learning of other foundational skills required to build social communicative behaviors. Further, two forms of contingent social reinforcement (maternal vocal imitation and motherese speech) are presented as effective means for increasing the rate of infant vocalizations (Pelaez et al., 2011a; 2011b, Neimy, et. al., in press). The research reports on the use of both contingent and noncontingent vocal imitation and motherese speech for increasing the rate of infant vocalizations among typically and atypically developing infants through a parent-training model. The emphasis is that establishing pre-verbal vocalizations facilitates the development of subsequent verbal vocalizations among at risk infants and potentially mitigates language delays in later childhood.

 

Establishing Joint Attention as a Prerequisite for Social Referencing Skills in Infants and Toddlers At Risk Using Operant Learning Procedures

JACQUELINE MERY-CARROW (FirstSteps for Kids; Caldwell University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Katerina Monlux (Stanford University), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids; University of Southern California)
Abstract:

Deficits in social engagement are among the main developmental problems observed among children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). In particular, joint attention and social referencing skills are critical for the development of more complex social interactions. The use of behavioral techniques and brief parent-infant engagement training has shown to be successful in promoting these social skills. Our assumption is that targeting joint attention and social referencing skills in the natural environment by using caregivers as therapists can potentially mitigate and prevent the development of later onset behavior language problems commonly associated with ASD. The current presentation reviews and extends previously published procedures for the training of joint attention and social referencing modeled after Pelaez and colleagues (2012) operant learning paradigm. Further, a model for expanding previous findings to the natural environment is proposed where joint attending skills can be taught first to aid in the acquisition of social referencing. While very similar social behavior chains, joint attention and social referencing have functional differences. Specifically, social referencing adds another component to the joint attention chain where the learner reacts to the novel stimulus in a manner that is in accordance with anothers facial expressions or emotional cues.

 
 
Symposium #190
CE Offered: BACB
Acceptance and Commitment Training: Mindfulness-Based Interventions Beyond the Therapy Room
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Daryl Rachal (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
CE Instructor: Scott Herbst, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) initially developed as clinical behavior analytic psychotherapy which focused on building effective, meaningful repertoires in the presence of previously aversive private events. As a psychotherapy, ACT has been primarily empirically evaluated as a treatment for difficulties usually classified as psychopathology. This is somewhat inconsistent, however, with the behavior analytic approach as psychopathology is typically classified topographically instead of functionally. This symposium presents exploratory data on ACT interventions for individuals targeting problems in everyday living. The first paper considers the behavioral changes of students throughout a class designed to teach ACT essentials for college student adjustment. The second paper explores the feasibility and utility of an ACT-based intervention with a group of MMA fighters. Preliminary data suggests that ACT could be a useful model for constructing behavioral interventions for people looking to improve their quality of life through values-based activities. Implications of methods and consequences of each intervention, along with challenges for applications of ACT in nonclinical settings will also be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, mindfulness intervention, values
 
Making College Life Matter: Acceptance and Commitment Training to Improve Values-Consistent Action in College Students
MEAGAN PERKINS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Lisa Harrison (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Solomon Kurz (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Students report all sorts of reasons for attending college. Those who are most successful, however, tend to engage college life in ways that are intrinsically reinforcing (i.e., personally meaningful). Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) offers students an approach to engaging their lives in personally meaningful ways independent of aversive private events. The current series of studies examined the effectiveness of an ACT-based course in increasing the values-consistent actions of college students. Psychology of Adjustment is an experiential course in which students apply ACT through in and out of class activities including: meditations, small group discussions, video lectures, and online forums for weekly commitment and reflection. Students self-reported values-consistent behaviors daily throughout the course. Data from two semesters and over 150 students indicate increases in values-consistent action over the course of the semester. Several specific patterns of responses will be examined. Implications of findings for facilitating college student adjustment within this context will be discussed, along with broad implications for behavior change under aversive and appetitive control.
 
Psychological Flexibility Training for Improving the Performance of Mixed Martial Artists
GARRET M CANTU (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Ryan Albarado (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Psychological flexibility training (i.e., Acceptance and Commitment Training) has been increasingly and effectively applied to improve awareness and improve behavioral flexibility to enhance functioning in a number of different domains. Applied to athletic performance, athletes with training in psychological flexibility perform better than those without, even in the face of fatigue, self-doubt, or anxiety. The Mindfulness, Acceptance and Commitment (MAC) Seminar, based on empirically-supported techniques for increasing psychological flexibility and effectiveness of behavior, aims to train the psychological skills of openness toward and effectiveness during a range of emotional states. A series of studies have demonstrated the feasibility and acceptability of the MAC Seminar with amateur athletes. The current study examined the effectiveness of MAC training with mixed martial artists. Mixed martial artists must be able to analyze and respond effectively to a rapidly changing and dangerous environment – skills that require psychological flexibility. This study suggests that MAC training is not only a feasible adjunct to mixed martial arts training, but also an effective one at improving performance according to idiographic goals.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #192
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
SQAB Tutorial: What's the Best Model for These Data? Information Theoretical Approaches to Inference as an Alternative to Hypothesis Testing
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
Presenting Authors: : M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), DEREK POPE (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract:

Null Hypothesis Statistical Testing (NHST) was developed to provide an objective way to quantify inference. The result is a ritualized technique that is frequently necessary for publication despite criticisms that it is minimally informative, misleading, and produces unreproducible results. NHST tests the probability of the data given a null hypothesis that is rarely of interest and is often implausible. The result is a torturous statement of whether the data are likely to have occurred. An alternative approach, called Information Theoretic (IT) based inference, does not carry many of these problems because it returns a different probability. IT approaches ask the question of interest in model building: Of a set of models, which ones are best? And by how much? By building upon Akaike Information Criteria, IT inference returns the probability of the models considered given the data, numbers that are readily interpretable. Unlike NHST, the approach actually encourages the testing of many models in order to increase the chances of including good ones. Corrections for multiple comparisons are neither necessary nor appropriate. The tutorial will identify criticisms of NHST, offer a (relatively) nontechnical background for IT approaches, and provide examples of IT-based inference using spreadsheets.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Certified behavior analysts, graduate students, licensed psychologists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe how null hypothesis statistical testing has resulted in current concerns about replicability in the social and biomedical sciences; (2) describe a new, Information Theoretic approach to statistical inference that is well-suited to model development in behavior analysis; (3) describe how this new approach can be implemented in a spreadsheet.
 
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), DEREK POPE (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Chris Newland earned his Ph.D. from Georgia Tech, did postdoctoral work in Environmental Health at the University of Rochester, and is now a Professor of Psychology at Auburn University. His research, which has been funded mostly from the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, applies behavioral principles to explore the impact of drugs and environmental contaminants that act on the brain. A life-span development approach is threaded through his research, so he has examined early development, aging, and, more recently, adolescence. A key element of his work is the application of quantitative models taken from behavior analysis to characterize mechanisms by which chemicals disrupt behavior. With his students, he has become interested recently in model-based inference, hence this tutorial. Dr. Newland has served on the editorial boards of JEAB, The Behavior Analyst, Neurobehavioral Toxicology and Teratology and is an Associate Editor of Neurotoxicology. He has served on numerous panels reviewing environmental policy and served as a regular member of the Neurotoxicology and Alcohol (NAL) Study Section for the NIH. He is currently examining the impact of exposure to drugs and contaminants during early development and adolescence and is seeking to link behavioral and epigenetic consequences of early neural damage.
Derek Pope grew up in Washington DC. He attended James Madison University where he graduated magna cum laude and earned his BA in behavior analysis. He then traveled to Auburn University and joined Chris Newland's behavioral pharmacology and toxicology lab, where he earned his Ph.D. in 2016. While at Auburn, he investigated the interactions between genotype, contextual stimuli, and d-amphetamine on delay discounting in mice, the effects of chronic cocaine exposure during adolescence on spatial discrimination reversal, delay discounting, and demand and response output under FR schedules, the effects of chronic methylmercury exposure on interval timing, the acquisition of response chains, and high-rate responding, and, finally, how the application of theoretical and quantitative models may help to understand the effects of various manipulations within and across these studies. He is now at Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute's Addiction Research Recovery Center under the tutelage of Dr. Warren Bickel where he continues to research executive functioning, economic demand, and delay discounting, and continues to explore and exploit theoretical and quantitative models.
Keyword(s): Akaike criterion, model selection, model-based inference, statistical inference
 
 
Symposium #193
CE Offered: BACB
Predictive Validity of Brief Functional Assessment Methods
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D.
Abstract: Data-based decision making is imperative for ensuring effective educational outcomes for children in schools. Time presents an inevitable constraint within schools; therefore, identifying assessment options that are brief in nature are important for facilitating the use of data to inform service delivery. This symposium will describe three studies that address school-related challenges by using brief functional assessment methods. The first study described how a paired-stimulus assessment was used to evaluate music preferences in order to increase the math fluency of high school students. The second study examined the use of a brief experimental analysis to predict the most effective skill and performance based strategies to address students’ computation difficulties. Each of these choices and the combination was examined in an extended analysis using an alternating treatments design. The third study used a contingency space analysis to evaluate problems occurring during transition time and compared the results to outcomes from a functional analysis. Across studies the brief functional assessments predicted outcomes of functional analyses, offering practical options for use in schools.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): brief-experimental analysis, contingency-space analysis, functional analysis, paired-stimulus assessment
 

Taylor Swift or Billy Ray Cyrus? A Paired-Assessment Method With Music

ALICIA KRUGER (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mackenzie Sommerhalder (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nicole C Bricko (university of nebraska)
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments have become the standard for identifying potentially reinforcing consequences. One type of pleasurable stimulus that is universal but scarcely studied is music. Given its wide popularity, its accessibility, and ease of use, music may be a valuable reinforcer for increasing responding with instructional tasks. The current study investigated a preference-assessment method with two high school students using a paired-stimulus assessment method to examine its predictive validity with math computation measured as correct digits per session. Equal difficulty level math worksheets were concurrently available for high-preference and low-preference songs. Alternative activities (e.g., crossword puzzles, sudokus) were also concurrently available. The results clearly indicated that responding was consistently higher with worksheets that were associated with high-preference songs as consequences than with low-preference songs for both participants. For one participant, the alternative activities had to be removed to find the effect. For the other participant, a phase in which only low-preference songs were available was administered, which led to very variable results. The implications will be discussed in terms of how music preference assessments might be used to investigate reinforcement effects for other areas of responding and how this method might be useful in investigating motivating operations in educational settings.

 
Combining Skill and Performance Interventions to Address Mathematics Difficulties: The Utility of Brief Experimental Analysis
WHITNEY KLEINERT (University of Massachusetts Boston), Robin Codding (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Research suggests that skill- and performance-based deficits are interrelated, and it is estimated that the co-occurrence of these deficits could be as high as over 50% in students who are academically underachieving (Hinshaw, 1992). Specifically, these deficits are associated with poor mathematics outcomes. Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) is an evidence-based procedure for quickly identifying effective skill and performance strategies. The presented study used an adapted alternating treatments design to examine the utility of the BEA procedure in the evaluation of combining skill and performance components in a mathematics treatment package. The BEA procedure accurately identified an effective skill or performance strategy for four out of five participants. In only one case was the combination of skill and performance components identified as the relative most effective intervention. This presentation explores the BEA procedure as a tool for quickly and accurately identifying effective skill and performance strategies with an emphasis on mathematics.
 
Descriptive Assessment of Transition-Related Problem Behavior
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Transition-related problem behavior can lead to learning difficulties by decreasing instructional time (Sterling-Turner & Jordan, 2007), and therefore may require school personnel to conduct functional behavior assessments. However, little research exists on procedures for assessing the function of transition-related problem behavior. Some researchers have used functional analysis methodology to evaluate the components of a transition (i.e., pre-condition, post-condition, and movement) that occasion problem behavior (e.g., McCord et al., 2001; Waters et al., 2009). These studies provide a method for demonstrating functional relations, but may not account for unique sources of reinforcement (e.g., attention) and other relevant variables (e.g., reinforcement schedules) associated with some activity transitions. The current study attempted to validate a descriptive assessment procedure for analyzing transition-related problem behavior by comparing results to the outcomes of a functional analysis in three boys with developmental disabilities. Additionally, function-matched treatments were developed and evaluated based on the results of the assessment procedures. Results indicated that the modified descriptive assessment procedure aligned with functional analysis outcomes and informed effective function-matched treatments. The benefits of assessing transition-related problem behavior both descriptively and experimentally will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #195
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Accelerating Strategy Execution by Orchestrating Leadership Role Modelling and Reinforcement

Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Julie Smith, Ph.D.
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
JULIE SMITH (ChangePartner)
Julie is a world-class expert in applying behavior science in innovative ways to achieve unprecedented results in organizations. As co-founder of CLG, one of the world's largest behavior-based strategy execution firms, Julie and her colleagues pioneered the most powerful and practical organizational behavior-change approach available today, as evaluated by multiple independent benchmark studies conducted by organizations such as Chevron, the United Nations, and Bayer Corporation. Seeing a great need to improve healthcare provider performance, Julie launched ChangePartner in 2015. She and her team are developing a SMARTe Delivery Excellence enterprise software system, based on Adaptive Behavior Analytics, that will transform healthcare. This technology platform will be like providing a personalized behavioral coach, at a moments notice, to any healthcare worker. Julie is looking forward to the day when the behavioral root causes of poor patient care are drastically reduced–or even eliminated–because of this innovative system. Julie holds a Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis from West Virginia University. She and her husband, Mickey, reside with their family in Fairmont, West Virginia, where they are building Heston Farm, a regional agri-tourism destination that includes the triple threat of a winery, distillery, and brewery.
Abstract:

Senior leaders spend a tremendous amount of time planning and resourcing their strategic initiatives. Yet numerous studies have found that 70% of these strategies fall far short of their goals. Why? Employees have learned to wait out new initiatives to see if their leaders are serious about the change. They look for signs that go far beyond an exciting vision and the provision of ample resources; they want to see day-to-day leadership behaviors that indicate a sustained, personal commitment to the strategy. Through 30 years of consulting to senior leaders, the author has found a winning formula to quickly derive the top leadership behaviors that will accelerate strategy execution at any firm. The key is to find the unique behaviors that will signal a serious commitment to change for this strategy, this leadership team, at this point in time and to get them implemented in a highly visible, coordinated way. Three case studies will be shared: (1) a global airline that improved the customer service delivered by 29,000 flight attendants; (2) a global oil company that improved capital decision making across 12,000 employees, and; (3) a pharmaceutical company that transformed itself into a patient centric, customer focused organization.

Target Audience:

Practitioners in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), and those who have an interest in OBM, large-scale behavior change, systemic analyses, and sustainable behavior change.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the importance of leaders personally implementing targeted behaviors that demonstrate their commitment to their strategic initiatives; (2) list the steps for identifying targeted leadership behaviors that are unique to an organization; (3) understand how to orchestrate the execution of targeted leadership behaviors to get the maximum impact.
 
 
Symposium #197
CE Offered: BACB
Noncontingent Reinforcement, Token Economies, and Delay Discounting: A Long Road to Practical Application
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis)
CE Instructor: James Nicholson Meindl, Ph.D.
Abstract: A major goal of conducting research in applied behavior analysis is to develop or enhance interventions aimed at improving behavior in applied settings. A research-to-practice gap is said to exist when research in a given area is not translated into practice in applied settings. This symposium includes three literature reviews which evaluate existing support for the use of three distinct practices in applied settings. Two papers are reviews of the intervention literature on noncontingent reinforcement and token economies, respectively, in which research protocols were evaluated for applicability outside of experimental settings and for clarity and completeness of intervention component description. Findings indicate that, as currently researched, the procedures for both strategies may be impractical in applied settings or not described with replicable precision. The third paper is a review of methods used to measure delay discounting in children. Findings indicate that before delay discounting may be evaluated for its practical utility (i.e., used to inform intervention design), additional research is necessary to identify adaptations that improve assessment validity for child populations. The literature on each intervention and assessment strategy will be reviewed with a specific focus on practical application and replication, and directions for future research will be provided.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): delay discounting, literature review, noncontingent reinforcement, token economy
 
Noncontingent Reinforcement: An Evaluative Review of Procedures
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Komal Noordin (The University of Memphis)
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement is one of the most commonly used and well-researched interventions in applied behavior analytic literature. It is often a preferred intervention to decrease problem behavior because it relies on reinforcement rather than punishment, is considered relatively easy to implement, and does not require extensive training or monitoring. One criticism that has been leveled at noncontingent reinforcement is that although it is practical in a research context, it may not be as practical in applied settings and research is limited in some regards. By reviewing 128 participants across 58 articles, this literature review revealed that research on NCR is primarily conducted with children, in artificial settings, using dense schedules of reinforcement over short sessions, is not conducted for long periods of time, alternately includes an extinction component depending on behavior function, and rarely assesses social validity. The analysis revealed that many of the protocols used in experimental settings may make for difficult implementation in clinical settings. Specific concerns are identified and future direction proposed.
 
Token Economy: A Systematic Review of Procedural Variations and Descriptions
JONATHAN W. IVY (Penn State Harrisburg), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis), Eric Overley (University of Memphis), Kristen Robson (Achievement Center)
Abstract: The token economy is a well-established and widely used behavioral intervention. A token economy is comprised of six procedural components: the target response(s), a token that functions as a conditioned reinforcer, back-up reinforcers, and three-interconnected schedules of reinforcement. Despite decades of applied research, the extent to which the procedures of a token economy are described in complete and replicable detail has not been evaluated. Given the inherent complexity of a token economy, an analysis of the procedural descriptions may benefit future token economy research and practice. Articles published between 2000-2015 that included implementation of a token economy within an applied setting were identified and reviewed with a focus on evaluating the thoroughness of procedural descriptions. The results show that token economy components are regularly omitted or described in vague terms. Of the articles included in this analysis, only 19% (18 of 96 articles reviewed) included replicable and complete descriptions of all primary components. Missing or vague component descriptions could negatively affect future research or applied practice. Additionally, token economy procedural variations are presented. Recommendations are provided to improve component descriptions.
 
A Summary of Methods of Assessing Delay Discounting in Young Children
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Delay discounting is a process thought to underlie impulsive decision-making, and is associated with poor long-term outcomes including obesity, addiction, and gambling in adult populations. Given its predictive validity among adult populations, measuring delay discounting in young children may have utility for early identification of risk. However, methods typically used to assess delay discounting in adult populations may not be appropriate for young children who have less experience with money and delays. We reviewed the extant literature on delay discounting assessments including children under 13 years of age to determine (a) for whom delay discounting has been assessed, (b) what commodities, delays, magnitudes, and choice types have been used, and (c) how choice stimuli have been presented to children. In 51 identified studies, the majority of participants were children over six years of age, and were typically developing or had ADHD. Hypothetical money choices were most often used in assessments, but commodity magnitudes and delays varied widely. Future directions for research include identifying characteristics of children for whom hypothetical money choice assessments are valid, optimal magnitudes and delays for money choice assessments, and whether incorporating visual representation of commodities, magnitudes, and delays improves interpretability and predictive validity of assessment outcomes.
 
 
Symposium #198
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Applications of Data Analysis and Assessment in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Megan Bratcher (Maryland ABA Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Alison Kozlowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Researchers collect data in a variety of ways when working with children with pediatric feeding disorders, from frequency of the occurrences of problem behavior, to consumption data supported by grams consumed or volume of emesis, i.e., vomiting. While data analysis is one of the foundations of Applied Behavior Analysis, taking a novel approach to the measurement of behavior can provide valuable insights into underlying maintaining and confounding variables, thus providing a novel perspective and analysis of the target behaviors. This symposium focuses on the practical applications of cumulative graphing and the behavioral evaluation of emesis for children with pediatric feeding disorders. By comparing information obtained from across session graphs to cumulative graphs, a variety of variables may be analyzed within session to better inform treatment decisions. In the case study of a participant with emesis, hypotheses about the reason or function of the emesis will be analyzed and discussed. Wherein results indicate that emesis occurred most frequently with novel foods of taste and texture, but abated with exposure.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cumulative Graph, Data Analysis, Emesis, Feeding Disorders
 

A Case Study: Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of a Child With Emesis in an Intensive Feeding Program

DANIELLE TARVER ALEXANDER (Johns Hopkins University, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Emesis (i.e., vomiting) during meal time may result from various factors, including volume sensitivity, structural/anatomical anomalies, and environmental factors related to food novelty and texture. This study focuses on Chase, a 6-year-old boy with spina bifida, during his admission to an intensive feeding program to decrease gastrointestinal-tube dependence and frequency of emesis. Hypotheses about the reason or function of the emesis were developed based upon assessment, observation, and caregiver report. The results of this study indicated that Chase was more likely to have emesis when presented with foods of novel taste and texture. However, with exposure, emesis decreased more quickly for novel puree foods compared to the same food at a higher texture. With exposure, rates of emesis decreased across both type and texture of food. There were no significant differences found for environmental differences with observer reaction to emesis or volume sensitivity. The methods utilized in this study may be useful to practitioners to evaluate the variables maintaining emesis, and warrants further evaluation in future research.

 

Within Versus Across Session Data Analysis in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

JOHN BORGEN (Oregon Institute of Technology), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Data are often graphed across multiple sessions to assess change in a target behavior over time. Still, this level of data analysis may not be sensitive enough to detect important information regarding behavior, stimuli, and motivating operations. Across session data analysis may mask changes in rate of responding over the course of time, in the presence of a specific stimulus, and in response to a change in contingencies. Cumulative graphs can identify changes in allocation of behavior, rate of behavior, and motivating operations as well as onset of behavior within a session. This presentation will illustrate the use of cumulative graphs to analyze and inform treatment decisions in interventions for children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders, and by comparing information obtained from across session graphs to cumulative graphs. Volume sensitivity, fidelity of parent training, and response effort within a session, as well as other topics, will be analyzed using cumulative graphs.

 
 
Symposium #199
CE Offered: BACB
Contingency Analysis and Fluency Engineering in Higher Education
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nolan Williams (University of North Texas )
CE Instructor: John W. Eshleman, Ed.D.
Abstract: Teaching in higher education is becoming increasingly difficult as faculty members are faced with fewer resources, larger class sizes, and higher teaching loads. Undergraduate students are less prepared academically and seemingly insensitive to points and/or grades as reinforcers. This symposium includes three presentations in which the authors explored different contingency arrangements to assist undergraduate students to achieve fluent repertoires regarding the course material. In the first presentation, 10 years of research and development on the use of SAFMEDS in college courses is reviewed. In the second presentation, the authors describe a specific application of SAFMEDS in the classroom; namely, how different presentation formats for SAFMEDS affected undergraduate students’ technical vocabulary repertoires. In the final presentation, the authors describe a unique application of Goldiamond’s exploratory logs to assist students in reporting behavioral explanations for why a particular behavior occurred in an undergraduate introduction to behavior analysis course.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): College Teaching, Fluency, Precision Teaching, SAFMEDS
 
SAFMEDS and Fluency Building: A Decade of Research and Development
JOHN W. ESHLEMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Over the past decade several courses taught at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology have included SAFMEDS (fluency cards) and various other frequency-based instructional design innovations. Dr. Ogden R. Lindsley developed SAFMEDS in the 1970s, and intended them as an efficient and effective tactic for students to learn course content to fluency. Lindsley developed some guidelines regarding SAFMEDS, and in a series of ABAI workshops in the 1990s, Dr. Steve Graf extended these guidelines. Taking a “Research and Development” approach, the present paper describes the uses of SAFMEDS in graduate-level courses, and covers how SAFMEDS have been designed and course contingencies arranged. Included is one major change where standards for obtaining an “A” grade were lowered from a 40 per minute to a 35 per minute criterion aim, but where extra credit was added for attaining fluency aims above 40 per minute: The effect of this change saw an increase in achieved frequencies ranging from 40 to 72 correct responses per minute. Individual and group data spanning the decade of SAFMEDS implementation are presented on Daily per Minute Standard Celeration Charts. This paper also covers instructional design, stimulus control and improved performance standards considerations.
 
The Comparative Effects of Cumulative and Unitary SAFMEDS in an Introductory Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Course
OWEN JAMES ADAMS (University of North Texas), Tomas Urbina (University of North Texas), Rob J Goodhue (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Research in precision teaching (PT) and verbal behavior has ramifications for undergraduate instruction, but effects of PT for undergraduate coursework are not yet fully understood. The authors examined the differences between learning outcomes for SAFMEDS cards between cumulative decks where all terms were immediately practiced (Study 1) and unitary decks where terms were split into units based on the schedule of corresponding course material (Study 2). Results showed that the rate of correct terms recited per minute increased over the course of both semesters while the rate of incorrect terms decreased and the rate of skips remained variable. In Study 2, these changes in rate occurred more quickly throughout the semester and more students reached the frequency aim of 36 corrects per minute. Among other factors examined were the use of shorter timing intervals, the use of midterm checkouts, and the shortening of terms to fit standard frequency aims for syllables per minute. The results may have implications for the use of PT, especially SAFMEDS, in college classrooms and beyond.
 
The Effect of Exploratory Logs and Instructor Feedback on Student Identification of Functional Relations
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Nolan Williams (University of North Texas), Carlos Lopez (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Abstract: One challenge faced by undergraduate Introduction to Behavior Analysis course instructors is helping students tact the environmental variables that control behavior. Goldiamond frequently employed exploratory and targeted logs to help his clients to understand the environmental controlling variables that supported their behavior. We will describe a preliminary analysis of the use of exploratory logs in an undergraduate introduction to behavior analysis course. Goldiamond’s exploratory logs were adapted for use in our courses. Three “levels” of logs were created in which students were asked to record an increasing number of components of the three-term contingency and answer “why the behavior occurred” for each behavior reported. Each level of the students’ exploratory logs was scored according to what type of explanation was provided (broadly behavioral [stated behavior environment relations] or mentalisitic and specifically type of logical fallacy, appeal to inner agency, etc.). Data are discussed in terms of how the students’ explanations of behavior shifted based on the increasing complexity of the exploratory logs and developmental progression through the course and how the effectiveness of the instructors’ feedback could be improved.
 
 
Panel #200
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Issues Regarding Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis: Practicum and Supervision
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Kyle E Rowsey, M.S.
Chair: Kyle E Rowsey (University of Southern Mississippi)
KRISTEN LENAE PADILLA-MAINOR (Baylor University)
MICHAEL E. ROHR (Behavioral and Counseling Services, LLC)
NOELLE NEAULT (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Dixon et al. (2015) ranked graduate programs in behavior analysis per the publication rates of their faculty. While controversial, this established the contention that research productivity may be a vital component of graduate training. Conversely, Malott (1992) argued that graduate programs should focus less on researcher skills and more on developing practitioners. At ABAI 2016, Wilder, Reeve, and Dixon offered a panel to discuss the importance of research in graduate ABA training. The purpose of this panel is to continue and expand that discussion, particularity with respect to the practicum and supervision graduate programs provide to students. Participants will take part in an open discussion regarding the role and integration of research into practice experiences. Should supervisors encourage or even require students to take a case-driven research model, such as the one proposed by Reid (1992)? Should practicum and supervision experiences focus more on the delivery on services without attention to specific research issues? Can ABA practice truly be separated from a research-based orientation and still uphold the seven dimensions of ABA as outlines by Baer, Wolf, and Risely (1968)? These questions and many others will be discussed in an open forum. This is part two of a two part panel.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Supervision
 
 
Symposium #201
CE Offered: BACB
Variables That Affect Response Allocation and Choice in Populations With Special Needs
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Robert LaRue, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Autism is a developmental disorder characterized by difficulties in communication and social interaction, and is often accompanied by the presence of maladaptive behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injurious behavior). Increasing functional skill development is particularly important for individuals with developmental disabilities. Effective use of reinforcement-based procedures is critical for addressing behavioral excesses and building necessary functional skills to increase independence. However, a number of environmental variables affect the decisions made by this population. Variables, such as, impulsivity, task difficulty, reinforcer quality, the presence of competing disruptive behavior, are all factors that influence decisions made by individuals with ASD. The purpose of the current symposium is to evaluate the impact of variables that affect response allocation in individuals with ASD and to improve outcomes for this population. Talks will address the nature of impulsivity in different clinical populations and identify ways to address it, ethical ways to influence choice-making, broadening response variability, and application of these concepts to inform plans to address disruptive behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, response allocation
 

An Exploration of Temporal Discounting in Neurotypical Individuals and Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

MIKALA RAE HANSON (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a pervasive developmental disorder characterized by impairments in social communication, and restricted and repetitive interests and activities. While not a defining characteristic of ASD, many individuals with this diagnosis display issues with impulsivity. The presence of impulsivity can be pervasive and dramatically affects the intervention process. In the scientific literature, impulsivity is often conceptualized as an issue with temporal discounting. Temporal discounting refers to the decrease in the present value of reinforcers as a function of the delay of their receipt. Researchers have outlined some procedures for evaluating delay discounting in human populations. However, much of this research is limited to hypothetical choices with typically developing populations. Additionally, little research has been conducted comparing impulsivity of individuals with Autism who are lower functioning to typically developing individuals using real as opposed to hypothetical choices. The purpose of the current investigation was the employ delay discounting procedures with both neurotypical individuals and individuals with ASDs. In the investigation, participants were given choices between an impulsive choice and a self-controlled choice. Indifference points were plotted. The preliminary results suggest that individuals with ASD may respond more impulsively than neurotypical peers.

 

A Translational Evaluation of the Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude on Variant Responding in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

RAECHAL FERGUSON (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Hollie Wingate (University of Texas at Austin), Samantha Brooke Swinnea (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Interventions aimed at increasing behavioral variability hold particular importance in individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Several procedures have been demonstrated in the applied and translational literature to increase response variability including extinction and lag schedules of reinforcement. However, little is known about the relationship between reinforcer magnitude and response variability. In the basic literature, Doughty et al. (2013) evaluated the effects of reinforcer magnitude on behavioral variability by manipulating reinforcer magnitude across alternating variability thresholds, with results suggesting that larger reinforcers induced repetitive responding. The purpose of the current study was to translate these findings to evaluate the relative effects of different magnitudes of reinforcement on response variability in children with ASD. A lag 1 schedule of reinforcement was in place during each condition within an alternating treatments design. Magnitudes of reinforcement contingent on variant responding were manipulated across the two conditions. Inconsistent with basic findings, the results showed higher levels of variant responding associated with the larger magnitude of reinforcement. Potential implications for programming for variable responding will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Signaled Delays on the Effectiveness of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) Reinforcement Systems

David Singer (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Mikala Rae Hanson (Rutgers University), Odom Jaxye (Rutgers University), Rachel Davis (Rutgers University), JAMES MARAVENTANO (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

The use of a countdown timer has been shown to be an effective tool in helping increase quiet waiting during a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) procedures in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) that exhibit vocal and motor stereotypy. For lower functioning individuals with ASD that lack the prerequisite skills to read a digital or analogue clock, the use of a visual countdown timer may provide a concrete and visual representation of the passage of time that aids in the implementation of the DRO procedure. The talk will address a recent study that compares the use of a digital countdown clock with a visual countdown timer application (i.e. a tablet application where as time elapsed, a red circle or disk disappeared and the image of the reinforcer in the background was revealed) to facilitate a DRO procedure. The study results provide an addition to the literature on the use of this reinforcement-based procedure to treat lower functioning individuals with ASD that exhibit frequent, disruptive and socially stigmatizing vocal stereotypy.

 

An Evaluation of a Multi-Component Intervention for Loud Speech in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

HAILEY ORMAND (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Elissa Spinks (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Idiosyncratic patterns of speech are common in ASD and greatly affect the extent of an individuals social and educational inclusion. Although there is a wealth of literature detailing and evaluating interventions for a variety of verbal behaviors in ASD, there is a relative dearth of literature describing interventions for idiosyncratic speech characteristics (e.g., atypical prosody) and even less focused specifically on loud speech. To address this gap in the literature, the current study presents and evaluates a treatment package implemented with three children with ASD and a history of loud speech (i.e., = 70 db). A concurrent multiple baselines across participants with an embedded reversal design was used to determine whether a multi-component intervention (i.e., an antecedent modification, a differential reinforcement of other behavior [DRO] procedure, and in-vivo feedback) effectively reduced participants loud speech. Results indicated rates of loud speech were reduced to near-zero levels while the treatment package was in place. The present study extends the literature on speech prosody in ASD, fills a gap in the treatment literature by detailing and effective intervention for loud speech, and provides a foundation for future investigations into a nuanced yet crucial aspect of social communication.

 
 
Symposium #202
CE Offered: BACB
Take Your Medicine!
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: BPN/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amanda Devoto (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: David P. Jarmolowicz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The success for pharmacotherapy depends on the patients taking their prescribed medication. Unfortunately, adherence to prescribed medication averages 50% in developed countries (Sabat, 2003). Reasons for non-adherence can include forgetfulness, lack of information, complex regimens, and poor relationships with clinical staff, among others (Osterberg and Blaschke, 2005). A review of 76 medication adherence studies conducted by Claxton, Cramer, and Pierce (2001) found that as number of required doses increased, adherence decreased. Non-adherence can have serious negative health consequences for the individual, which increases the cost of care. Due to the serious health and economic consequences of adherence to pharmacotherapy regimens, evidence-based interventions to increase medication adherence should be a top priority to behavioral scientists. Presentations will feature a smartphone-based approach to reinforcing antiretroviral adherence in HIV+ adults, employment based reinforcement of adherence to an opioid pharmacotherapy that blocks the effects of drugs like heroin, a delay discounting account of pregnancy- and condom-protected sex among methadone-maintained women, and treatment adherence in Multiple Sclerosis patients. The discussant is an eminent scholar in behavior analysis whose broad range of contributions include work in the areas of traffic and pedestrian safety, education, and developmental disabilities. Taken together, audience members can expect a robust overview of behavior analytic research in the area of medication adherence.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingency management, delay discounting, medication adherence, opiates
 

Smartphone-Based Reinforcement of Antiretroviral Adherence in HIV+ Adults

(Applied Research)
AMANDA DEVOTO (Western Michigan University), David William Sottile (Western Michigan University), Haily Traxler (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Even though antiretroviral therapy (ART) increases the quality of life for those with HIV and reduces the risk of HIV transmission, only 59% of patients with HIV in North America report adherence >90%. Injection drug use and cocaine use are both related to higher risk for HIV transmission and lower adherence. HIV drug users are thus an important population to target for increasing ART adherence. The purpose of the current project was to test the feasibility and acceptability of a smartphone based ART adherence intervention in drug using HIV patients. Participants were randomized to either a treatment-as-usual control group or the SteadyRx treatment group. Those in the SteadyRx group were given a smartphone with the SteadyRx application. Participants used the smartphone application to record themselves taking their medication for six months. $2.00 was deposited to a reloadable debit card for each day videos were correctly submitted, and bonuses were available for 3 day and 29 day consecutive adherence. MEMS caps were used to monitor adherence in both groups. Results indicate that the system is usable and feasible.

 

Employment-Based Reinforcement to Promote Naltrexone Adherence and Opiate Abstinence

(Applied Research)
BRANTLEY JARVIS (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (Johns Hopkins University), Annie Umbricht (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Fingerhood (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), George Bigelow (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions are needed to improve naltrexone treatment for opioid use disorder. This ongoing study is evaluating employment-based reinforcement for extended-release naltrexone (XR-NTX) adherence and opiate abstinence on decreasing opiate use. After completing an outpatient induction to be eligible for XR-NTX, participants are assigned to a usual care, opiate abstinence, XR-NTX, or opiate abstinence + XR-NTX group. Participants are invited for 24 weeks to the Therapeutic Workplace, a model employment-based program for drug addiction where they can work each weekday. To maintain maximum pay, participants assigned to the opiate abstinence group must provide opiate-negative samples, whereas those assigned to the XR-NTX group must accept naltrexone injections. Both conditions must be met for the opiate abstinence + XR-NTX group. Usual care participants have no contingencies for their pay. Preliminary analyses focusing on the outpatient induction phase show that employment-based reinforcement for opioid abstinence and oral naltrexone adherence was successful getting 58.3% of participants inducted onto naltrexone. Participants coming from longer-term detoxification programs and who were not on parole or probation had more success. Full planned analyses on opiate use during the intervention will provide important information on the separate and combined effects of using incentives for XR-NTX adherence and opiate abstinence.

 
On Costs, Benefits, and Treatment Adherence in Multiple Sclerosis
(Basic Research)
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (The University of Kansas), Jared M. Bruce (University of Missouri-Kansas City), Amanda S. Bruce (University of Kansas Medical Center/ Children's Mercy Hospital), Sharon Lynch (University of Kansas Medical Center), Seung- Lark Lim (University of Missouri, Kansas City), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Although current medications for multiple sclerosis (MS) are often highly effective, MS patients often fail to take their medications. Although the reasons for medication noncompliance are surely multifaceted, behavioral economics may provide a lens through which certain aspects of medication compliance can be viewed. MS medications often provide benefits that are both delayed and uncertain. Coupled with the relatively immediate yet often uncertain side effects of these medications, choices to take medications surely entail complex cost (side effects) /benefit (treatment efficacy) weighting that may be highly variable across patients. In the present work, we have examined effects of differing side effect probabilities, and magnitudes on patients’ medication choices and adherence status.
 
Delay Discounting of Pregnancy- and Condom-Protected Sex Among Methadone-Maintained Women
(Basic Research)
DENNIS J. HAND (Thomas Jefferson University), Lindsay Reid (Thomas Jefferson University), Diane Abatemarco (Thomas Jefferson University)
Abstract: Over 80% of pregnancies are unintended among women with opioid use disorder (OUD), and use of effective contraceptives is uncommon in this population. When deciding whether to have immediate, unprotected sex or delayed, protected sex, behavior may be more likely directed toward the most immediate alternative even if that alternative carries risk. The present study examined whether delays to protection affect likelihood of engaging in hypothetical pregnancy-protected sex, as well as other measures of self-reported impulsivity. Participants were women aged 18 and older who were receiving medication-assisted treatment for OUD and were not intending to become pregnant in the next 6 months. Participants completed a novel Pregnancy Discounting Task (PDT), the Condom Discounting Task (CDT), Barratt Impulsiveness Scale (BIS), and a Monetary Choice Questionnaire (MCQ). Preference for pregnancy- and condom-protected sex over unprotected sex declined orderly as a function of delay. Furthermore, preference shifted toward immediate, unprotected sex at shorter delays for more desirable partners and for partners deemed less risky for sexually-transmitted infections or pregnancy. These findings replicate prior research on delay discounting of condom-protected sex, and extend the findings to pregnancy-protected sex. Delays to pregnancy protection may partially underlie low contraceptive use among women with OUD.
 
 
Symposium #203
CE Offered: BACB
Function-Based Assessment with Idiosyncratic Interventions to Address Socially-Maintained Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2017
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark)
Discussant: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Quigley, M.A.
Abstract:

Functional analyses have been utilized extensively to identify the functions of problem behavior in individuals with varying disabilities. Following the identification of function, function-based treatment analyses are completed to teach functionally equivalent replacement behavior. When problem behavior is maintained by social contingencies, attention, tangible, and escape are the most common functions. This symposium will address instances in which the common replacement behaviors for attention, tangible, and escape are not sufficient in reducing or eliminating problem behavior. One talk will discuss modifications to the functional analysis methodology when working with individuals with traumatic brain injury. Two of the talks will discuss skills relevant to an identified tangible function. When this function is identified, not only does the individual require the skill of requesting, but also toleration when requests are denied. Two methods of accepting denied access will be discussed. Finally, a methodology for evaluating the maintaining variables of problem behavior that is multiply-maintained by social functions will be reviewed. This evaluation will assist practitioners in systematically evaluating the functional communication responses that require further training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, idiosyncratic intervention, socially-maintained, treatment analyses
 

Assessment and Treatment of Idiosyncratic Variables in Individuals With Traumatic Brain Injury

JENNIFER CRONER (ReMed Recovery Care Centers), Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
Abstract:

The combination of factors that contribute to neurobehavioral challenges and complexity following a brain injury can be significant, and have a devastating impact on the individual and their family. These complications include aggression, agitation and poor frustration tolerance, poor self-awareness, disinhibition, impulsivity and poor judgment, emotional instability, and issues related to cognition and communication, participation and compliance, and awareness. Often, these complications are individualized to each client, as the specific brain injury will influence how functioning is affected. Therefore, it is often necessary to modify the standard functional analysis procedure and include manipulations of conditions and variables specific to that individual. The present study will present data from an idiosyncratic functional analysis to identify social variables maintaining problem behavior, and a subsequent treatment based on the maintaining variables identified in the functional analysis.

 

An Evaluation of Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Accept No

AMANDA GILL (Melmark), Jennifer Quigley (Melmark; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Challenging behavior may be evoked in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities when requests for items or activities are denied or delayed. When a problem behavior is evoked by denied access to items or activities, an individuals inability to accept no could be problematic and lead to high rates of challenging behavior. However, there has been limited empirical research conducted to examine methods of teaching individuals to accept no when access to preferred items or activities is denied. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of two methods of accepting no to minimize an individuals challenging behavior when access to preferred items, activities and edibles was denied or delayed. A response class hierarchy (RCH) assessment was initially conducted to determine which challenging behavior to target. Out of the three individuals, only one of the individuals behaviors occurred in a clear, predictable hierarchy. A no with an alternative and a yes with contingency intervention were then implemented with all three individuals and compared to determine which method was most effective in reducing challenging behavior. For one of the participants, both treatments worked a majority of the time. Low levels of challenging behavior were seen during each treatment. For another participant both treatments worked equally and for the last participant, the "yes" with contingency appeared to be the most effective and led to the lowest rates of challenging behavior. These results suggest that by either arranging contingencies or presenting an individual with alternatives, frequency of challenging behavior may be reduced.

 

Tolerance Training for Multiply Controlled Challenging Behavior: Teaching Aggressive Children to Deal With Disappointment

CASEY CHAUVIN (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Naomi Parikh (Vanderbilt University), Nicole Joe Rogers (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Individuals who consistently engage in aggression are often relegated to restrictive settings that can substantially alter their quality of life, as well as the quality of lives of their care providers. Thus, the repercussions of ineffective intervention are vast. Functional communication training (FCT) is commonly employed to teach children to mand for functional reinforcers. Teaching tolerance of delayed or denied reinforcement can be a critical, complementary treatment component when FCT is used to reduce or eliminate aggressive behavior and maintain treatment effects in natural settings. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of a multi-phase intervention on the aggressive behavior of 9- and 10-year-old males with Autism. Treatment components, including FCT and tolerance training, were implemented across separate contexts and subsequently synthesized in a single condition. Results demonstrate that a) functionally distinct, independent manding came under the control of multiple specific establishing operations during synthesis conditions (as was programmed) and b) both participants consistently emitted tolerance responses (in the absence of aggression) following delayed or denied reinforcement when presented with various combinations and durations of establishing operations.

 
Assessing Maintaining Variables of Multiply-Maintained Problem Behavior via Response Allocation Following Functional and Treatment Analyses
JENNIFER QUIGLEY (Melmark; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Multiply-maintained challenging behavior may be difficult to treat due to requiring multiple functional communication responses (FCR) as replacement behaviors. Following treatment, if the targeted challenging behavior continues to occur, it is necessary to determine which function(s) is maintaining the behavior. The purpose of this assessment was to identify the maintaining variables of challenging behavior that is multiply-maintained. This assessment identified the allocation of responding across three individuals whose challenging behavior was multiply-maintained by social consequences. First, we evaluated the allocation of responding of the functional communication responses and the targeted problem behaviors across social conditions based on test sessions of a functional analysis. Following identification, conditions in which the participant allocated to problem behavior instead of FCRs were replicated with training sessions of the FCR. Following training, the allocation assessment of the identified functions was replicated to demonstrate a change in allocation from the challenging behavior to the FCR.
 
 
Symposium #204
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Instructional Strategies That Promote Independent Responding and Reduce Dependence on Prompts
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skill acquisition programs frequently include prompts to occasion behavior. Responses under the control of a prompt are then transferred to the discriminative stimulus or establishing operation that evoke behavior in the natural environment. Despite substantial evidence regarding the efficacy of transfer of stimulus control procedures, some individuals may not consistently engage in independent responding in appropriate settings. The current symposium presents a collection of studies that evaluated strategies to promote independent responding and reduce or prevent dependence on prompts. The first study compared the efficacy and efficiency of three interventions to treat prompt dependence for children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder or other developmental disabilities. The second study provided tactile prompts to reduce rapid eating in a child with autism and compared two prompt fading strategies. The third study investigated the effects of fading procedures to teach independent and varied play skills to young children with autism during free play on the playground. All three studies will provide a discussion of how best to promote independent responding and fade prompts from instruction.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Independent responding, Prompt dependence
 

Assessing Treatment Options for Pre-Existing Prompt Dependence

ELLA M GORGAN (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Dayna Costello (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Miranda May Olsen (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Prior research has focused on identifying effective strategies to prevent prompt dependence from occurring during the training of novel skills, although it is unclear whether interventions are also effective for reducing pre-existing prompt dependence. The current literature has also indicated that the relative efficacy and efficiency of different interventions may be idiosyncratic across learners, suggesting the potential benefit of an individualized assessment. The purpose of the current study was to extend the literature on prompt dependence and assessment-based instruction by conducting an assessment to compare interventions for skills for which four participants with developmental disabilities consistently engaged in correct responses following prompts but did not perform independently. An alternating treatment design was used to compare the effects of differential reinforcement, prompt fading, and an extended response interval on independent correct responses. Thus far, the results indicate that fading the vocal prompt may increase independent correct responding, but differential reinforcement was the most efficacious and efficient intervention strategy. The results also support the extension of assessment-based instruction to identify interventions for prompt dependence.

 

Evaluation of Stimulus Intensity Fading on Reduction of Rapid Eating in a Child With Autism

AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Paige Raetz (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

This study assessed the effects of a vibrating pager (i.e., tactile prompt) on reduction of rapid eating in an adolescent male with autism. We replicated the procedures used by Anglesea et al. (2008) to slow the pace of food consumption with two extensions. The first extension was to examine whether the pager prompt could be successfully faded by altering the intensity of the vibration. The second extension was to compare the effects of fading by stimulus intensity vs. fading by stimulus frequency. An ABABCBCB reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of the tactile prompt on reduction of pace of eating (ABAB) and to compare the effects of fading the tactile prompt by intensity vs. by frequency (CBCB). Results showed that the pager was successful in decreasing the pace of eating to an appropriate level and the tactile prompt was successfully faded. Fading by frequency was ineffective in maintaining an appropriate pace of eating while intensity fading was successful. The intensity fading involved switching the pager from a high intensity, to a low intensity and to low intensity that was muffled.

 

An Evaluation of the Effects of Fading Procedures on Children Using Activity Schedulesto PlayonthePlayground Appropriately

KYLEE LEWIS (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Children with autism often have difficulty playing appropriately and independently. Activity schedules have been shown to be effective at teaching children with autism to play. Some individuals with autism engage in repetitive behaviors, especially on the playground. A previous study showed that activity schedules were effective at reducing repetitive or patterned behavior on the playground by teaching three students with autism to play appropriately and independently. This study investigated the effects of fading procedures on teaching independent and varied play skills to young children with autism during free play on the playground. All three participants engaged in more playground activities when they were taught to use the activity schedule binders. Two of the three participants were able to fade to more portable forms of activity schedules, and go through the entire fading sequence. One of the participants was only able to fade to smaller size pictures in the activity schedule binder.

 
 
Symposium #205
CE Offered: BACB
The Utility of New Technological Advances for Assessment and Curriculum in Enhancing Language Skills Within Human Service Agencies
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leah Verkuylen (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Brooke Diane Walker, M.S.
Abstract:

There are many factors to consider when making curriculum decisions within clinical and human service settings. Efficacy, ease of implementation, and empirical bases can be crucial for advancing language skills and increasing the adaptive behavioral repertoire of individuals. Assessing individual preference for possible reinforcers within a large-scale curriculum is also of consideration when undergoing program changes. While there are a number of assessments that are commonly used in human service settings, the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Assessment and Curriculum Guide moves beyond just assessing skills. It additionally provides practitioners with a treatment guide. This symposium presents the utility of the PEAK curriculum in a human service agency, its efficacy, and implementation strategies. Additionally, this symposium will assess the utility of behavioral skills training for a system-wide roll out of PEAK within a different human service agency. Correlations of the PEAK assessments with full-scale intelligence tests will also be discussed. Finally, factors and implications of using preference assessments within the PEAK curriculum are also discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Human Service, PEAK, Preference Assessment
 

The Use of Behavioral Skills Training on a System-Wide Roll Out of PEAK in a Human Service Agency

JENNIFER MARTIN (JKP Analysts, LLC), Morgan Wicks (JKP Analysts, LLC), Joshua K. Pritchard (JKP Analysts, LLC)
Abstract:

Human service agencies that provide applied behavior analytic therapies are often looking for the most effective curriculum programming. With the relatively recent arrival of the empirically based assessment and treatment package, PEAK Relational Training System, human service agencies that desire to use cutting-edge technology are confronted with a difficult choice: Invest significant energy and capital into the adoption of a new system, or maintain the status quo. In this talk, we will examine the challenges and successes of an agency that chose to adopt a new system, and examined the impact of behavior skills training to teach their old and new behavior technicians how to implement the ABA-based services. The current presentation will address the challenges and limitations to system-wide roll-outs of new technologies. The impact of behavioral skills training on the implementation of PEAK by behavior technicians will also be discussed. Additionally, the presentation will explore whether each PEAK curriculum module is sufficiently independent from the need for behavioral skills training.

 
Factors that Influence Choice and Their Implications for Preference Assessments in PEAK
MICHAEL PALMER (Central Michigan University; Central Autism Treatment Centers), Michael Brooks (Central Michigan Univeristy; Central Autism Treatment Centers), Noell Jankowski (Central Michigan University; Central Autism Treatment Centers ), Christie L. Nutkins (Central Michigan University; Central Autism Treatment Centers ), Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University; Central Autism Treatment Centers )
Abstract: Preference assessments are a key tool for determining potential reinforcers, motivating work behavior, and promoting new behaviors.  In a curriculum such as PEAK, where many new skills are trained, finding effective reinforcers is paramount to success of the system. Preferences can change depending on several factors such as access duration following the choice, access to preferred items at other times of the day, or satiation when running learning trials and programs over the course of the curriculum. Additionally, preferences may need to be changed due to the cumulative effects of exposure to those preferred items over time (e.g., candy items). Beginning with baseline multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments, we examined participant choices. We then examined choices at different times of the day and when aspects of the preference assessments were manipulated such as reinforcer magnitude, array size, and arrangement of the array. Results suggest that choices in preference assessments may be biased based on each of these factors. The implications of these changes in choice during preference assessments while teaching the PEAK curriculum will be discussed.
 
An Investigation of the Validity of PEAK Transformation: An Assessment of Relational Responding, Normative Sampling, and IQ
BROOKE DIANE WALKER (Southern Illinois University), Liza Marquie (Transformation Learning Inc.), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Assessing higher-level verbal repertoires of individuals with autism and related intellectual disabilities is crucial due to the language and cognitive deficits experienced by this population as well as the need for valid assessment tools for data-driven and individualized treatment. In addition to, curricula or instructional protocols that produce changes toward improvement of language and cognitive skills are vital to the overall well being of these individuals. Several assessments and instructional guides are available to behavior analysts however few have demonstrated evidence of validity, reliability, and/or utility in its effectiveness in producing causal changes in higher-level cognition and adaptive ability. The presentation will present correlational data between PEAK-Transformation Pre-Assessment (PEAK-T-PA) with IQ (WISC-V) and adaptive behavior scales (Vineland-III); as well as provide preliminary normative sample data of PEAK-T-PA with neurotypical children and comparisons to same-age individuals with autism. Lastly, the presentation will include single subject investigations of implementation of PEAK-T protocols.
 
 
Symposium #206
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Complex Generalized Responding in Children With Autism Through Advanced Technologies
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amani Alholail (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Dunkel-Jackson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Promoting the development of language skills within clinics provides an opportunity to utilize a variety of assessments and programming. To reduce rote responding in children with autism, language curriculums should be encouraged to include opportunities for generalization of skills to new settings, people, and concepts. The PEAK Relational Training System provides an assessment and guide for developing basic, intermediate, and complex verbal skills through direct training, generalization, and relational responding. The present symposium will look at the utility of using a random stimulus design within the PEAK programs to enhance generalized responding with basic and more advanced language skills. The ease of PEAK program implementation with children with autism will additionally be discussed with regards to graduate student training and in settings with intensive behavioral interventions. Finally, correlations between the commonly used Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales- Second Edition, and the PEAK Generalization module will be discussed. The implications of the presented studies provide an outline for how to promote generalized responding for individuals with autism and related disabilities, and the easy use of the PEAK curriculum.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment correlations, Clinic Utility, Generalization Training, PEAK
 

Using a Random Stimulus Design With the PEAK Curriculum for Objective Analysis of Concept Mastery

SETH W. WHITING (Central Michigan University; Central Autism Treatment Centers ), Michael Brooks (Central Michigan University; Central Autism Treatm), Marcel Kirberg (Central Michigan University; Central Autism Treatment Centers )
Abstract:

The PEAK curriculum for academic and verbal skills has demonstrated numerous benefits for children with autism. However, similar to other behavioral assessments, the number of stimuli trained does not imply concept mastery of the underlying skill and individual judgment is subject to bias. In the present study, we demonstrate the utility of combining the random stimulus experimental design with the PEAK curriculum in several human subjects diagnosed with autism. In the random stimulus design, groups of probe stimuli were presented without reinforcement or error correction as a baseline, and were alternated with groups of training stimuli which were presented with reinforcement for correct responses and error correction for incorrect responses. Response accuracy during probe sessions was low and all three groups of training stimuli were mastered (two consecutive sessions scoring 80% or higher) within ten sessions. One group of probe stimuli was then trained to criterion, requiring comparatively few sessions, thus indicating a faster learning rate than the previous training groups and suggesting mastery of the overall concept. The benefits of the random stimulus design in autism practice with the PEAK curriculum including avoiding repeated exposure of stimuli, replicating teaching effects, and objectively judging concept mastery are discussed.

 
Validity and Effectiveness of PEAK for Intensive Behavioral Interventions
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Southern Illinois University; Kinark Child and Family Services), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Curriculum assessments based primarily on Skinner’s Verbal Behavior and procedures such as discrete trial training (DTT) have proven useful to service providers when designing behavioral interventions for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The PEAK Relational Training System is a recently published assessment and curriculum guide based on a contemporary behavior-analytic approach. With its focus on advanced language skills, PEAK addresses not only directly trained skills but generalization and generative language in particular. Preliminary studies have demonstrated its utility within ABA and Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) services for children with ASD. The current studies demonstrate that (a) scores on the PEAK Direct Training Program Assessment and PEAK Generalization Program Assessment are significantly correlated with scores on the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales- Second Edition and (b) the PEAK Generalization module enhances directly trained and generalized advanced language skills of children diagnosed with ASD participating in IBI. Implications on the utility of PEAK with these populations is discussed.
 

Graduate Student Implementation of PEAK Direct Training in a University Clinical Setting With Individuals With Disabilities

BENJAMIN REYNOLDS (University of Nevada, Reno), Brian James Feeney (University of Nevada, Reno), Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The PEAK Direct Training Module provides an assessment and instruction of basic behavioral repertoires grounded in Skinners Verbal Operant theory. Prior research has supported the reliability and convergent validity of PEAK assessments, as well as the application of several PEAK programs with individuals with disabilities. The current investigation will provide a discussion of how PEAK can be used in a university clinic run by graduate students and their advisors. This model provides a service for the community, as well as supervision and learning opportunities for students. In addition, we will show data detailing the assessment-to-treatment model of PEAK with 2 individuals with disabilities attending the clinic. The results show that the assessment was able to reliably provide targets for discrete trial instruction, and that the PEAK procedures were efficacious in establishing target skills. These results provide support for the use of PEAK with vulnerable populations, as well as extend prior research in a novel clinical setting.

 
 
Symposium #207
CE Offered: BACB
Contingencies Involved in Pathological Processes
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Meagan Perkins (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The behavioral deficits of inattention and, impulsivity can impact daily functioning in a number of different ways, resulting, for some, in clinically diagnosable struggles. For example, disorders of mood, attention, personality, and substance use are all characterized by persistent inattention and impulsivity. Understanding the factors involved in the assessment and influence of these struggles is key in continuing to develop behavioral interventions for such disorders. This symposium will explore pathological processes like inattention and impulsivity in the lab with volunteer research participants. The first paper will detail the development of a behavioral assessment of delay discounting, a phenomenon where participants engage in behaviors that result either in immediate points, gradually accruing points, or by points being awarded after a delay. The second paper will explore how derived causal efficacy judgments influence impulsivity and inattention in a computerized assessment. Implications for behavioral interventions for inattention- and impulsivity-based disorders will be discussed in both studies. A general, moderated discussion will follow.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): causal efficacy, delay discounting, impulsivity, inattention
 

An Examination of the Effects of Derived Causal Efficacy on Impulsivity and Inattention

CALEB FOGLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Benjamin Manuel Ramos (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Inattention and impulsivity are behavior problems that tend to significantly disrupt activities across a range of life domains. Chronic impulsivity and inattention are often diagnosed as attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). The clinical literature suggests that individuals diagnosed with ADHD tend to maintain rule-governed self-evaluations of causal efficacy, which, in turn, are associated with higher levels of inattention, impulsivity, and resulting dysfunction. This study examined how derived causal efficacy could impact intention and impulsivity. Participants completed a series of Go/No-Go tasks with and without contextual cues. Some of these cues had derived causal efficacy functions through their relations with discriminative stimuli for high or low rates of responding. The impact of derived causal efficacy was examined in relation to errors of omission (inattention) and errors of commission (impulsivity). Data suggested that participants successfully transferred causal efficacy functions across the equivalence classes. Impacts on inattention and impulsivity varied, however, between individuals. Implications for behavioral interventions for inattention, impulsivity, and ADHD will be discussed.

 

Development of a Behavioral Assessment of Delay Discounting

LISA HARRISON (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jessica Auzenne (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Impulsivity often leads to high-risk behavior due to its focus on immediate gratification in lieu of long-term gains. Delay discounting is the phenomenon through which a larger, delayed reward is discounted to the extent that the individual displays a preference for a smaller, immediate reward. Most human delay discounting procedures involve choices between two hypothetical outcomes involving various types of reinforcers. In these procedures, participants are provided with multiple trials where two hypothetical outcomes (e.g., $10 now or $100 after some delay) are presented and a choice is made between the two. The validity of such tasks is limited, as the contingencies (i.e., reinforcers and delays) are never directly experienced by the participants. This paper will describe the development of a computer-based assessment of delay discounting, in which participants directly contact both the reinforcers and the delay. The data suggest slightly different processes of delay discounting when contingencies are directly experienced.Implications for intervention on impulsivity will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #210
CE Offered: BACB
Infant Behavior and Infant Caregiving: Addressing Bold Claims and Common Recommendations
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kathryn Glodowski (University of Nebraska's Medical Center - Munroe M)
CE Instructor: Kathryn Glodowski, Ph.D.
Abstract: Some professionals make claims or recommendations regarding infant behavior and infant caregiving that may not be supported by empirical evidence. Nighbor, Kohn, Normand, and Schlinger addressed Hamline and Wynn’s (2011) claim that infants are born with an innate ability to judge moral behavior. Nighbor and colleagues replicated and extended the procedures of Hamline and Wynn; they found that infants’ selection of the helpful puppet may depend on aspects of the methods used. Glodowski, Thompson, and Martel demonstrated the rooting reflex is sensitive to motivating operations, which supports the recommendation to feed the infant when the rooting reflex occurs. Finally, Mendres-Smith and colleagues found that expectant and new parents’ knowledge of infant positioning increased after watching an educational video. Mendres-Smith and colleagues also evaluated different procedures to improve infant tummy time; they found that improvements occurred when the parent held the infant on an incline, provided toys, and interacted with the baby, which is contrary to the current recommendation of providing toys only. Overall, these studies further our understanding of infant behavior and infant caregiving.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): infant behavior, infant caregiving, rooting reflex, tummy time
 

Do Infants Make Moral Judgments? Investigating Other Probable Explanations

Tyler Nighbor (West Virginia University), CAROLYNN S. KOHN (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
Abstract:

In a now well-publicized study, Hamlin and Wynn (2011) concluded infants are born with an innate, not learned, tendency to judge the prosocial (moral) behavior of others. They based this conclusion on their study in which after watching a puppet show, 72% of infants chose the puppet that helped rather than the puppet that hindered a third puppet from attaining its goal. In the current investigation, we replicated their methods and extend their work by including a within-subject measure of infant puppet choice across repeated trials to assess the stability of infants’ choice. Twenty infants viewed a puppet show nearly identical to that described by Hamlin and Wynn (2011) and chose between two puppets (i.e., helper or hinderer) immediately following the puppet show. Although results were a similar to those of Hamlin and Wynn (2011) on the first choice trial (65% of infants chose the helper puppet on the first trial), infants did not consistently choose the helper across trials; several infants demonstrated a side bias, with 10 infants choosing puppets presented on the right or left side on at least four of five trials. Results are discussed in the context of the current replication crisis in psychology.

 
The Rooting Reflex as an Infant Feeding Cue
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (University of Nebraska's Medical Center - Munroe Meyer Institute), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), Lauren Marie Martel (Western New England University)
Abstract: Parents may have a difficult time determining the specific type of care needed when their baby cries because crying can be an indicator of discomfort, exhaustion, or hunger (Barr, Hopkins, & Green, 2000). Many professionals consider the rooting reflex to be a cue of a baby’s hunger and recommend feeding the infant when this reflex occurs (Nugent et al., 2014). However, there is no empirical support for this recommendation. In the current project, seven new parents documented the occurrence of their newborns’ rooting and palmar grasp reflex before, after, and between naturally occurring feedings. Rooting occurred during a greater percentage of reflex checks prior to feedings compared to after feedings, and between feedings, for all participants. The palmar grasp reflex occurred during a high percentage of checks across all conditions. These results provide evidence of the rooting reflex as a feeding cue and support for the recommendation to feed the baby when this reflex occurs. In addition, these results provide evidence that the rooting reflex may be an example of respondent behavior that is also sensitive to operant contingencies (Skinner, 1984).
 

Educating Caregivers About Infant Positioning and Improving Infant Intolerance of Tummy Time

AMBER E. MENDRES-SMITH (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mariana I. Castillo (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Barbara J. Davis (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jessica Becraft (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Shuyan Sun (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Brenda Hussey-Gardner (University of Maryland, School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Each year in the United States, approximately 3,500 infants die suddenly and unexpectedly, and many of these deaths are due to unsafe sleep positioning or environments (Centers for Disease Control, 2016). To promote safe sleeping and infant development, the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) recommends that caregivers put infants to sleep on their backs at night and on their stomachs during the day when awake, known as tummy time. In Study 1, we evaluated the effectiveness of a new, educational video on 120 current and expectant parents knowledge of the AAPs positioning recommendations. The video was associated with a significant improvement in participants knowledge from pre- to post-test. In Study 2, we evaluated the effectiveness of toys and adult interaction on infants head elevation and negative vocalizations during tummy time. To date, four infants have participated and for three of the four participants, parent interaction with a toy, while held on incline was effective in increasing head elevation and/or decreasing negative vocalizations. The studies suggest that continued caregiver education of positioning recommendations is warranted and that commonly recommended interventions (i.e., toys alone) for tummy time might not be sufficient to produce meaningful change in head elevation or negative vocalizations.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #212
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

How Much of Apparent Complex Cognition Can a Purely Behavioral Account Explain?

Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Douglas Elliffe, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
DOUGLAS ELLIFFE (The University of Auckland), Alex Taylor (The University of Auckland), Brenna Knaebe (The University of Auckland), Russell Gray (The University of Auckland; Institute for the Science of Human History)
Douglas Elliffe has been at the University of Auckland, New Zealand, as student and staff, since 1979. He recently finished a term as Head of Psychology, and is now Deputy Dean of the Faculty of Science. He has served as Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and reviewed for a wide variety of other journals, both behavioral and non-behavioral. He has been a member of the Scientific Advisory Panel for the Geneva International Centre for Humanitarian Demining and on the Ecology, Evolution and Behaviour panel for the Royal Society of New Zealand's Marsden Fund, NZ's principal funding body for basic science. His research lab, the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Research Group, won the 2009 Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis international award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Doug has supervised or cosupervised over 60 postgraduate research students, often in collaboration with Michael Davison. Doug's main lines of research have been firmly in the tradition of the experimental analysis of behavior, both on quantitative modelling and experimental analyses of choice, and more recently on a reconceptualization of the way in which reinforcement controls behavior. A second line of research, and the topic of this lecture, is offering behavioral/behaviorist accounts of apparent complex cognition in animals, particularly New Caledonian crows.
Abstract:

Lloyd Morgan’s Canon advises that animal behavior should not be interpreted in terms of higher psychological processes if it can be fairly interpreted in terms of processes which stand lower in the scale of psychological evolution and development. Leaving aside how we might define ‘higher’ and ‘lower’, this is encouraging to the behaviorist, except that we might say that interpreting human behavior should be subject to the same strictures. But, whether an explanation appealing to the simplest possible processes works is an empirical matter. In this talk I’ll describe three experiments with New Caledonian crows, two published and one not at the time of writing, on putative behavioral innovation in metatool use, putative causal understanding in the Aesop’s Fable task, and putative flexibility of tool manufacture in response to environmental demands. I’ll explore the role of the behaviorist in contributing interpretations and devising control conditions when collaborating with behavioral ecologists, consider how the word fairly in Morgan’s Canon should be interpreted, and discuss how we should be guided by the principle of parsimony in understanding behavior.

Target Audience:

Graduate Students and Researchers in Behavior Analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand both the value and limitations of Lloyd Morgan’s Canon as a guide to the interpretation of animal behaviour; (2) Understand how we might test explanations of apparently complex behaviour that are based on simple learning principles; (3) Have a greater appreciation of the similarities between animal and human behaviour.
 
 
Symposium #213
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Children’s Math Work Completion by Offering a Choice of Interventions and Reinforcement Contingencies
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University)
CE Instructor: Brian K. Martens, Ph.D.
Abstract: Research has shown that giving children the opportunity to choose tasks, reinforcers, or reinforcement contingencies can reduce problem behavior and increase task engagement. When given a choice between fixed (certain) or variable (uncertain) reinforcement schedules, children may even complete more work for the variable outcome. All three original research papers in this symposium examine the effects of choice making on children’s math work completion. The first study used an alternating treatments design to determine if math interventions would be more effective when chosen by the student or selected by the experimenter. The second study examined children’s preferences for completing math problems on a fixed-ratio (FR 5) schedule versus three mixed ratio (MR) schedules (MR 1,9, MR 1,11, or MR 5,7) using a reversal design. The third study used an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of an interdependent group contingency to a dependent group contingency based on randomly selected and unknown subgroups on children’s math assignment accuracy. Across the studies, participants completed more work when offered a choice and/or preferred the variable (uncertain) reinforcement schedule. These findings suggest how choice making and preference for variable reinforcement can be used to support children’s math work completion.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Student Choice of Math Interventions: Investigating the Effects of Choice on Digits Correct per Minute
MEGHAN SILVA (University of Massachusetts Boston), Robin Codding (University of Minnesota), Melissa Collier-Meek (University of Massachusetts Boston), Adam Feinberg (University of Connecticut)
Abstract: Choice allows individuals to exert control, express preferences, and influence decisions within their environment. This study applied choice to math interventions by investigating if digits correct per minute (DCPM) in mathematics would increase when students were allowed to choose their intervention. Participants were five fourth and fifth grade students from a northeast school district. A survey level assessment (SLA) was administered to determine each student’s target skill. A Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) was then conducted, with students participating in three math interventions to determine the effectiveness of each intervention and ensure the intervention choices were equivalent. Utilizing an alternating treatments design (ATD), participants had the opportunity to choose between two to three equivalent math interventions during the choice condition. For the no-choice condition, the experimenter randomly selected the intervention. Differentiation between the no-choice and control condition was observed across 4 of 5 participants with higher DCPM observed during the choice condition. We will present these results, along with student social validity data, and discuss the implications and practical considerations of offering choice during the intervention process.
 
Children’s Preference for Mixed- Versus Fixed-Ratio Reinforcement Schedules: A Translational Study of Risky Choice
MICHAEL PATRICK MULLANE (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Emily L. Baxter (Syracuse University), Danica VerSteeg (Syracuse University)
Abstract: Basic research has demonstrated that when subjects choose between fixed-ratio (FR) and bi-valued mixed-ratio (MR) schedules of reinforcement, preference typically emerges for the MR under certain conditions. The current study attempted to extend these findings to children’s academic responding. Using a reversal design, four fourth-grade students chose between completing addition problems reinforced on either a FR 5 schedule or one of three MR schedules in the following sequence: an MR (1, 9) schedule, an MR (1, 11) schedule, and an MR (5, 7) schedule. This was following by a reversal back to the phase in which preference for the MR schedule had been observed, and a final reversal to the MR (5, 7) phase. Findings were consistent with basic research in that all children preferred the MR (1, 9) schedule over the FR 5 schedule. Preference persisted for the MR (1, 11) schedule for three of the four children. Indifference or preference for the FR alternative was observed in the MR (5, 7) phase. Results extend previous research on risky choice to children’s academic responding and highlight the importance of a small ratio component in the emergence of preference for bi-valued MR schedules.
 

Effects of Group Contingencies on Children's Math Accuracy: Class Average Versus Randomly Selected Small-Groups

CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee), Katelyn Scott (School Psychology Doctoral Student at University of Tennessee Knoxville), Tara Moore (The University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Merilee McCurdy (University of Tennessee), Dennis Ciancio (University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

An adapted alternating treatments design was used to evaluate and compare the effects of two group-oriented contingencies interventions on math assignment accuracy in an intact first-grade classroom. Both an interdependent contingency with class-average criteria (16 students) and a dependent contingency with criteria based on the average of a smaller (4 students), unknown, randomly selected group of students were applied. For both contingencies, rewards and criteria were randomly selected and unknown to students. Idiosyncratic and class-wide analysis showed immediate, sustained, and meaningful improvements in math assignment accuracy (e.g., from a class average of D to a class average of B) across both contingencies with little differences between the two interventions. Social validity and forced choice data suggest that the two teachers and the majority of the students preferred the small-group contingency which included an additional random component. Discussion focuses on applied implications associated with randomizing contingency components.

 
 
Symposium #214
CE Offered: BACB
Toward an Understanding and Application of Necessary Components of Written Behavior Plans
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Alissa Anne Conway, M.A.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are ethically required to conduct assessments and develop function based interventions based on these assessments (BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, 2014; Baer, Wolf, Risley, 1968). The interventions must be written comprehensively and clearly into an accessible document, known as a behavior support plan or behavior intervention plan. Individuals creating these plans must first be able to identify the proper components of a behavior plan (Horner, Sugai, Todd & Lewis-Palmer, 2000; Kroeger & Phillips, 2007; McVilly, Webber, Sharp & Paris, 2013; Vollmer, Iwata, Zarcone & Rodgers, 1992) and then have an organized way to communicate these components. The presenter will first present the necessary components of a behavior support plan will be identified based on a survey conducted with professionals in the field. The development of a potential behavior support plan template to utilize across settings will be presented, and the development of rubric, as well as possible evaluative strategies for these templates will be reviewed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BSP, components, training
 

Reviewing Necessary Components of Written Behavior Plans

SHAWN P. QUIGLEY (University of New Mexico Medical Group), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysts are required to document assessment results and behavior change programs clearly and concisely (BACB 4th Edition Task List, 2012; BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, 2014; Baer, Wolf & Risley, 1968). This documentation often takes the form of an assessment report and/or behavior plan. Carr (2008) suggested this process of documentation occurs in three stages: identification of appropriate treatments, content of the plan and the plan structure/visual layout. However, Carr further stated there is little guidance for the content of the plan and the plan structure/visual layout. This lack of guidance is further complicated by the recent Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) task list requiring knowledge of the essential components of a written skill acquisition and behavior reduction plan (BACB RBT Task List, 2013). There have been previous attempts as resolving this lack of guidance (e.g., Horner, Sugai, Todd & Lewis-Palmer, 2000; Kroeger & Phillips, 2007; McVilly, Webber, Sharp & Paris, 2013; Vollmer, Iwata, Zarcone & Rodgers, 1992), but the passage of time, methodological concerns, dearth of research and other factors, allow the lack of guidance to persist. The purpose of this presentation is summarize the literature regarding behavior plan components and to share data from a survey of behavior analysts (i.e., BCBA and BCBA-D) regarding necessary components. Once a consensus of essential components is established, subsequent researchers can evaluate the validity of the consensus. Additionally, structure and visual formatting of the essential components can be evaluated.

 

Creating Electronic Behavior Support Plan Templates

CODY MORRIS (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Often times in practical settings behavior analysts are required to include specific components in behavior support plans. From a clinical director or BCBA supervisor perspective, it can be challenging to insure that supervisees include all of the appropriate components in the behavior support plans they create. This part of the symposium will focus on the process of creating electronic behavior support plan templates that will assist therapists through the process of writing behavior support plans to the standards set by the supervisor. Whether supervisees need guidance in writing target behavior definitions, goals, and assessments or following state regulations, electronic behavior support plan templates may assist. Electronic behavior support plans can be used to create more consistent behavior support plans in a variety of settings. Examples will be provided on how to create templates with the goal of helping practitioners create higher quality behavior support plans.

 

Creation and Utilization of A Rubric for Behavior Support Plans

ALISSA ANNE CONWAY (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are often required to write behavior support plans without specific guidance on the requirements for each component of the plan. Though templates provide guidance as an outline for the behavior support plan, they do not provide specific details as to how to fill in each component. A rubric can provide the information to guide individuals to complete a template with examples and details for appropriate information. A rubric not only serves as a guide for the individual writing the plan, but may also be utilized as supplementary material during trainings of how to write behavior support plans or as an evaluation tool for supervisors or committees reviewing behavior support plans. Rubrics may be adjusted per setting or location based on state regulations and setting policies. Possible methods of training with a rubric as well as evaluative methods will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #215
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
From Reinforcers to Religion: Navigating Ethical and Professional Issues in Multicultural Service Delivery
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, Ph.D.
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
KAR YAN CATHERINE TAM (Autism Partnership Hong Kong)
PAMELA OLSEN (The New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi)
MARGARET BLOOM (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

As the number of behavior analysts practicing internationally grows, there is an increasing need for our field to navigate complex social and cultural differences while remaining in line with our fundamental philosophies and our professional and ethical guidelines. Across the United States and the world, differences abound in the acceptability of certain behaviors, the treatment of individuals with disabilities, the use of reinforcement and punishment, and the role of religious, educational, and governmental institutions. The expansion of our field into new markets and areas of practice has outpaced our ethics and compliance code, and many practitioners need to balance social validity and cultural sensitivity with professional guidelines. This panel discussion will bring together practitioners from around the world to share experiences in delivering behavioral services in an increasingly multicultural society. Topics to be addressed include the use of punishment, prioritizing treatment goals, selecting reinforcers, navigating religious and cultural beliefs, and legal and ethical compliance issues.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): culture, ethics, international
 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
A Crisis in Visual Analysis: Examining Current Analytical Practices in ABAB and Multielement Designs
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Douglas E. Kostewicz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied and basic researchers in behavior analysis depend on the visual analysis of graphic data. Visual analysis occurs across two phases: a within condition analysis and a between condition analysis. The roots for visual analysis began at the inception of behavior analysis. However, a growing concern within single-case design exists. Namely, the use of supplemental statistics for graphed time series data. Many criticisms lobbied against single case design stem from a lack of universal decision rules and unreliability across raters illustrate the limitations of visual analysis. Critics suggest adding statistical or quantitative analyses to visual analysis provides objectivity, increased confidence of the results, and enhances the strength of the outcome. The present symposium presents two empirical reviews. First, a survey asked two questions: (1) how many visual analytic tactics did the experimenters employ in a within condition analysis and (2) did the experimenters report quantitative or qualitative analyses. The second asked if after recharting functional analysis data on a functional analysis celeration chart, could a numerical value be established to quantify function.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Graphing, Visual Analysis
 

Assessing Within Condition: Graphical Analysis Practices for ABAB Designs

DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh), Richard M. Kubina (Penn State)
Abstract:

The analysis of graphic data in single case designs serves as the primary means for judging the significance of results. Single case design books provide guidelines for analyzing data within conditions. The four noted areas targeted for analysis include level, trend, variability, and the number of data points within the condition. The present survey examined 50 articles using ABAB designs within behavioral journals. The survey asked two questions. First, how many visual analytic tactics did the experimenters employ per condition. And second, the quantitative and qualitative analyses reported per condition. The results found a majority of articles used very few within condition analytic tactics. When used, researchers tended to rely on level rather than trend, variability, or number of data points per condition. The experimenters also relied on even fewer qualitative rather than quantitative descriptions of level, trend, and variability. The discussion covers adherence to graphical analysis guidelines and the subjective nature of qualitative descriptors.

 

Quantifying Function Within Functional Analyses Using Multielement Designs

RICHARD M. KUBINA (Penn State), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh), Sal Ruiz (The Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Functional Analysis has provided many benefits to many individuals and the field of Applied Behavior Analysis as a whole. Most notably, functional analyses have become an effective assessment tool to discover the environmental variables that maintain challenging behavior. Once determined, interventions can then be created to incorporate the noted variables. Although implementing and analyzing functional analyses has many benefits, many areas for improvement remain. For instance, determining function relies on visually comparing different levels, variability, and the direction and degree of trend. All of the previously mentioned tactics rest on each reviewers subjective impression of the data. Quantifying the function would serve as means to more objectively determine function. The present study examined a series of multi element designs used in functional analyses for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. The data were recharted on a functional analysis celeration chart. The data reveal a range of values indicating the function behavior as revealed through quantification.

 
 
Symposium #217
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction: Recent Advances in Training Parameters and Content Domains
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leif Albright (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Blair, M.S.
Abstract: This symposium will present recent data from studies that assessed the efficacy of stimulus-equivalence-based instruction for academic skills. Stimulus equivalence-based instruction might be an effective alternative to more traditional teaching formats (e.g., lecture, independently reading texts, memorization, answering study guide questions etc.). Stimulus equivalence is demonstrated when untrained relations are shown to emerge after training with multiple exemplars and a series of conditional discriminations. The acquisition of skills might be quicker with stimulus equivalence-based instruction given the fact that untrained skills emerge (Fienup & Critchfield, 2010). Recently, stimulus equivalence based instruction has been used to teach an array of skills to learners with varied abilities (e.g., Rehfeldt, 2011). This symposium will present three studies on the use of stimulus equivalence-based instruction to teach the identification of reinforcement schedules, the identification of behavior disorders, and the visual analysis of behavior analytic line graphs. All three studies demonstrated the emergence of untrained relations and skills, as well as the generalization of those skills to novel stimuli and the maintenance of the untrained skills over time.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Multiple Exemplar, Stimulus Equivalence
 
Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Schedules of Reinforcement to College Students
LEIF ALBRIGHT (Caldwell University), Meg Lipper (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Antonios Varelas (Hostos Community College, City University of New York)
Abstract: We evaluated the use of computerized equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to teach classes representing schedules of reinforcement to college students. Four, 5-member classes representing fixed-ratio, fixed-interval, variable-ratio, and variable-interval schedules of reinforcement were taught. A pretest-training-posttest design with a between-subjects comparison was used to evaluate the effects of EBI on participants’ performance during both a computer-based test and a written multiple-choice test. Participants in the control group were only exposed to pretest and posttests. All participants in the experimental group acquired the baseline trained relations during match-to-sample instruction. Test scores improved from pretest to posttest and derived (untrained) relations emerged across all participants in the experimental group following training but did not change for the participants in the control group. In addition, participants maintained the learned relations one week after EBI was completed. The present study demonstrated that EBI is an effective teaching procedure to teach schedules of reinforcement to college-level learners.
 

Contextual Control of Behavioral or Medical Pediatric Stimulus Classes Taught With Equivalence-Based Instruction

JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), James E. Connell (Drexel University)
Abstract:

Using equivalence-based instruction (EBI) and multiple-exemplar training, college nursing students were taught three, 4-member classes of pediatric behavior problems that had properties of both medical and behavioral origin. After equivalence classes were established, membership to either a behavioral or medical alternate class was tested with the presentation of multiple probe vignettes (short case histories) not used during training. These vignettes served as supplemental contextual cues that shifted membership between behavioral or medical alternate classes. The results extended the applied contextual control literature by demonstrating generalization across contextual cues using multiple exemplars.

 
Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Visual Analysis of Graphs
BRYAN J. BLAIR (Endicott College), Lesley A. Shawler (Endicott College), Samantha Russo (Endicott College), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids; Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated alarmingly low rater agreement when visually inspecting trends in single-subject designs. Typical didactic instruction of visual analysis among behavior analysts yields poor and unreliable results. As such, a refined technology to improve the reliability among behavior analysts is warranted. Recently developing research has focused on the emergence of untrained and novel responding by using Equivalence-Based Instruction in a variety of complex human behaviors. The current study used Equivalence-Based Instruction to teach the visual analysis of single-subject graphs to college students. The specific skill was the identification of functional relations in single-subject reversal design research graphs. Given a pre-test/post-test/generalization/maintenance design, and with the use of computer-based training, initial data suggest that Equivalence-Based Instruction might be an effective method for teaching this complex and extremely relevant skill. All participants were explicitly taught specific labels and rules (five three-member classes) for the different graphs. The initial data suggest that untrained relations emerged and that those relations can be used to label and analyze novel graphs.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #218
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Don Baer Lecture: Autism, ABA, and Health Care Fraud

Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Lorri Shealy Unumb, Ph.D.
Chair: Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services)
LORRI SHEALY UNUMB (Autism Speaks)
Lorri Shealy Unumb is a lawyer, professor, and the mother of three children: Ryan (15), who has classic autism; Christopher (11); and Jonathan (8), who has Asperger's. In 2005, she wrote ground-breaking autism insurance legislation for South Carolina (Ryan's Law) that passed in 2007 and served as the catalyst for the national movement toward autism insurance reform. Lorri began her work in autism advocacy as a volunteer. In 2008, she was recruited by the New York-based non-profit Autism Speaks, where she now advocates full-time on behalf of individuals with autism. As head of state government affairs, she has testified more than 100 times on health insurance issues in legislatures around the country.
Abstract:

Increased availability of reimbursement options in autism intervention has led to increased scrutiny of the business practices of autism service providers. In particular, providers of Applied Behavior Analysis have been subject to increased scrutiny of their billing practices, which has on several occasions led to federal investigations. This session will equip providers with basic information about the federal government’s tools for investigating and prosecuting health care fraud.

Target Audience:

Practitioners of applied behavior analysis, particularly business owners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Identify the primary federal law being used to prosecute health care fraud; (2) Understand civil v. criminal liability for health care fraud; (3) Understand individual v. corporate liability for health care fraud.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #219
CE Offered: PSY

Supportive Education for Returning Veterans (SERV): An Evidence-Based Curriculum

Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Michael Marks, Ph.D.
Chair: Gabrielle T. Lee (Michigan State University)
MICHAEL MARKS (University of Arizona)
Dr. Marks is currently a Professor of Practice in Psychology and Program Director of the Supportive Education for Returning Veterans at the University of Arizona. Previously, he served as Lead Psychologist at the Southern Arizona VA Health Care System. Dr. Marks was co-founder of Vietnam Veterans of Montana and has received the Disabled Americans Veterans Humanitarian Award. He was selected as the 2012 Outstanding Clinician of the Year by the American Psychological Association's Division 18, VA Section. He is also co-developer of the Supportive Education for Returning Veterans (SERV) program, which is a cohort-based curriculum designed to help veterans transition from military to academic life. The SERV curriculum has been cited by the Veteran's Administration (VAOIG) as a best practice and is part of the VA's "Strong Practices Project." Dr. Marks has been recognized by the VA Office of Academic Affiliations for his distinguished career as an educational leader in the VA and his field.
Abstract:

The Supportive Education for Returning Veterans (SERV) curriculum has been able to retain and graduate ninety percent of the student veterans that complete the courses. The curriculum model includes credit-bearing resiliency orientation to full semester courses. Courses are cohort-based, learner-centered, and use a problem-based learning model that promotes a healthy support system as student veterans navigate their academic career.

Target Audience:

Educators, practitioners, students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand why the SERV curriculum increases the retention and graduation rates among student veterans; (2) understand how the SERV curriculum increases the retention and graduation rates among student veterans; (3) understand the unique qualities that student veterans bring to the classroom.
 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB
The Struggle is Real: Behavior Analysis Applied to a System,Examples From Real Life
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Gina Marie Feliciano (QSAC)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: Gina Marie Feliciano, Ph.D.
Abstract:

An Individualized Education Program (IEP), by definition, states a student should receive instruction that is tailored to his/her specific needs. The IEP outlines the goals and activities that over the course of a year should lead to measurable progress. What happens when an IEP is implemented in a system that does not support the student? When a systems approach to behavior analysis is used, the student remains at the center of the program yet has interdependent relationships. These relationships are with the instructional staff, supervisory staff, family members, and university students. Instructional gains are made when each component of the system is accountable to the student, and accountability is derived from the application of behavior analytic instruction to each component. Behavior analytic instruction, as it is applied to an educational setting, can lead to measurable gains not only in meeting the student?s IEP goals, but for all components of the system (e.g., student, instructional staff, supervisory staff, and university). In this symposium, each presenter will illustrate how behavior analysis was applied to a component of the system with the goal of creating measurable change.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Special Education, Staff training, Verbal behavior
 

What Behavior Analysis Can Do for Special Education Services: A Real Life Example

(Service Delivery)
GINA MARIE FELICIANO (QSAC)
Abstract:

A behavior analytic school by definition has to include much more than discrete trial instruction. In schools where behavior analysis is used as a systems approach to educating its population the dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis should be observable across all aspects of the setting. In such settings the power of data should be evident. Student performance, teacher performance as well as supervisory productivity can be measured and evaluated and ultimately changed to better meet the needs of both students and staff. Once gathered and analyzed, data are used to make clinical and administrative changes that lead to progress toward greater learning and improved outcomes for the school. Important aspects in educational services are quantified, thereby becoming variables themselves to be systematically manipulated to improve the performance of the system, in this case the school as a whole. The following presentation will look at the data collected in 2 schools, across one year. The value in these data is what can and has been used to move toward improved outcomes.

 
The Effects of Pyramidal Training on Staff Acquisition of Five Behavior Analytic Skills
(Applied Research)
LINDSAY MAFFEI ALMODOVAR (CUNY Graduate Center at Queens College)
Abstract: Pyramidal training is an efficient model for disseminating applied behavior analytic skills to employees that treat individuals with developmental disabilities. However, studies evaluating pyramidal training have not presented data on the integrity with which experimenters have trained first tier participants. Only a few studies have presented data on the integrity with which first tier participants trained second tier trainees and on the social acceptability of experimental methods and outcomes. Lack of treatment integrity and social acceptability data weaken the conclusions of studies as to whether pyramidal training led to socially significant improvements in training and ABA skills. This study will use multiple baseline designs across teachers and a multiple probes design across teaching assistants to evaluate the effects of video models, role play and feedback on the staff training skills of teachers and on five applied behavior analytic skills (i.e. stimulus-stimulus pairing, MSWOR preference assessment, mand training, discrete trial teaching, and graphing discrete trial data) of teaching assistants. The results will show that pyramidal training is effective in increasing first tier participants’ procedural integrity of training steps and in increasing second tier participants’ procedural integrity of implementing the target ABA skills. The results will be strengthened by the demonstration that experimenters trained first tier participants and first tier participants trained second tier participants with adequate procedural integrity and with socially acceptable methods and outcomes.
 

A Comparison of the Effects of Prompt-fading Procedures on Skill Acquisition in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
Mirela Cengher (CUNY Graduate Center at Queens College), DANIEL MARK FIENUP (CUNY Graduate Center at Queens College)
Abstract:

esearch has demonstrated that most-to-least (MTL) and least-to-most (LTM) prompting are effective in helping children with Autism Spectrum Disorders acquire a variety of skills. However, when directly compared to one another, the efficiency and efficacy of these prompting procedures have been variable. The inconsistencies in the literature could be due to selecting prompt topographies that do not promote correct responding. To address this, the present study began by assessing different prompt topographies and then compared most-to-least (MTL) and least-to-most (LTM) prompt fading with only prompt topographies that were potent enough to promote corrected responding. The subsequent comparison of prompt fading procedures revealed that MTL prompting was more effective and efficient than LTM prompting for all three participants. Further implications for practice and future research are discussed.

 

An Examination of Three Parent Training Strategies in the Promotion of Generalization to Home and Community

(Service Delivery)
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Manhattan Childrens Center), Jonathan Bakalar (Manhattan Childrens Center), Charles Raynolds IV (Manhattan Childrens Center)
Abstract:

ne of the most crucial elements of an effective behavior analytic program is the promotion of generalization from school to the home and other relevant community settings. A number of researchers have looked at parent training methods in an attempt to identify the most salient factors associated with positive outcomes (Clark et al, 1982; Hudson, 1982; Baker & Brightman, 1984). Given the numerous formats in which parent training is now available, trainings are becoming more readily available to parents. As a result, it is imperative that effective and efficient parent training methods are implemented to improve instructional efficacy as well as manage home and community behavior problems. The purpose of this experiment was to examine the effectiveness of three parent training formats on fidelity of implementation, student behavior change and generalization to the home and community. The independent variable consisted of verbal instructions, verbal instructions plus teaching behavioral principles and verbal instructions plus modeling and structured feedback. The dependent variables included the fidelity of implementation across participants, student behavior change following implementation and generalization to the community. Results are presented in terms of the efficiency of strategy in training, effect on student behavior and generalization within the home and community.

 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Evaluating the Efficacy and Effectiveness of Treatments for Severe Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jacqueline N. Potter (Cohasset Public School District)
Discussant: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Mahshid Ghaemmaghami, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The present symposium explores new areas of treatment and provides a review of the efficacy and effectiveness of established treatments for severe problem behavior. In Study 1, the boss-hat protocol was implemented and destructive behavior was observed to decrease by an average of 96% across cases. Results of this study emphasize the importance of function-based treatment even when the function may momentarily fluctuate. Study 2 provides an updated review of behavioral treatments for self-injurious behavior and examined current treatment trends. Study 3 focused on the effectiveness of functional communication training (FCT) with contingency-based reinforcement thinning with 25 outpatient clinical cases in which the IISCA was applied during the assessment period. Results showed at least a 90% reduction in problem behavior across cases. Study 4 focused on the efficacy and effectiveness of FCT in published research to date as well as whether or not FCT has been established as an evidenced-based practice in the general field of psychology.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): FCT, IISCA, Multiple Schedule, Self-Injury
 

The Boss Hat: Treating Destructive Behavior Reinforced by Increased Caregiver Compliance With the Child's Mands

TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Jessica Akers (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Standard functional analyses (FA) sometimes do not identify momentary fluctuations in the function of destructive behavior (Bowman et al., 1997). In such cases, individuals may mand for the reinforcer that is currently most preferred, and destructive behavior may be evoked if this mand is not reinforced. In the current study, following inconclusive standard FAs, we conducted a mand analysis with a test condition in which mands produced reinforcement only following destructive behavior and a control condition in which mands produced reinforcement throughout. We then evaluated a function-based treatment colloquially referred to as the boss-hat protocol in which we provided differential or time-based reinforcement of mands in accordance with multiple or chained schedules that included reinforcement-schedule thinning to practical levels. By treatments end, destructive behavior decreased by an average of 96% from baseline rates across all cases. We discuss these results relative to the importance of matching treatments for destructive behavior to operant functions even when those functions fluctuate from one moment to the next.

 

Self-Injurious Behavior:A Review of the Literature,2001-2016

LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Endicott College), Samantha Russo (Eden Autism, Endicott College), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri; Endicott College), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Melissa Rae Goodwin Romanowsky (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior (SIB) has been defined as behavior that produces physical injury to the own individual�s body (Tate & Baroff, 1966) and is a common behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). However, overall rates of SIB among those with IDD are varied. Many treatments have been studied to reduce SIB, with applied behavior analytic treatments showing robust efficacy. For example, Kahng et al. reviewed peer-reviewed studies on the behavioral treatment of SIB exhibited by individuals with IDD from 1964-2000. Their results showed that behavioral interventions are highly effective at decreasing SIB, particularly when based on the results of a functional assessment. The purpose of the current study is to update and extend the review by Kahng et al. We reviewed and analyzed the current treatment trends for SIB exhibited by individuals with IDD from 2001-2016. More specifically, treatment trends as they compared to Kahng and et al.�s original review will be discussed.

 

Achieving Socially Significant Reductions in Problem Behavior Following the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis

JOSHUA JESSEL (Child Study Center), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Child Study Center; University of North Texas), Rachel Metras (Child Study Center; University of North Texas), Hillary Kirk (Child Study Center), Ruth Whipple (Child Study Center)
Abstract:

Jessel, Hanley, and Ghaemmaghami (2016) recently evaluated the results of 30 interview-informed, synthesized contingency analyses (IISCAs) and found them to be an effective tool for identifying the functions of problem behavior across a wide variety of topographies, participants, and locations. However, Jessel et al. did not include data on the effectiveness of the corresponding treatments. In the current study, we collected and summarized 25 additional outpatient clinical cases, from analysis to treatment, in which the IISCA was applied during the assessment period. The IISCA identified socially mediated functions of problem behavior, which informed personalized treatments of functional communication training (FCT) with contingency-based reinforcement thinning. At least 90% reduction in problem behavior was obtained for every participant by the end of the treatment evaluation. The assessment and treatment process was socially validated by caregivers who rated the procedures highly acceptable and helpful, and the improvement in their childs behavior highly satisfactory.

 
Functional Communication Training: From Efficacy to Effectiveness
MAHSHID GHAEMMAGHAMI (University of the Pacific; Western New England Uni), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Joshua Jessel (Child Study Center; Western New England University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is a common function-based treatment in which an alternative form of communication is taught to reduce problem behavior. FCT has been shown to result in substantial reductions of a variety of topographically and functionally different types of problem behavior in children and adults. The extent to which these reductions maintain in relevant contexts and result in socially meaningful changes in the lives of those impacted will be the focus of this paper. The goal of this review is to determine the degree to which the efficacy and the effectiveness of FCT have been demonstrated in the published research to date and whether FCT has been established as an evidence-based practice in psychology according to the definition set out by the American Psychological Association’s 2005 Presidential Task Force on Evidence-Based Practice.
 
 
Symposium #222
CE Offered: BACB
Extension and Refinement: Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anna Garcia (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Bloom, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional Analysis has been a useful approach to determining the function of problem behavior for decades. These four presentations represent recent extensions and refinements to the procedures used by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994). The first presentation demonstrates the use of functional analysis for the identification of a response-response relation for problem behavior and an alternative response. The second presentation presents a functional analysis of immediate echolalia. The third presentation is on training parents to conduct trial-based functional analyses. The fourth presentation is an examination of the role of language (Spanish vs. English) in functional analysis of problem behavior. Dr. Brian Iwata will serve as a discussant for this symposium.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): echolalia, functional analysis, Spanish, trial-based FA
 
Functional Analysis of Immediate Echolalia
(Applied Research)
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract: Immediate echolalia, or the pervasive repetition of auditory stimuli, is common in persons diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. Echolalia is often described as “nonfunctional” and “stereotypic,” implying maintenance by automatic reinforcement. Although a number of behavioral treatments for immediate echolalia have been reported, the current study is the first to isolate contingencies responsible for its maintenance. Two children diagnosed with autism participated; both engaged in immediate echolalia that interfered with language acquisition. Functional analyses—which included a control condition and individual test conditions for automatic, social-positive, and social-negative reinforcement—were conducted. Results indicated maintenance by social-negative reinforcement for both participants (see example). Methodological considerations in the functional analysis of opportunity-based problem behaviors and implications for future research will be discussed.
 
Problem Behavior Maintained by a Response-Response Relation
(Applied Research)
SARAH C. MEAD (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Kathryn Guenevere Horton Topham (University of Florida; Next Steps Behavioral Centers)
Abstract: Identifying the determinants of problem behavior via functional analysis and subsequently strengthening a suitable replacement via differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a well-established and highly effective treatment approach. When DRA fails to decrease the rate of problem behavior, treatment integrity errors usually are suspected. An alternative cause of treatment failure—the development of a response-response relation—has yet to be considered. In this study, we conducted a functional analysis with a 20-year-old male to explore the relation between his self-injurious behavior (SIB) and his alternative response. The results suggested that his SIB was maintained by its relation with the alternative response under either a tandem schedule or a precurrent arrangement. Furthermore, the results showed that some treatment failures may be due to the development of response-response relations.
 
Parent-Implemented Trial-Based Functional Analyses
(Applied Research)
Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), CLAUDIA CAMPOS (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Conducting functional analyses (FA) is an effective approach to identify functions of problem behavior and develop function-based interventions. A limitation of the conventional FA is the controlled setting in which it is conducted. The trial-based FA is an adaptation to the traditional FA that addresses this limitation. Trial-based FAs have been successful in academic settings and teachers and group home staff members have been trained to conduct this assessment. However, the trial-based FA has not been evaluated in home settings with parents as therapists. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess whether parents can be trained to conduct trial-based FAs with high fidelity in their home setting and to compare their results to those of a conventional FA conducted by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) in a controlled environment. All results were be compared to the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST) and the social significance of implementing the trial-based FAs at home was measured by having parents fill out the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form (TARF).
 
A Comparison of Functional Analyses Conducted in Spanish and English
(Applied Research)
Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (University of South Florida), Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is considered the gold standard for determining the function of problem behavior. Sessions are typically conducted in one language, regardless of whether the subject is a dual language learner, bilingual speaker or not. It is possible that the language in which the FA is conducted may be a variable that influences the results of an FA. Rispoli et al. (2011) investigated whether different outcomes were obtained when implementing an FA in Spanish vs. English with a 5-year-old girl with a severe intellectual disability. The participant engaged in higher rates of problem behavior when the FA was implemented in English versus Spanish. The purpose of the present study was to replicate and extend the findings of Rispoli et al. (2011) to better understand the effects of language in the results of an FA. More specifically, the purpose was to identify the relationship between the language in which the FA is conducted and the identified function of problem behavior with bilingual children whose primary language in their home is Spanish.
 
 
Symposium #223
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Measuring and Evaluating Treatment Integrity
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Treatment integrity refers to the extent to which a procedure is implemented as it was designed. Recent research about treatment integrity has evaluated the extent to which variations of measurement procedures affect obtained integrity values, and the extent to which reduced integrity affects treatment outcomes. In this symposium, we will describe recent studies that have further advanced these two areas of enquiry. Our studies include both aspects of contemporary integrity research. Halbur et al. describe the extent to which variations in measurement systems may lead to different perceived levels of integrity in published studies. This line of research is furthered by Smothermon et al., who show that similar variations can over- or underestimate the performance of staff. Because integrity levels are often low without ongoing feedback, our final two studies evaluate the impact of reduced integrity on intervention outcomes. Brand et al. review the published literature in which treatment integrity was experimentally manipulated, and Mesches et al. describe a study in which integrity was manipulated during differential reinforcement of other behavior. Results across all studies continue to suggest that treatment integrity should be an important consideration for applied researchers and practitioners.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Measurement, Procedural Fidelity, Staff Training, Treatment Integrity
 

Procedural Integrity Data Collection and Analysis When Training Paraprofessionals to Implement Discrete-Trial Training

(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE SMOTHERMON (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kally M Luck (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Taylor Custer (University of Houston Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Collecting data on the integrity with which staff and caregivers implement prescribed treatments is a critical component of program evaluation. However, it can be challenging to collect data accurately on multiple procedural components in fast-paced instructional contexts. One possible approach is to evaluate performance across an entire session (e.g., whether the individual delivers prompts correctly during all trials of an observation) versus on a trial-by-trial basis (e.g., whether the individual delivers prompts correctly on each trial). In this study, we examined the sensitivity of data collected in this manner by comparing whole-session data to trial-by-trial data on the procedural integrity of 16 paraprofessionals who received training on how to implement discrete-trial teaching (DTT). We also compared the outcomes when data were collapsed across all procedural components versus individual components. Results suggested that whole-session data had adequate sensitivity but, in general, underestimated the performance of the individual implementing DTT. At the same time, trial-by-trial data were more likely to overestimate performance unless we examined the integrity of individual DTT components. Findings have important implications for assessing procedural integrity and selecting an appropriate mastery criterion during caregiver training.

 

An Examination of Treatment Integrity Criteria: Comparison of Training Outcomes Using Different Mastery Criteria

(Applied Research)
MARY HALBUR (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity refers to the extent to which a treatment is accurately implemented according to the treatment plan (Gresham, 1989). There are multiple methods for collecting and calculating treatment integrity data. For example, experimenters may collect data on the trainees implementation of each step of intervention and calculate treatment integrity by dividing the number of correctly implemented treatment steps by a total number of steps per session. The present study describes variations in treatment integrity calculations and the implications of using each method of calculation. We will review trends in treatment integrity calculations used in staff/caregiver training studies and compare those methods to studies in which treatment integrity errors are evaluated. Raw data from staff/caregiver training studies published in the past seven years will be obtained and re-calculated using different criteria, and aggregated outcomes of these re-calculations will be presented and discussed. Clinical implications of the recalculations, suggestions for integrity calculations, and future research will be discussed.

 

Efficacy of Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Implemented With Reduced Treatment Integrity

(Applied Research)
GABRIELLE MESCHES (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Apral Foreman (West Virginia University), Lucie Romano (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity refers to the degree to which a treatment is implemented as it was designed. Treatment integrity failures are known negatively affect differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and response cost, but little is known about effects of integrity failures on differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO). We assessed the efficacy of a DRO procedure when implemented perfectly and when implemented with varying degrees of treatment integrity failures using a human-operant preparation with students from a university (Experiment 1) and with a child who engaged in socially significant challenging behavior (Experiment 2). The DRO was effective at all levels for 3 human operant participants, but lost efficacy when implemented with 60% or lower treatment integrity for the remaining 3 participants. We also obtained a loss of treatment effects at around 60% integrity with the clinical replication. These data suggest that DRO interventions may be effective with some level of failure in treatment integrity, but there may be a critical integrity level around 60% at which the intervention breaks down.

 
Effects of Treatment Integrity Errors on Responding: A Fifteen Year Review
(Applied Research)
DENYS BRAND (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas), Elizabeth Gray (University of Kansas), Brittany Crabbs (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Treatment integrity measures the extent to which direct care staff implement procedures consistent with the prescribed protocols. Errors made by direct care staff when implementing teaching or treatment procedures may impede progress or harm consumers. In recent years, treatment integrity research has begun to assess how specific types of treatment integrity errors affect consumer behavior. Studies of this type involve manipulating systematically the degree to which treatment integrity errors are administered and measuring their effect on consumer behavior. The current review evaluated articles published across seven behavior analytic journals between 2001 and 2015. The main objectives of this review was to identify 1) the number of studies in which levels of treatment integrity were manipulated systematically, 2) the types of errors investigated, 3) which parts of the intervention procedure were manipulated, and 4) the degree to which these errors affected participant behavior. Fourteen studies from nine articles met inclusionary criteria. Results showed that a majority of studies involved children with disabilities, took place in a school setting, and manipulated errors during the consequence component of treatment.
 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring Timeout From Positive Reinforcement: A Translational Approach
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Cory Whirtley (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Apral Foreman, M.S.
Abstract:

Timeout from positive reinforcement is a procedure in which reinforcement is withheld for a period of time following a target response. Timeout is a common component of behavioral interventions, where it is intended to punish undesired or challenging behavior. The present symposium brings together investigations of timeout from both basic and applied research. The combined research explores experimental parameters, treatment integrity, and release contingencies using a variety of subjects including rats, pigeons, and children. This translational approach to timeout aims to advance the understanding and the application of timeout from positive reinforcement that will ultimately lead to an improved technology of behavior change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Intervention, Positive Reinforcement, Punishment, Timeout
 

Effects of the Time-In Environment on the Punitive Function of Timeout From Positive Reinforcement

(Basic Research)
CORY WHIRTLEY (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Timeout from positive reinforcement, a common component of behavioral treatments, is used to reduce or eliminate problematic behaviors. We are studying the conditions under which timeout is an effective punisher. Rats lever pressing is maintained on variable-interval schedules arranging reinforcement rates from 0.5 pellets per min to 3 pellets per min. On a conjoint variable-ratio schedule, some presses are followed by a 30-s timeout during which the lever is retracted, a tone sounded, and the food schedule suspended. Under the richest schedule (3 pellets per min) the timeouts do not consistently suppress responding. At leaner schedules, however, timeout does suppress responding. We are continuing to lean the schedules to assess the limits of this effect. These outcomes will help to inform the procedures used in applied settings by clarifying the conditions under which timeout from positive reinforcement functions as an aversive event.

 
Trials and Tribulations of Timeout Research in the Lab
(Basic Research)
CHRISTINE E. HUGHES (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lea Crusen (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amanda Rickard (Cape Fear ABA, P.C.), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Timeout from positive reinforcement is a frequently used and accepted punishment procedure across a wide range of situations and populations. Although extensively used, it is somewhat surprising that the empirical basic research is lacking. Lerman and Vorndran (2002) and Hackenberg and DeFulio (2007), lamenting this lack of research, called for more systematic and thorough investigations of punishment contingencies. In this presentation, I will discuss research from our lab with pigeons in which we have examined timeout parameters, such as timeout duration, and the overall reinforcement context in which timeout was produced. I also will discuss some struggles we have encountered and propose new avenues of research.
 

Evaluating Treatment Integrity Failures During Timeout From Play

(Applied Research)
APRAL FOREMAN (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Little is known about how errors when implementing timeout impact timeouts effectiveness. Our experiments address two specific aims: (1) how well do teachers implement timeout with their students, and (2) what are the effects of inconsistent timeout implementation on student behavior. In Experiment 1, we observed teachers ongoing implementation of timeout with students during play. We collected data on the frequency of timeout following targeted problem behavior and non-targeted behavior. Experiment 1 suggested that teachers rarely implement timeout, and when they do, they often do not closely follow their specified procedure. In Experiment 2, we experimentally evaluated the effects of timeout intermittency with the students from Experiment 1. We compared the rates of problem behavior across three integrity conditions: 0%, 100%, and reduced integrity (based on timeout frequency from Experiment 1). So far, Experiment 2 suggests that reduced integrity is about as effective as 100% integrity. These data suggest that teachers may be implementing timeout inconsistently, but as often as needed to suppress target behavior.

 

An Evaluation of a Time-Out Release Contingency Procedure That Both Adds and Subtracts Time

(Applied Research)
JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Louisiana State University), Katie Wiskow (California State University, Stanislaus), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Time-out is a commonly used intervention to reduce problematic behavior in young children. Sometimes children engage in problematic behavior during time-out. One suggestion to reduce problematic behavior during time-out is to include a release contingency or require that the child is calm prior to leaving time-out. Previous research has found that adding time to the end of the time-out interval contingent on problematic behavior at the end of time-out is not an effective procedure to reduce problematic behavior during time-out (Donaldson & Vollmer, 2011; Mace et al., 1986). The purpose of the current study is to examine the effects of a release contingency procedure embedded in a 3-min time-out in which each problematic response during time-out results in 15 s of additional time and the absence of problematic behavior for 30 s results in 30 s subtracted from the time-out interval. Thus far, two 4-year-old children, one diagnosed with fetal alcohol syndrome and one with no diagnoses, have participated in the evaluation. Time-out was effective at reducing problematic behavior during enriched time-in contexts (e.g., free play) for both participants. The release contingency reduced or eliminated problematic behavior during time-out for both participants, compared with a fixed duration 3-min time-out.

 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Critical Thinking Skills: Mutually Exclusive Worlds or Strange Bedfellows?
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech)
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D.
Abstract: The Wall Street Journal cited that use of the phrase critical thinking doubled in popular job posting sites (i.e., Indeed) from 2009 to 2014. However, results from a 2013 Harris Interactive survey indicated that less than 50% of bosses thought college graduates were prepared for complex problem solving tasks at work. Several factors are likely to contribute to this problem’s persistence. No clear definition of critical thinking has been established, nor have we reached a consensus that these skills can and should be taught to students. Further, attempts to teach critical thinking have too often fallen short in meeting the needs of all learners. Fortunately, a teaching methodology does exist to address these critical needs. It is rooted in the science of behavior and has been guided by years of empirical research in instructional design. This symposium will focus on a systematic set of procedures developed by Robbins (2014) to teach reasoning using Talk Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS). Research outcomes from a recent public school implementation will be shared, including student performance data and teacher training needs. Finally, an opportunity to reflect on conceptual complexities and the role of behavior analysis in this new frontier will be offered.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
How Can I Take a Picture of a Raindrop? A Behavior Analytic Approach to Inquiry Learning
(Service Delivery)
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Educational practice informed by behavior analysis is referred to as instructivism, and is often assumed to include repetitive, rote-based instruction limited only to basic skill mastery, with objectives designed by the teacher to meet local or national standards. Behavior analysts have made great strides in recent years with greater acceptance and successful implementation of programs based on principles of Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching, and have improved school culture with positive behavior intervention supports. As is typical with psychological terms, the dichotomous term for instructivism is constructivism, whereby the learners define the objectives. This learner-centered approach may include inquiry learning, project based learning, problem-based learning or discovery learning. All of these methods have one feature in common, which is that questions or problems provide the context for learning. This presentation will describe a behavior analytic approach to constructivism, using Talk Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS) and Fluent Thinking Skills™ (FTS), that will demonstrate how both teachers and learners can learn to sense a perplexing situation, create meaningful questions, identify the problem to solve, and systematically reason through a problem solving process.
 
Analyzing Student Performance while Learning Reasoning Skills: An Error Analysis
(Applied Research)
SEAN MICHAEL WILL (University of North Texas), Lucero Neri (University of North Texas), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Students with learning and developmental disabilities are often capable of much more than is typically assumed. Poor performance on academic tasks may reflect poor problem solving skills, rather than a student’s capability to learn. Teaching a reasoning skills strategy to these students can greatly improve their ability to solve problems in school and in the real world. Students sometimes make errors while solving problems, especially while still learning correct problem solving strategies. If a student skips a step or makes an incorrect response on an intermediate step, this often results in an incorrect answer to the problem. This presentation will describe an error analysis procedure that was used to identify and categorize errors while teaching a set of problem solving skills to students in a special education classroom in a public school. Students learned reasoning skills based on those described by Robbins (2014) in her book Learn to Reason with TAPS: A Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach.
 
Focus on Active Listening: Elements of a Successful Implementation in Teaching Problem Solving
(Service Delivery)
LUCERO NERI (University of North Texas), Sean Michael Will (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: School districts face a challenge in identifying and providing their teachers and staff proper training. There are countless theories, approaches, and strategies to provide better teaching. However, most of the strategies provided are not easily implemented into the classroom and may provide inconsistent results. A strategy that can efficiently be taught to teachers and staff that would improve student performance and teacher/student rapport would be invaluable to any educational institution. This presentation will describe the efforts to train the Active Listener repertoire in a Life Skills classroom in a public school using the instructional program called Learn to Reason with TAPS: A Talk Aloud Problem Solving Approach. This implementation was designed to improve the quality of interactions between staff and students, sometimes known as building rapport. Two staff members participated in the TAPS training, a Paraprofessional aiding multiple students with their academic work, and a Personal Care Attendant who worked with one student aiding in both daily living skills and academic work. We will further discuss the need to disseminate our science into the education system and the small steps taken in that direction by the authors.
 
Errors in Problem Solving, Logical Fallacies, and Critical Thinking Skills: Important Distinctions and a New Role for Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
SUSAN K. MALMQUIST (Consultant)
Abstract: To date, a consensus has not been reached that skills such as analytical reasoning, problem solving, or critical thinking can and should be taught explicitly. This presentation will focus on clarifying important operational definitions and terms, with an understanding that a lack of precision in everyday usage contributes to widespread misconceptions, misunderstandings, and ultimately a failure to equip employees with the skills employers most often seek in our rapidly changing global economy. Common errors in student problem solving will be reviewed to illustrate why intervention approaches aimed at improving these skills often fall short for many learners. The relationship between problem solving skills and the prevalence of logical fallacies such as the straw man, ad hominem attacks, false dilemmas, and appeal to the bandwagon will be examined within the context of both school and community settings to help identify patterns that emerge and their impact on society. Finally, a new look at what behavior analysis has to offer now will be shared, not only in the fields of education and in instructional design, but with consideration toward how the science of behavior can help influence sustainable communities and broaden economic prosperity by shaping fluent thinking skills and problem solving repertoires.
 
 
Symposium #227
CE Offered: BACB
The Science of Skinner’s Analysis of Verbal Behavior: Theory and Basic Research
Sunday, May 28, 2017
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee )
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: Samantha Bergmann, M.A.
Abstract: In 1957, Skinner published Verbal Behavior and provided radical behaviorist’s a framework with which to theorize on and experiment with language. The investigations and theoretical discussions presented in this symposium expound and explicate Skinner’s assertions of verbal behavior and include topics such as: the role of covert verbal behavior in the emission of overt verbal behavior, emergence of analogical reasoning, acquisition of syntax, and the possible implications of an epistemology of scientific language on the material and method of study. First, Harman et al. analyzed the effects of auditory stimuli on undergraduate students responding during math tasks in a series of experiments. Next, Meyer, Lantaya, Cordeiro, Zhirnova, and Miguel investigated the role of listener training on the emergence of tacts and analogical reasoning using component and relation training. Mellor and Petursdottir compared the effects of three types of multiple-exemplar instruction on the acquisition of tacts and syntactic structure in an artificial language. Finally, Normand refined and expanded upon Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior to scientific language, specifically how scientists’ verbal behavior can shape practice and theory. Implications and extensions to rouse future applications of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior will be presented.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): covert behavior, reasoning, syntax, verbal behavior
 
Examining the Effects of an Unrelated Auditory Stimulus on the Accuracy and Latency to Respond to a Math Task
(Basic Research)
MIKE HARMAN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Christopher Baumann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Leah Bohl (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: Palmer (1998) provided a description of a cascade of covert listener responses that may occur when an individual contacts a complex discriminative stimulus. These responses may be interrupted by presenting competing variables which may affect the appropriateness of a response due to defective feedback (Skinner, 1970). The current experiments analyzed the effects of playing auditory stimuli during response intervals in which participants were instructed to solve addition problems. In Experiment 1, the experimenter provided the addition problem vocally; in Experiment 2, the experimenter presented the problem vocally and textually. In both experiments, an audio recording of numbers (the auditory stimulus) played during half of the trials. Results of both experiments showed that the absence of a visual stimulus increased the disruptive effects of the auditory stimulus by increasing latency to respond and decreasing response accuracy. In comparison, the effects of the auditory stimulus were minimal when a textual stimulus of the math problem remained present during the response interval. The textual stimulus may have permitted continued observing responses and more effective echoic and self-echoic behavior. Future research should incorporate methodological techniques to directly measure echoic and self-echoic responses during the response interval such as a “think aloud” procedure.
 
The Effects of Listener Training on the Emergence of Analogical Reasoning
(Basic Research)
CAREEN SUZANNE MEYER (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC), Clara Cordeiro (California State University, Sacramento), Tatiana Zhirnova (California State University, Sacramento), Adrienne Jennings (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC)
Abstract: Previous research (Miguel et al., 2015) suggested that analogical responding can be produced in the laboratory via component and compound tact training as long as participants bidirectionally name the stimuli by engaging in speaker and listener behaviors (e.g., saying “same” and select when hearing “same”). The purpose of this study was to investigate the role listener training on the emergence of tacts and analogical responding. We trained four participants to select component stimuli from two three-member classes, with class one as “vek” and class two as “zog,” and compound images as “same” and “different.” We tested analogies of baseline (AB and BC), symmetry, (BA and CB), and transitivity (AC and CA) relations with both class-consistent (e.g., vek-vek = zog-zog) and class-inconsistent compounds (e.g., vek-zog = zog-vek). Three participants passed analogy tests after component (i.e., vek/zog) listener training alone. One participant passed only after completing both component and relation (i.e., same/different) listener training. Results suggest that listener training of component and compound stimuli can lead to their respective tacts (i.e., names), suggesting bidirectional naming is essential for passing analogical reasoning tasks.
 
Acquisition of a Small Artificial Language as an Analogue of Second Language Learning
(Basic Research)
JAMES R. MELLOR (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: We compared the effects of three types of multiple-exemplar instruction on the acquisition of vocal tacts with a novel syntactic structure in a miniature artificial language. The language contained 12 words (5 verbs, 5 nouns, and 2 case markers) in an object-verb-subject syntax. The nouns and verbs corresponded to shapes and actions which were displayed digitally to the participant. 28 college students participated and were randomly assigned to three conditions. The direct instruction group received of verbal feedback on vocal responses in the presence of multiple visual scenes until a mastery criterion was achieved. The other groups received yoked amounts of (a) prolonged exposure (i.e., viewing correct sentence exemplars paired with visual scenes with no response requirement), and (b) discrimination instruction (i.e., feedback on discrimination of correct and incorrect sentence exemplars paired with visual scenes). The direct instruction and exposure groups produced significantly more correct sentences at post-test than the discrimination instruction group, and also discriminated correct and incorrect exemplars more accurately. Implications for the behavioral analysis of grammar and second language acquisition will be discussed.
 
The Language of Science: A Brief Sketch of Radical Epistemology
(Theory)
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Science is what scientists do. More specifically, it is what they say about the world they study and about how they study it. Science is a way of talking about the world that enables the listener to behave more effectively with respect to what is described. When we refer to "science," we are referring primarily to the verbal practices of scientists, which are shaped by a particular kind of verbal community that differs in important ways from the verbal communities of everyday life. Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior has clear implications for scientific philosophy and practice, and, even more broadly, for a radical approach to epistemology. This talk will not necessarily introduce new ideas or analyses, but I will attempt to refine and expand Skinner’s analysis of scientific language, including the implications for how we know, what we can know, and what it means to know anything at all.
 
 
Symposium #230
CE Offered: BACB
Smells Like Stimulus Control Across Continents: Odor-Sniffing Giant African Rats and Shelter Dogs
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Valerie Segura (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens)
Discussant: Chris Varnon (Oklahoma State University)
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, Ph.D.
Abstract:

When an organism is seen to behave in one way in the presence of one stimulus, and not in the presence of others, stimulus control is said to have taken place. To teach stimulus control, many trials of discrimination training must occur, and outcomes must be reliably measured. When humans are teaching these skills to animals, humans may not be able to themselves experience what the discriminative stimulus may actually be; humans cannot see scent, they cannot smell it at the same level as their subject, and they may not be able to tell when the animal is under the control of a particular odor. Testing these contingencies is a challenge when resources are slim, however, benefit exists for humans and non-human animals alike when these missions are undertaken.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): African rat, animal behavior, canine scent, scent discrimination
 

Stimulus Control: Lessons Learned From Olfaction Research in a Resource-Poor Area

HAYLEE ELLIS (Waikato University)
Abstract:

Unlike light or sound, scent is a chemical, not a physical, phenomenon. Therefore research with this stimulus modality represents additional difficulties. APOPO, an NGO based in east Africa, has been training giant rats to sniff out landmines, TB and other scents of humanitarian interest for over a decade. Their TB operations have markedly increased case findings in collaborating clinics, but issues around stimuli confirmation render tightly controlled research difficult. Using a library of scents common in the fragrance industry, research was planned to replicate the TB-detecting training process, but with stimuli whose properties and status was known and could be manipulated to a high degree of accuracy. After successfully training 9 rats to indicate a target scent from 9 controls, the next step was to reduce accuracy to approximately 75%. This would mimic current TB-rat accuracy and allow measurement of the effect on accuracy of manipulating parameters such as reinforcement rate and target prevalence. After performance was still suspiciously (=98%) accurate with dilutions as low as 0.0000001%, this seemingly simple step evolved into a series of manipulations of sample preparation and session procedure in an attempt to demonstrate stimulus control. This presentation will detail these manipulations and the challenges, pitfalls and successes that can be encountered when conducting research in resource-poor areas.

 

Canine "Sniffer" Training: Science and Enrichment for Shelter Dogs

TERRI M. BRIGHT (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract:

The exquisite abilities of the dog's nose have been exploited by humans for centuries. From tracking prey with hominids thousands of years ago to tracking cancer cells and endangered species, the noses of dogs have served us well. However, since their sense of smell outdistances ours by many, many zeros, we often do not know exactly what we are teaching them when scent discrimination is the lesson. For homeless dogs in a shelter environment, the opportunity to learn scent discrimination can illuminate science and enrich an institutional environment. In this experiment, we compared two methods of teaching discrimination: in one group, the S+, sweet birch (betula lenta) was paired with food and hidden in 5" x5" x 2" cardboard boxes. The dog's indication was simply to paw at or try to get into the box; the food was then faded and pawing at a box with only birch in it was reinforced. In the other group, large amounts of the same odor were hidden in a box, and any interaction with that box was reinforced with food. Latency to interacting with a box for 5 seconds was measured and compared across conditions.

 
 
Symposium #231
CE Offered: BACB
Barriers to Positive Employment Outcomes for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Discussant: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Robert W. Isenhower, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As students approach adulthood and age out of the school system, the resources available to them for support are often limited. These challenges are heightened for individuals who require more supports (e.g., severe intellectual disability, the presence of maladaptive behavior). Limited funding and few available service providers further restrict the opportunities available to this population. The purpose of the current symposium is to share and identify some of the barriers to positive employment outcomes and highlight strategies for increasing the integration of older individuals in vocational/community settings. The first presentation will explore issues ranging from addressing interfering behavior (vocal and/or motor stereotypy) interfering with integration at community job sites. The second talk will outline vocational assessment strategies for improving job outcomes for individuals with ASD. The symposium will conclude with a discussion about short and long term goals for improving the available employment resources for individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adults, autism, employment
 

Response Interruption and Redirection as an Intervention for an Adult With Autism to Address Automatically-Maintained Stereotypical Behavior in Vocational Placements

JAMES MARAVENTANO (DDDC), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

While not a defining characteristic for individuals autism spectrum disorders (ASDs), challenging behavior is a common concern for this population. As individuals with ASD mature, challenging behavior becomes increasingly difficult to mediate due to the learners physical characteristics (e.g. height, weight, strength) and a longer history of reinforcement as compared to their younger counterparts. With regular, gainful employment as a terminal goal for many families and individuals with ASDs, it is important for practitioners to focus on improving socially stigmatizing and/or dangerous challenging behaviors emitted by individuals with ASD in the workplace. The purpose of the current investigation is to evaluate the implementation of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) on automatically-maintained vocal and motor stereotypy for an adult diagnosed with ASD. Preliminary results of this intervention suggest RIRD to be an effective strategy for reducing the frequency and duration of this socially-stigmatizing challenging behavior, across center-based and community-based vocational placements.

 

The Use of Vocational Assessments to Improve Employment Outcomes for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Kimberly Boley (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (DDDC), Jacqueline Smith (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The primary purpose of a public education is to prepare individuals to function as independently as possible while being prepared for integration into the workforce after graduation. This responsibility becomes more challenging when programming for individuals with special needs as they age out of the public school system. These challenges are heightened for individuals who require more supports (e.g., severe intellectual disability, the presence of maladaptive behavior). Limited funding and relatively few available service providers further restrict the opportunities available to this population. As students with special needs reach adolescence, academic targets often shift to more functional forms of programming (e.g., vocational goals). While most stakeholders acknowledge that the development of vocational skills is critical, relatively few procedures have been developed to assess vocational aptitude and integrate client preference into goal selection. The purpose of the current investigation was to design and implement an assessment to identifying vocational strengths for individuals with ASD. In addition, we sought to evaluate preferences for different forms of vocational tasks to integrate choice into programming.

 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Technological Applications to Teach Conversation, Exercise, and Vocational Skills to Learners With ASD
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Ruth M. DeBar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Several advantages are afforded when practitioners use technology to deliver behavior analytic interventions to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The symposium will present three papers that successfully embedded portable and commonly available technology to address socially significant behaviors amongst individuals with ASD. The first paper will discuss the use of Siri to increase the conversation skills of two children with ASD. Specifically, the authors measured appropriate conversation behaviors, defined as articulated sentences (proper syntax and grammar) and contextually relevant statements (subjects and predicates related to the current topic). The second paper will discuss the use of a video-enhanced fitness schedule on exercise behavior with three adolescences with ASD. The video-enhanced fitness schedule delivered on an iPad was effective in establishing exercise behaviors, skills generalized across a novel environment and stimuli, and maintained across two-and three-weeks across participants. The final paper will discuss a paraprofessional-implemented video prompting to teach vocational skills to students with ASD. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): conversation skills, fitness, staff training, technology
 

Using the iPad App Siri to Increase Conversational Speech in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Stephanie Haft (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Communicative difficulties are a core deficit for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Challenges in forming appropriate sentences and staying on topic can reduce their effectiveness in communicating with peers, and also make them less desirable playmates. In the present study, we used a multiple-baseline-across-participants design to assess the effects of communicating with Siri on an iPad, on the conversation skills of two children with ASD. Specifically, we measured appropriate conversation behaviors, defined as articulate sentences (proper syntax and grammar) and contextually relevant statements (subjects and predicates relate to the current topic). Measurements occurred with peers during baseline and training, and with Siri during training. During all conversation session probes, the children were instructed to talk to their partner (peer or Siri) for 5 minutes. Following conversations with Siri, improvements in some appropriate conversation behaviors were noted, although differences were observed between peers and Siri. Data from additional participants will be included during the presentation.

 
The Effects of a Video-Enhanced Fitness Schedule on Exercise Behavior
RAQUEL TORRES (Caldwell University ABA Graduate Student), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Linda S. Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC), Tina Marie Covington (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: Exercise is important for individuals including for those who have an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Activity schedules have increased a range of skills with individuals who have an ASD including leisure, academic, and daily living skills. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a video-enhanced schedule presented on an iPad® on exercise behavior with adolescents who have an ASD using a multiple-probe across participants design. Specifically, the effects of a video-based fitness activity schedule with graduated guidance on independent schedule-following behavior and on-task behavior were evaluated. All participants acquired independent video-enhanced fitness schedule following and remained on-task. Experimenter proximity to the participants was successfully faded. Skills generalized to novel exercises and settings, maintained over time, and procedures were reported to be socially acceptable by educators including instructors, supervisors and paraprofessionals
 
Generalization of Paraprofessional-Implemented Video Prompting to Teach Vocational Skills to Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
RACHEL SEAMAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University), Scott Dueker (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Video prompting is an evidence-based practice that offers several advantages when implemented in an employment setting. Given its feasibility with students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), as well as its effectiveness in teaching vocational skills, it is surprising that there is no validated model for training school staff to implement this practice. This study uses a multiple-probe-across-participants design to evaluate the generalization of a paraprofessional training package in the implementation of a video prompting procedure targeting the vocational skill acquisition of students with ASD in their place of employment. Results indicate that all three participants had a substantial increase in skill performance immediately after introduction of the paraprofessional-implemented video prompting, demonstrating that the previously presented paraprofessional training package can potentially be generalized across novel students, environments, and vocational skills.
 
 
Symposium #233
CE Offered: BACB
Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Programs: Essential Components of Empirically Supported Treatment and Corresponding Outcomes
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D.
Abstract: Since the enactment of legislation across the country, individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder have been able to access applied behavior analysis (ABA) services covered by their health insurance provider given its proven effectiveness in treating undesirable behavior and promoting skill acquisition. With insurance-funded ABA services more prevalent, variability among providers and ABA programs have appeared. Given this, a discussion of the literature highlighting the components of effective treatment programs and a description of the implementation of several of these components for ABA services will be discussed. Moreover, considerations for ABA treatment funded specifically by insurance companies will be addressed. Next, an outcome analysis for many patients enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive ABA program will be presented in relation to skills acquired and outcomes achieved with varying amounts of behavior analytic services for different types of learners. Finally, a more refined analysis of outcomes from a sample of learners will be presented and discussed in relation to many learner specific variables such as proportion of recommended treatment hours received and standardized assessment and reassessment results.
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Creating Optimal Outcomes: Implementation of Empirically Supported Intervention Components in Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analytic Services
JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The literature related to applied behavior analytic (ABA) intervention for individuals with autism spectrum disorder sets forth specific recommendations related to treatment and participant variables that may produce the most robust outcomes. These variables include but are not limited to the specific intervention procedures, number of treatment hours, duration of treatment, qualifications of those overseeing treatment, and caregiver involvement. With the introduction of autism insurance reform laws, a growing number of organizations are providing insurance-funded services based on the principles of behavior analysis. The degree to which organizations are adhering to the empirically validated intervention components is unclear. Furthermore, in relation to the number of organizations providing ABA services, few outcome analyses are presented in the literature. This presentation will highlight the components of effective treatment programs as suggested by the research and describe the implementation of several of these components for ABA services funded by insurance. Among other particulars, details related to the number of learners served, assessment and intervention procedures, level and type of supervision provided, training and oversight provided at all levels within the organization, and methods for evaluating outcomes will be discussed.
 
An Examination of Outcomes for Various Types of Learners Enrolled in Insurance-Funded Behavior Analytic Programs
GINGER R. WILSON (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Samuel Garcia (The ABRITE Organization), Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: There are many research studies demonstrating the key components of behavior analytic services in order for positive outcomes to be achieved. Two of these components are the frequency and duration of intervention services, in addition to a key component of the age that intervention begins. The dilemma of ensuring these key components for clinicians and families used to be that funding for behavior analytic services was scarce and if funding did exist, restrictions made implementation of known predictors of success difficult or impossible. Increased outcome research over time secured better funding and behavior analytic services are now considered medically necessary. Despite this funding, families and clinicians still have logistical difficulties in providing the number of treatment hours recommended, possibly impacting the outcomes achieved. This presentation will focus on the outcomes that are achieved with varying amounts of behavior analytic services for different types of learners including those enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive ABA program. An analysis of the skills acquired across developmental domains and cumulative skill acquisition will be presented. The relative outcomes will be presented and the discussion will focus on sharing the best predictors of treatment outcomes that were revealed in the analysis.
 

Treatment Outcomes From Insurance Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Programs: A Closer Analysis of Individual Variables, Skill Gains, and Standardized Assessments

VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Samuel Garcia (The ABRITE Organization), Kinga Wolos-Zachmeier (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

The utility of the empirically validated treatment practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the treatment of children with autism has led to funding for such treatment by health insurance carriers in many states. The current paper will provide a refined analysis of particular learner outcome data. Specifically, outcome data for a representative sample of different learners enrolled in either a focused or comprehensive ABA insurance-funded treatment program will be presented and discussed in relation to learner specific variables. An analysis of skill acquisition data in relation to variables such as age, duration enrolled in the ABA program, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, standardized assessment and reassessment results, and treatment goals met will be presented across multiple participants. Results are discussed in terms of the potential relationship between the proportion of recommended treatment hours received and reassessment results, continued support for insurance funded ABA treatment, and difficulties and potential solutions for conflicts between the scientist-practitioner model and funding source support. The need for additional outcome analyses and future research will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #235
CE Offered: BACB
Making Behavior Matter: Personal and Organizational Values From a Behavior Analytic Perspective
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Victoria Summers (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Timothy M. Weil, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Arguably one of the most important applications of behavior analysis is its contribution to helping humans live more meaningfully and effectively under a variety of challenging conditions. For example, a focus on teaching humans to be free from aversive control, even when conditions are unpleasant or painful, has been adopted from clinical behavior analysis into much of mainstream psychological intervention. Thus, there is a growing emphasis on valuing and valued living as important repertoires in human well-being. This symposium will seek to review current thought and applications of behavior anlaysis to personal and organizational values. The first paper is a conceptual piece that will unpack a behavior analytic definition of values based in derived relational responding. The second paper will describe a study in which transformation of functions of stimuli associated with university values was observed in students. Clinical and conceptual implications of both papers will be discussed, followed by a general discussion.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Values
 

Unpacking Values From a Behavior Analytic Perspective and Finding the Value in Understanding for Practice

(Theory)
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
Abstract:

Verbal behavior has long been of interest to behavior analysis via Skinners taxonomy, rule governance, and more recently, derived stimulus relations. An interesting aspect of language is how incredibly pervasive this repertoire istruly, humans language near constantly, however behavior analysis has long held to the belief that languaging offers little more than connection to our external experience via labeling, requesting, recording, and extending. With the development of RFT and an understanding of the impact of derived stimulus relations, the focus on languaging as a behavioral event that may alter other behavioral events has improved our understanding of human behavior. In this, it is observed that verbal behavior may function both as appetitive and aversive stimulation. One area of particular interest is in the capacity of language to direct behavior sans experiencing direct contingencies as is seen in the area of Values. Values, as per an ACT account are verbally constructed consequences of ongoing and evolving patterns of activity that establish (verbal) reinforcers which are intrinsic to the behavior itself. Given the potential for both reinforcing and aversive functions to exist with those we work, it is imperative that behavior analysts come to better understand the motivative functions inherent in languaging. This paper will unpack languaging in the context of values and how a focus on relational responding may improve our ability to affect positive change with those we serve.

 

Transformation of Values Functions Through the Incorporation of Organizational With Personal Values

(Basic Research)
MADISON GAMBLE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

The reasons university students report for committing to a college education vary widely among individuals, and often overlap only slightly with the purposes the university has established for itself. The three-component model of organizational commitment suggests an organization and its members will thrive when they engage their jobs in order to serve personal and organizational values simultaneously. Applied to universities, this suggests that students will be most successful when they are able to relate their own values and goals to the universitys mission. Relational frame theory offers a theory of how it is that 1) values can come to exert influence on behaviour, and 2) values functions can be transferred to events that were previously neutral or aversive. This paper will present data from a series of exploring the transfer of organizational values functions to arbitrary stimuli through hierarchical relational networks of arbitrary stimuli. The data support transfer of function in most subjects, and highlight several boundary conditions governing such transfer. Implications for values interventions with students will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #236
CE Offered: BACB

Sustainability and Student Engagement at Fresno State

Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Criss Wilhite, None
Chair: Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Davis)
CRISS WILHITE (Fresno State)
Criss Wilhite began teaching at Fresno State in 1986. She is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BACB) with degrees in Psychology, Philosophy and Art, all from Fresno State. With the help and support of the Psychology faculty, she developed the BACB-approved undergraduate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program in 1998, the graduate program in ABA in 2005, and the Interdisciplinary ABA program in 2008. These programs, and the faculty hired to develop and direct them, have resulted in the Positive Parenting Program, The Autism Center at Fresno State, Focused Services, and Social Connections. Criss is former director of the undergraduate ABA program, the Positive Parenting Program and the IABA Program. She was Chair of the Archival Committee for the B. F. Skinner Foundation from 2007 to 2010 and has been an advisor to the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies since 2007. She received the Fresno State Psi Chi Instructor of the Year award 10 times.
Abstract:

Since 2009, behavior analysts around the world have, at an increasing rate, applied our science to the problem of sustainability. This work includes the efforts of the Fresno State Sustainability Project, an interdisciplinary attempt to coordinate all such activity on campus. We have had a number of positive outcomes, including the newly-formed Institute of Water and Sustainability. The focus of this talk is student activity that has grown out of the Project. Over the past four years, more than 400 students have had experiences in academic, research, and applied activities related to sustainability. One of these endeavors is the Fresno State Sustainability Club which has hosted four Earth Days, set up multiple talks by experts at Green Bag Lunches, coordinated with other campus clubs, and planted a water-wise garden and hundreds of trees in collaboration with Plant Operations. The College of Science and Math has offered the First Year Experience the past two years, in which freshman in the College take multiple sustainability courses in both basic science and applications. Graduate students do everything from building tiny houses to collecting data on practices. The Psychology and the Environment course has just been reestablished and the development of a minor is underway. Students lives have been substantially changed. The future generation is on its way to making a major positive impact on the health and welfare of the planet.

Target Audience:

Academic behavior analysts and graduate students

Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will see examples for funding sustainability work within an academic institution2) Attendees will see examples of applied behavior analytic work on sustainability issues3) Attendees will learn about coursework to support the next generation of behavior analysts who will address sustainability issues in their work
 
 
Invited Paper Session #238
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Behavioral Ephemera

Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Dr. Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965–66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, cultural evolution, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution.
Abstract:

Every species possesses abilities for successfully interacting with its environment. These result from phylogeny. In the laboratory, one may arrange artificial conditions that thwart an organisms abilities. The result may be a phenomenon. With sufficient training, however, the phenomenon may prove to be ephemeral, as the organisms basic abilities reassert themselves. A common ability among animal species is the ability to respond to differences and non-differences in rate of obtaining food. This ability may be thwarted in a variety of ways, but the results tend to be ephemeral. A clear example appears in an experiment that pitted pigeons preference for unimpeded responding against their ability to respond to food rate. In a concurrent-chains procedure, the terminal links were identical variable-interval schedules, but in one terminal link, every response produced a timeout. The duration of the timeout varied, and preference varied with it, but the relation vanished with training, in keeping with the equality of food rate across the two terminal links. Some other examples of phenomena that tend to disappear with sufficient training are behavioral contrast, conditioned reinforcement, and resistance to extinction. These appear to be behavioral ephemera.

Target Audience:

Graduate Students and Researchers in Behavior Analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state how a species' evolutionary environment determines the problems its members are likely to solve; (2) state the difference between behavioral ephemera and stable behavioral phenomena.
 
 
Symposium #239
CE Offered: BACB
School Based Interventions to Decrease Challenging Behavior and Increase Social Skills
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mary Sawyer (Aubrey Daniels Institute)
CE Instructor: Mary Sawyer, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will present research specific to school based interventions including interventions during the typical school day and those implemented during after school programs offered by schools. The first study evaluated a check-in/check-out intervention to improve behavior of homeless children in an after school program. Results indicated CICO was effective in decreasing problem behaviors and increasing task engagement. The second study evaluated a social skills application readily available on the internet to improve skills for children in an after school program at a school specific to children whose families are residing at a homeless shelter. Results indicated the app itself did not result in improvements in social skills but adding BST was effective in increasing social skills. The last study used a standardized model (PTR) with high school students diagnosed with EBD. Results indicated that PTR was effective in reducing problem behavior and increasing replacement behavior for the three students targeted. Implication from the results of each study will be discussed by each presenter.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): check-in/check-out, PTR, school based, Social Skills
 

An Assessment of Check-In/Check-Out With Children who are Homeless in an After School Care Program

ANA CAMACHO (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Leslie Singer (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Schoolwide Positive Behavior Interventions and Support (SWPBIS) is an approach designed to improve the correct implementation, consistent use, and maintenance of evidence-based practices related to behavior, classroom management and school discipline systems. Check-in/Check-out (CICO) is often recognized as a successful intervention in SWPBIS. However, most of the research on the use of CICO has focused on the school setting. This study provided an extension to the literature by examining the effects of the CICO program with homeless children attending an afterschool program. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the CICO program effects. Students were exposed to a CICO intervention in which problem behaviors were targeted for reduction and task engagement was targeted for acquisition. Of the five participants selected for the study four participants were exposed to a CICO intervention. Results demonstrated a decrease in problem behaviors and an increase in task engagement for all four participants.

 
An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of a Social Skills Application in an After-School Program for Children who are Homeless
EMILY BATON (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida - Tampa)
Abstract: Researchers have found children who are homeless are twice as likely to develop learning disabilities when compared with non-homeless children and three times as likely to develop emotional and behavioral problems (Bessuk et al., 2014). Additionally, homeless children are more likely to have social skills deficits (DiBiase & Waddell, 1995; National Child Traumatic Stress Network Homelessness and Extreme Poverty Working Group, 2005), however no known research has specifically explored increasing social skill deficits among children who are homeless. The purpose of the current research was to a) extend the research on using technology to teach social skills to homeless children and b) examine the use of the Let’s Be Social application (Everyday Speech, 2015) to teach social skills with the addition of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) if needed. The results showed that participants did not demonstrate increases in targeted social skills after the introduction of the application but instead required the addition of BST. Once BST was added participants demonstrated substantial increases in all three social skills during in situ assessments.
 

Evaluating Prevent-Teach-Reinforcein a High School Setting

KAITLIN SULLIVAN (University of South Florida; ABA Solutions), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Leslie Singer (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Current research shows that schools behavior intervention plans are lacking in key components, indicating a need for a standardized model of assessment that sustains teacher adherence, acceptance, and feasibility. Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) is a model that combines the principles of applied behavior analysis and positive behavior support to provide a standardized approach to conducting a functional assessment and creating a behavior plan. Studies have indicated that PTR is effective in improving student behavior and academic engagement. The current study evaluated the use of PTR for three high school students classified as emotional behavioral disorder (EBD). Results indicated that teacher-implemented functional assessment and intervention planning through the use of PTR was effective at creating substantial reductions in problem behaviors and improvements in replacement behaviors for all three students. In addition, teachers were able to implement the interventions with high levels of fidelity, and social validity scores obtained from both the teachers and students indicated that the acceptability of the PTR procedures and results was relatively high.

 
 
Panel #241
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Ethicists Expound on Elaborate Ethical Events
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D.
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
THOMAS L. ZANE (University of Kansas)
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University)
Abstract:

This panel is a continuation of previous presentations at ABAI on Behavior Analysts Behaving Badly. An ethicist is one who is sought after for ethical advice and counsel; For this panel we have brought together three such behavior analysis ethicists who are regularly consulted on a wide variety of complex cases concerning the practice of behavior analysis. Difficult cases covering: the use of evidence-based treatments, boundaries of competence, conflicts of interest, terminating behavioral services, conceptual consistency, gifting, supervisory competence and testimonials that have come through the ABAI Hotline as well as other sources will be discussed. To demonstrate the range of approaches used and opinions offered, recent cases will be tendered and each panelist will offer their guidance, we will then debate the merits of our various approaches. Toward the end of the session we will open the floor to questions from the audience and again each ethicist will respond so that the range of tactics and strategies will be apparent.

Instruction Level: Advanced
 
 
Symposium #242
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Strategic Movement in the Workplace and How Personal Quantification Can Help
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
CE Instructor: Stephen Ray Flora, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Prolonged occupational sitting is a risk factor for several negative health outcomes (e.g., coronary artery disease, Type 2 diabetes, obesity, metabolic disease, musculoskeletal injuries), and increasing computer-based work increases health risks associated with inactivity. Research suggests that supplementary work breaks reliably minimize discomfort and eye strain without impairing productivity (Galinsky, Swanson, Sauter, Dunkin, Hurrell, & Schleifer, 2007). According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, 2014), the suggested activity standard for adults is 150 minutes per week; this can be broken down into increments as little as 10 minutes. Given these standards, research may evaluate the impact of short, strategically placed exercise breaks throughout workday. The current symposium brings together studies that explore potential techniques for strategically increasing physical movement in the workplace to evaluate the effects of physical movement, both during work tasks and while on breaks, on worker performance and wellbeing. The first study investigated the effects of physical movement and positioning on task performance, satisfaction, stress, and preference. The second study explored the effectiveness of quantitative feedback to reduce workplace physical inactivity and improve physical activity for university and healthcare office workers. The premise for the third study was based on the contention that some have suggested that extrinsic rewards, and simply measurement of human behavior itself, has a detrimental effect on intrinsic motivation. In this symposium, the authors discuss how measuring physical activity/inactivity can influences individual behavior and whether and how personal quantification devices affect perceived enjoyment and interest in engaging in physical movement.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Feedback, Intrinsic Motivation, Personal Quantification, Physical Activity
 

Effects of Physical Movement and Positioning on Work Performance and Wellbeing

JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth)
Abstract:

This two-part study consisted of two related experiments to examine the effects of physical movement on both wellbeing and work performance using a computer-based medical transcription data entry task. In both experiments, 36 participants (college students) were assigned to one of three of possible movement or positioning conditions (e.g., sitting, standing, moving) while taking a break from the work task (experiment 1) or while engaged in the work task (experiment 2). The effects of movement or positioning on measures of satisfaction, stress, preference, and computer task performance were examined. Initial analysis of the results of both experiments suggest that physical movement during work breaks or positioning while engaged in the work task neither improves nor hinders work performance. However, when performance in the sitting and standing conditions were combined into a single “non-movement / stationary” condition to compare performance between “stationary” and “movement” conditions, results revealed higher performance in the movement conditions. Implications, future research, and recommendations are discussed.

 

Evaluating Feedback on Workplace Physical Inactivity

NICHOLAS GREEN (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Excessive sitting, or too much physical inactivity, is a known health risk to the modern office worker. This study evaluated the effectiveness of quantitative feedback with university and healthcare office workers on workplace physical inactivity. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate various phases of education, feedback, and modified feedback. The delivery of daily feedback improved physical activity for 4/9 participants. These results suggest that the consequence-based procedures are necessary to affect this target behavior. Future research and recommendations are discussed.

 
The Psychological Benefits of Personal Quantification: Hidden in Plain Sight
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Some Academics who argue “extrinsic rewards (ie. Reinforcement) undermine intrinsic interest” are now claiming that even measuring human behavior is detrimental to motivation and interest claiming “hidden costs of personal quantification.” In the present study two groups of highly motivated exercise enthusiasts - bicyclists at a cycling camp on the island of Mallorca Spain and members of a northeast Ohio triathlon club – were surveyed about their enjoyment of exercising (cycling/running) and if use of personal quantification devices such as cycling computers increased enjoyment. Preliminary data analysis suggests that rather than undermining interest, use of personal quantification devices makes the activities involving the devices more enjoyable and interesting.
 
 
Symposium #243
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
In and Out: Contingency-Based Interventions for Addressing Food-Related Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey Chauvin (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Texas A&M)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Dayton, M.S.
Abstract:

It is not uncommon for individuals with developmental disabilities to present challenging food-related behaviors that can lead to social isolation and may pose long-term health risks. For example, the excessive consumption of calories following food stealing poses health risks such as obesity and diabetes. By contrast, vomiting responses under operant control that frequently occur can include malnutrition, weight loss, dehydration, and tooth decay (Lang et. al., 2011). During this symposium, each talk will provide insight on effective interventions identified in previous literature and then applied in practice to address clinically significant food-related problem behaviors. The first presenter will discuss challenges associated with addressing the food stealing of a child diagnosed with Prader-Willi Syndrome and will highlight a function-based approach to intervention that incorporated differential reinforcement and schedule leaning. The second presenter will describe an iterative approach to intervention for projective vomiting when functional analysis results were inconclusive. Effective intervention ultimately consisted of a reprimand and positive practice and generalized across multiple staff throughout the school setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Decreasing the Food Stealing of a Child With Prader-Willi Syndrome Through Function-Based Differential Reinforcement

NAOMI PARIKH (Vanderbilt University), Kristen Stankiewicz (Vanerbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Vivian Morales (Vanderbilt University), Molly Gilson (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Given unrestricted access to food, individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) may consume as much as three times more calories than that of individuals matched on age and body mass index. When food is unavailable, it is not uncommon for individuals with PWS to engage in problematic food seeking behavior such as food-stealing or pica. Because food-related challenging behavior is not uncommon for individuals with PWS and can lead to obesity and other long-term health complications, intervention is often warranted. However, efforts to decrease these behaviors, such as isolation during meals and strict monitoring of food consumption, can be socially stigmatizing. Ideally, effective intervention would decrease problematic food-seeking behavior without isolating the child or restricting access to socially important events; such as eating dinner at the dinner table with family members. Our participant was a 7-year-old girl with PWS that engaged in mealtime food-stealing behavior that precluded her participation in traditional familial mealtime routines. We conducted a latency-based functional analysis of food stealing in a clinic setting and then implemented an intervention that included a token board, function-based differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), and schedule thinning. The intervention generalized to the home setting across food preferences, therapists, and family members.

 

Decreasing Projectile Vomiting Through the Use of Positive Practice

Kristin LeFevre (Melmark), ELIZABETH DAYTON (Melmark)
Abstract:

Vomiting is a common symptom of many illnesses and disorders. Typically vomiting requires minimal intervention and is resolved once the offending agent has been resolved (Scorza et al., 2007). However, chronic vomiting can be associated with a variety of conditions. In order to get a better understanding of vomiting a thorough evaluation should be conducted. Through the evaluation, signs and symptoms should be identified along with the underlying etiology of nausea and vomiting (Scorza et al., 2007) Vomiting may lead to an increase in medical complications/concerns and social isolation. Azarin & Wezolowski (1975) utilized positive practice and self-correction to address habitual vomiting in two individuals and saw a reduction in vomiting across both participants. A similar treatment was developed to treat projectile vomiting in a 16 year old male. Ten minute trials were conducted across the day and percent of opportunities for each trial was collected. A multiple baseline across staff members was used to demonstrate experimental control. The treatment was effective in decreasing the overall frequency of vomiting. In addition, most of the vomiting that continued to occur occurred in the practiced location (i.e. toilet).

 
 
Panel #244
CE Offered: BACB
Collaborating to Prepare High-Quality Future Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Christine Hoffner Barthold, Ph.D.
Chair: Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University)
ALICE A. KEYL AUSTIN (AKA Consulting, LLC)
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings)
Abstract:

The main purpose of this panel is to disseminate information and share our experience related to the development and implementation of collaborative and distance programs intended to prepare future behavior analysts. We will discuss the importance of creating programs that reach underserved areas and the critical aspects related to the implementation, organization, and development of collaborative behavior analytic preparation programs. We will also highlight the importance of reaching out to a variety of students including those in underserved areas. Benefits and challenges related to creating collaborative and distance arrangements will be presented. The interactive format of the panel will provide the opportunity for an in-depth analysis of the evolution and organization of existing collaborative and distance-education partnerships offering behavior-analytic preparation programs that will lead to creative ideas and practical solutions for the advancement of such programs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Collaboration, Distance Education, Provider Preparation
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #245
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Supervision

Teaching Principles of Behavior Analysis: An Evolving Model for Developing and Testing Knowledge and Skills

Sunday, May 28, 2017
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie, Ph.D.
Chair: Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong)
SANDRA SUNDEL (Sun Health Career Solutions, Inc.), MARTIN SUNDEL (Sun Family Care)
Sandra S. Sundel is the president and CEO of Sun Family Care. She was formerly on the social work faculty at Florida Atlantic University. She was executive director of family service agencies in Florida and Texas, and also served as executive director of group homes for adults with developmental disabilities in Texas. She holds an MSSW from the University of Louisville and a Ph.D. in clinical social work from the University of Texas at Arlington. She has taught courses in social work practice, behavior therapy, interpersonal communication, and group work, and has con­ducted numerous workshops and seminars. She has consulted with corporations, government agencies, and nonprofit organizations on organizational behavior management and interpersonal communication in the workplace. As mental health consultants to the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) in Cyprus, Sandra and Martin designed and implemented a psychosocial rehabilitation project to foster collaborative relationships between Greek and Turkish Cypriots.
Martin Sundel is the director of Clinical Services for Sun Family Care, a company that provides care management and counseling to older adults. He was the Dulak Professor of Social Work at the University of Texas at Arlington and also served on the faculties of the University of Michigan, the University of Louisville, and Florida International University. He holds a Ph.D. in social work and psychology from the University of Michigan and was a postdoctoral fellow at the Laboratory of Community Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School. He is a Charter Clinical Fellow of the Behavior Therapy and Research Society and has been recognized as a pioneer in introducing behavior therapy in Latin America. He has published extensively on the application of behavioral science knowledge to the helping professions. An avid table tennis player, he has won three national championships and silver and bronze medals in international tournaments.
Abstract:

We describe a model used to teach the principles of behavior analysis and their application in the human services to students and practitioners over the past five decades. Materials for the book were developed in the late 1960’s at the University of Michigan School of Social Work, where the first presenter began his teaching career in 1968. The second presenter supervised the administration and testing of the materials. The course content and testing materials were continuously revised and updated over the following years by both presenters, based on data related to student mastery of the content. The teaching model was influenced by the prominent educational technology at the time, including: (1) the Center for Research on Learning and Teaching at the University of Michigan; (2) the programmed instructional format of Skinner and Holland, and that of Geis, Stebbins, and Lundin; (3) Fred Keller’s Personal System of Instruction (PSI); and (4) Robert Mager’s influential publication on preparing instructional objectives. The first presenter will describe the methodology used to develop the materials and how they provided the basis for a textbook that has been revised over six editions. The second presenter will describe how the materials and resulting textbook were used in undergraduate, graduate and professional courses and seminars. Together, the two presenters will provide examples of their experiences using the textbook to teach behavior analysis. They will present the rationale for the organization and structure of the text and course, along with reasons for including and excluding specific content. The two presenters identify historical, methodological, and conceptual issues that formed the underpinnings of their unique approach to teaching behavior analysis, as well as how the model has evolved. The two presenters, one from a primarily academic perspective and the other from a primarily applied perspective, provide complementary viewpoints on this topic.

Target Audience:

Individuals teaching behavior analysis or those training students and practitioners in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a model used to teach the principles of behavior analysis and their application in the human services to students and practitioners; (2) describe the methodology used in developing the training materials; (3) identify historical, methodological, and conceptual issues that formed the underpinnings of this approach to teaching behavior analysis, as well as how the model has evolved.
 
 
Symposium #258
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Developments of Video-Based Instruction to Staff Train and to Teach Exercise and Personal Care Skills
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Video-based instruction has shown to be effective to successfully teach a wide range of skills to individuals of typical development and with autism spectrum and related disorders. The purpose of the symposium will be to showcase recent developments in the use of video-based instruction. The first paper will discuss the effects of video modeling to teach six staff members how to implement a specific behavioral speech program, the Natural Language Paradigm (NLP), to children with ASD. Results show readily acquired NLP as a result of video modeling. The second paper assessed the effectiveness of video modeling to teach exercise behaviors to four adolescences with autism. Results showed that all participants acquired the skills, generalized the skills to a novel environment, and maintained the skills one-month post-intervention. The third paper evaluated the comparative results of video modeling and in-vivo prompting to teach personal care skills to six individuals with moderate to severe disabilities. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): in-vivo modeling, video modeling, video prompting
 

Using Video Modeling on the iPad to Teach Staff Speech Interventions for Children With ASD

Vicki Spector (Claremont Graduate University), MARJORIE H. CHARLOP (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

Cost-effective and efficient training methods must be considered when teaching staff members how to treat children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Weldy, Rapp, & Capocasa, 2014). The current study aimed to teach six staff members how to implement a specific behavioral speech program, the Natural Language Paradigm, (NLP) solely via video modeling. A multiple baseline design across participants assessed the efficacy of this training technique. A nine-step NLP checklist was used to measure learning acquisition. In baseline, staff members engaged in free-play sessions with a child with ASD. Following baseline, staff members were individually trained how to administer NLP using video modeling. After mastery criterion was met, staff members were resumed their play sessions with a child with ASD, this time implementing NLP. Results show that each staff member learned how to administer NLP in one to two training sessions, with training sessions lasting between 15 minutes to 45 minutes. Preliminary evidence of four staff members, presented, here suggests that they were able to efficiently learn and effectively implement NLP. Increases in child verbalizations can also be reported for the majority of post-training NLP sessions. Implications of using video modeling in future staff training will be discussed.

 

Using Video Modeling to Teach Children With Autism to Engage in Exercise

MACKENZIE EMMONS (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Linda Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

Children with autism tend to engage in repetitive and stereotyped behaviors, leading to a decrease in age-appropriate leisure activities. It is recommended that the average child engage in an average of 60 minutes a day of physical activity. Video modeling has been shown to be effective in teaching a variety of leisure skills to children with autism. Therefore the purpose of the present study was to determine whether (a) video modeling can effectively increase engagement in exercise in four children with autism, 10 to 13 years old (b) engagement in exercise increased on-task behavior during the video, (c) the exercises learned generalized to novel exercise videos, and (d) the exercises learned maintained over time. Three video models were used to teach the children jumping jacks, squat thrusts, sit-ups, squats, and push-up. Results indicated that all participants met criterion on engaging in exercises with a video model in 25 or fewer sessions. Skills generalized from the training videos to novel exercise videos. Maintenance data also showed that skills maintained even a month post treatment.

 
Comparing Video Prompting Against In Vivo Prompting to Teach Two Personal Care Skills
SCOTT DUEKER (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Students with moderate to severe disability often lack the skills to perform basic personal care skills. In many cases, they have parents or other caregivers take care of these tasks. Video prompting has been shown to be an effective teaching method for those with moderate to severe impairment. The purpose of this study is to compare video prompting against in-vivo prompting for teaching children with moderate to severe disabilities to perform two basic daily living personal care tasks. The shoe tying and buttoning a shirt were chosen for this study and were vetted by an occupational therapist for similarity. Six students with disabilities were chosen from a suburban elementary school for participation based on teacher recommendation. Each student received video modeling for one task and in vivo prompting for the other. Results of a multiple baseline across participants with embedded alternating treatments design showed that all learners acquired skills as a result of the intervention. A discussion of the efficacy of the intervention and future is included.
 
 
Symposium #259
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Compliance in Preschool-Age Children With and Without Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Kenzer (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
CE Instructor: Amy Kenzer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Noncompliance is commonly described as an individual not completing an instruction, and/or engaging in problem behaviors when presented with an instruction. Previous research on noncompliance within the preschool population focuses primarily on antecedent variables, guided compliance, differential reinforcement, and response effort. The presentations in this symposium will examine antecedent-based research that targets increased compliance using additional stimuli paired with differential reinforcement, in both typically developing preschoolers, and those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first presentation will include research on increasing compliance in a three-year-old male with autism, during transitions within the classroom environment, using 2D no thank you cards. The second presentation will examine an intervention focused on rigidity during daily activities and transitions, using a My Way card system, for three children with autism. The third presentation will include research on increasing individual compliance through an independent group contingency within an inclusive classroom setting, utilizing bracelets. Results from all three interventions suggest that using antecedent-based strategies such as the addition of external stimuli, paired with differential reinforcement, is effective in increasing compliance within typically developing preschoolers, and those with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Differential Reinforcement, DRA, FCT
 

Incorporating a 'My Way' System to Increase Compliance in Three Children With Autism

AMANDA M. SUMNEY (Southwest Autism Research), Christine Wentz (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Abstract:

Engaging in restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior is a core symptom associated with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis (DSM-V). This oftentimes results in inflexibility within daily routines, and impacts an individuals ability form meaningful social relationships. Therefore, in the current study, three preschool-age children with ASD received Functional Communication Training (FCT), along with a concurrent schedule of reinforcement to increase flexibility to changes within daily activities and transitions. Participants were initially taught to utilize a visual 2-D card system that allowed them to escape/avoid undesired activities or transitions. The use of a prize board was then embedded to increase motivation to comply within these daily activities or transitions. Results suggest this intervention produced an effective way to replace inappropriate behaviors associated with inflexibility and increase compliance within daily activities or transitions. Interventions that target increased compliance paired with lessening core symptoms of autism are critical in the successful development and maintenance of social relationships with others.

 
Utilizing Differential Reinforcement to Teach Functional Communication of Appropriate Refusals During Transitions
ALYSHA REED (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Amanda M. Sumney (Southwest Autism Research)
Abstract: Variance in research findings suggests that children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD’s) have particular difficulties coordinating a vocal response, eye contact, and related communicative gestures (Carbone, O’Brien, Sweeney-Kerwin & Albert, 2013; Clifford & Dissanayke, 2008; Shumay & Wetherby, 2009). Teaching a child with autism to use functional communication provides the socially significant skills to get their needs and wants met. The current program looked to increase appropriate communicative behaviors in a 3-year-old male when asked to transition from one environment to another. When asked to transition, the client had the choice to appropriately transition and receive reinforcement, or exchange up to three “no thank you” cards. Once all three cards were used, the client was expected to independently transition, or would be prompted. Differential reinforcement was used if the client transitioned with minimal problem behaviors. Results suggest this program increased the client’s functional communication, while simultaneously increasing his ability to appropriately transition from one environment to another.
 
Addressing Classroom-Wide Variations in Child Behavior Through a “Silly Band” Reinforcement System
RACHEL MCINTOSH (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Christine Wentz (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Abstract: While the occurrence of problem behaviors within the context of preschool classroom settings are common, high rates of problem behaviors can result in reduced learning opportunities as instructors allocate more time to managing disruptive behaviors. This study examined the effectiveness of a group-wide reinforcement system in an inclusive classroom of 16 children; 6 with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and 10 children who were typically developing. Children earned, “silly bands” for engaging in specific alternative behaviors that were taught during identified times throughout the day. The children later exchanged their silly bands for a pre-selected prize. Prior to implementing the DRA, frequency of problem behaviors ranged from 3 to 58 with an average of 21.56. Following implementation of the DRA, frequency of problem behaviors ranged from 3 to 31 with an average of 11.5. Results suggest that a DRA was effective at decreasing the overall frequency of problem behaviors across preschool students in the classroom, but further individualized, function-based interventions are warranted for some students in order to address their unique problem behavior(s).
 
 
Invited Paper Session #260
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Creating Recommended Practice Guidelines for Applied Behavior Analytic Service Delivery

Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D., BCBA-D, Licensed Psychologist, is the President of LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting. She previously served as a professor at Claremont MeKenna College, Western Michigan University, and Auburn University, and as the Executive Director of Trumpet Behavioral Health. She has published over 100 articles and book chapters on topics such as behavioral treatment of autism, technology-based behavioral interventions, behavioral gerontology, and system development in human services. Dr. LeBlanc is an Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice and the Literature Review Editor for Education and Treatment of Children. She has previously served as an Associate Editor for The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. She is the 2016 recipient of the American Psychological Association Nathan H. Azrin Award for Distinguished Contribution in Applied Behavior Analysis.
Abstract:

Practice guidelines synthesize the published literature on a particular area of applied practice. Practice guidelines may also include specific recommendations for use of strategies and models to guide clinical decision-making. Agencies that provide applied behavior analytic (ABA) services can use practice guidelines to standardize their clinical services in pursuit of enhanced quality. This presentation presents a model for how to create recommended practice guidelines. The model includes a structured approach to literature synthesis, creation of tools and templates that facilitate implementation of best practices, and incorporation of feedback on utility to the practicing behavior analyst. This presentation focuses on the organizational systems that must be developed in order to develop and implement recommended practice guidelines at large scale. In addition, the presentation will include two examples of published practice guidelines that have been developed using the model. The first example focuses on recommended practices for selecting measures for problem behavior. The second example focuses on recommended practices for individual supervision for aspiring behavior analysts.

Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the steps in the process for creating recommended practice guidelines; (2) identify the conditions that suggest the need for a specific decision-making tool to facilitate implementation of the recommended practices; (3) identify measures of problem behavior based on the topography of the behavior and the situational constraints of the environment.
 
 
Symposium #263
CE Offered: BACB
ABA Revisited: Understanding and Treating Psychopathic, Callous and Unemotional, Depressed and Anxious Behaviors
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Typically, applied behavior analysis has focused on individuals with developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders. Often behavior analysts shy away from addressing areas of psychopathology, such as the adult psychopath, conduct disorders with callous, unemotional traits, depression and anxiety. These diagnoses and their symptoms involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe and measure. However, Friman and others have suggested that behavior analysts should not ignore these important areas because they will then be studied only by non-behaviorists. Unfortunately, non-behaviorists view aberrant behaviors in individuals with psychiatric disorders as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as a reason for these behaviors, proposing more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behaviorists view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective would also include an analysis/understanding of establishing operations in the form of private events, physical sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, and covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement or punishment. The presenters in this symposium will present their analyses of these areas from a behavioral perspective and provide treatment strategies that are based on these analyses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Understanding and Treating Children With Attachment Disorders and/or Conduct Disorders Exhibiting Callous-Unemotional Traits

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Many children who experienced early abuse/neglect, multiple placements and multiple caregivers have experienced significant trauma and are often labeled with attachment disorders or conduct disorders. The impact that this may have on the childs behavior is likely to cause continued problems for the child and those providing care and treatment. Inappropriate behaviors may be related to learning histories and contingencies that are not observable in the immediate environment. Feelings may be establishing operations for the salience of particular reinforcers and punishers. Certain adult and peer behaviors may be discriminative stimuli for particular reinforcers and punishers in childrens learning histories. Negative peer models and nave adults may provide inadvertent reinforcement for inappropriate behaviors such as lying, stealing and cheating. The presenter will discuss the impact that this learning history has the effectiveness of behavioral treatments as well as generalization of treatment effects. Alternate treatment approaches, such as trauma-based therapy, which are more likely to promote change that will generalize to the natural environment, will be presented in a behavioral framework.

 

Psychopathy, Social Learning Theory, and Behavior Analysis: An Examination of the Genesis of Deviant Social Development and the Impact on Criminality

ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (Florida International University)
Abstract:

A disproportionately large number of inmates that have committed brutal crimes, such as homicide, have been reliably shown to demonstrate traits of psychopathy. The genesis of the deviance thought to be linked to such underlying traits of violence may be examined within the framework of Social Learning Theory. Such a framework has deep-rooted behavioral underpinnings, specifically with respect to differential reinforcement. By examining the differences among individuals displaying a demonstrated history of reinforcement to stimuli, such as signs of damage, it may be possible to alter contributing environmental factors, and thus mediate maladaptive developmental trajectories. It is suggested that such an intervention could be informed by targeting the behavioral correlates of callous and unemotional traits, which have been linked to the development of adult psychopathy. The benefits to doing so may aid in the reduction of violent criminal behavior. Research methodology and practical procedures are discussed.

 

Assessing and Treating Anxious and Depressed Behaviors in Adolescents

Katy Scott (East Carolina University), JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

Coping with anxiety and depression is particularly difficult during adolescence. Living in a rural community that is lacking in resources can make these diagnoses even more difficult. Understanding how these behaviors can serve as establishing operations and have functions in the form of direct escape or socially mediated access is helpful in developing interventions that promote more positive behaviors such as treatment adherence, seeking support, and coping effectively. The presenter works with adolescents who are being treated at a school-based health clinic which serves high school students in a rural, impoverished geographic area. The presenter will describe how to conduct a functional assessment and analysis of motivating operations in the treatment of behaviors related to anxiety and depression.

 
 
Symposium #264
CE Offered: BACB
Relating to Others: Computer-Based Applications on Perspective Taking and Ostracism
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Maureen Flynn (Metropolitan State University of Denver)
CE Instructor: Maureen Flynn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Social contingencies are important in shaping a number of repertoires, both positive and problematic. For example, perspective taking skills and how we respond to social exclusion are significant predictors of our ability to respond meaningfully and effectively to a range of challenges. Recent work on this topic has emphasized that our repertoire for relating to others is interdependent with how we relate to ourselves. The current symposium will review data from two studies exploring social contingencies and behavior. The first paper will compare the impact of three writing activities (self-esteem, self-compassion, and self-expression) on response to ostracism. The first paper will review the development of a standardized, behavioral assessment of deictic relational responding (the relational repertoire thought to underlie perspective taking) for the Deaf. Clinical implications of both studies for assessment and treatment will be discussed along with a general discussion on audience-selected topics.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ostracism, perspective taking, self-compassion
 
Deictic Relational Responding and Perspective Taking in the Deaf
REBECCA COPELL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Perspective taking is an understanding another’s private experiences (e.g., perceptions, thoughts, feelings, and memories) as distinct from one’s own. This ability is studied predominantly as a developmental phenomenon called theory of mind (TOM) and has been assessed primarily in terms of predicting false beliefs, social behavior, or emotional reactions in different situations. Previous data examining perspective taking skills in the deaf are mixed, with some studies showing typical development and others reporting marked deficits. This inconsistency may be able to be contributed to differences in culture or language confounded with perspective taking skills in assessments developed for English-speaking hearing individuals. Relational Frame Theory offer a behavioral conceptualization of perspective taking that is based in deictic relational responding – relational responses that involve discrimination of a particular perspective (i.e., here vs. there, or now vs. then). The Deictic Relational Task was created to assess perspective taking in terms of deictic relational responding. This paper will review the literature on the conceptualization and assessment of perspective taking in Deaf individuals, describe the adaptation of the Deictic Relational Task for use with Deaf individuals, and review pilot data on their performance.
 
The Comparative Utility of a Self-Compassion and Self-Esteem Intervention for Experiences of Ostracism
RUSSELL ANDERSON (University of Denver), Trisha Raque-Bogdan (University of Denver)
Abstract: Ostracism is a ubiquitous social phenomenon that has debilitating consequences, such as heightened aggression, decreased self-regulation, and suppressed immune and cardiovascular functioning. Research suggests that, compared to behaviors that bolster self-esteem, self-compassion behaviors better attenuate the negative effects of ostracism, and the current study tests the tenability of this relationship in the context of a direct ostracism event. Participants will divided into three groups, and all groups will be exposed to a standardized ostracism experience through a computerized exclusion manipulation (i.e., Cyberball). Subsequently, participants will be exposed to either a brief self-compassion writing intervention, a self-esteem writing intervention, or an emotional expression writing control. Mood, distress level, aggression, and shame will be measured before and after the exclusion event and respective interventions. The negative effects of the exclusion manipulation will be examined for replication, and the degree of change in these factors will be examined for divergence between conditions. Clinical implications will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #265
CE Offered: BACB
Try Try Again? An Evaluation of Error-Correction Procedures for Individuals With Delayed Learning Profiles
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University)
CE Instructor: Eli T. Newcomb, M.Ed.
Abstract:

While many behavior analysts and educators identify error-correction as an important instructional component, there is insufficient evidence and agreement among professionals in respect to which procedures to use, for what types skills and training, and for what type of learner. Thus, these research efforts sought to isolate key contextual variables in making such determinations. Investigators examined response topography, participant level of verbal behavior, as well as participant preference for one variation of the error-correction rather than another. Each study included school-age student participants with developmental disabilities and was conducted within the provision of specialized education services. Procedures were based on work conducted by Kodak et al. (2016), McGhan and Lerman (2013), and Hanley et al. (1997). Results suggest that response topography, verbal behavior repertoires, and preference for differing preparations of the corrective feedback may have implications on which procedures to use and when. Results are also discussed in terms of verbal capabilities of the learner as well as the established history of reinforcement and punishment with each error-correction procedure.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): error-correction, preference assessment, verbal behavior
 
A Comparative Analysis of Correction Procedures on Correct Responding Across Multiple Academic Skill Programs
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: Variations of corrective feedback procedures are integral parts of many behavioral and specialized educational programs. Discrete trial instruction, direct instruction and computer-aided instruction typically all incorporate some type of correction procedure as part of their instructional design. Although numerous studies have been conducted regarding comparative effectiveness of different correction procedures most of the results have indicated inconclusive findings regarding a single best type of correction procedure. We posit that one of the variables which has not been isolated in the previous research may be specific to the type of program the procedure is applied. Is it possible that selecting error correction procedures should be mitigated by the type of response emitted by the participant. For example speaker vs. listener or selection vs. production. We also attempted to identify effective correction procedures and the possible correlations with the level of verbal behavior of the participants and the types of programs the procedures are used with. In this study we used an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of 4 different correction procedures across 3 different types of programs. Results are discussed in terms of the correlations with specific procedures and the cusps and capabilities identified for each participant.
 
Student Preference for Corrective Feedback and Further Effects on Acquisition Rates
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Jennifer Graboyes Camblin (The Faison Center), Elizabeth Newcomb (The Faison Center), Ting Chen (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Whereas a number of studies have examined the impact of stimulus preference assessments and differential effects of error-correction procedures on learner acquisition rates, limited work has been done to synthesize these two areas of study. Thus, this study examined the combined effects of assessed preference for topographically dissimilar error-correction procedures on student acquisition rates in verbal behavior training programs. Four school-age students with developmental disabilities participated in the study, ages 8 through 14. To assess preferences for three distinct error-correction procedures the investigators utilized a modified version of what Hanley and colleagues (1997) devised to evaluate client preference for function-based treatment of problem behavior. After preference for error-correction was assessed, participants were exposed to instructional training conditions under which each error-correction was evaluated for both effectiveness and correspondence with the procedure identified as preferred during the assessment phase. Preliminary results suggest that procedures were effective in respect to assessing preference for differing types of error-correction; and further, that preferred procedures are associated with faster rates of acquisition in some cases. Results are also discussed in terms of the established history of reinforcement and punishment with each error-correction procedure.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #266
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Introductory Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Andrew W. Gardner, Ph.D.
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (University of Arizona)
Presenting Authors: : SEAN D. CASEY (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract:

Many children diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disabilities are also diagnosed with comorbid pediatric feeding disorders. Assessment and treatment approaches using an applied behavior analytic model have been associated with successful outcomes for children who display total food refusal and food selectivity. Nevertheless, ABA approaches are often under-utilized by most front-line clinicians and interventionists. More concerning, however, is that most behavior analysts receive little pre-service training in this area and yet are often called on to address feeding concerns. In this tutorial, this issue will be addressed by covering the following four areas: 1) providing a basic ABA framework to assessment and treatment, 2) identify a scope and sequence for treatment, 3) promoting appropriate, measurable goals to establish success or failure of treatment efforts, and 4) when to refer children to programs that have more time, more resources, or simply have more expertise to address a specific childs feeding concern. Implications for the use of ABA approaches in assessment and treatment in feeding problems in young children will also be discussed to help advance an appropriate scope of practice that is ethically acceptable for the typically practicing BCBA who has little to no formal pre-service training in the area of feeding disorders.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Pending.
 
SEAN D. CASEY (The Iowa Department of Education)
Dr. Casey is currently a consultant for challenging behaviors for the Iowa Department of Education and the clinical director for in-home feeding disorders at the Heartland Pediatric Feeding Disorder Program. He has published in such journals as The European Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Disorders, Journal of Behavioral Education, and Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis. His research interests include concurrent operants assessments, feeding disorders assessments and treatments, functional assessment of severe problem behaviors, negative reinforcement, and reinforcer assessment.
Keyword(s): assessment, feeding disorder, pediatric, treatment
 
 
Symposium #269
CE Offered: BACB
Getting the Job Done: Evaluating Methodologies for Improving Staff Performance Across Different Settings
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, M.S.
Abstract:

Researchers within the area of staff training continue to expand upon current empirically based training procedures in order to promote the adherence to best practices by staff members working with individuals with disabilities. Improper staff training procedures can lead to unproductive and even harmful behaviors by staff to clients. The purpose of this symposium will be to introduce various methodologies used to increase performance amongst individuals within service settings. Specifically, these presentations will discuss ways to train praise delivery in teachers using behavioral skills training, accurate hierarchical prompting in paraprofessionals using equivalence training, and the efficacy of utilizing a modified performance diagnostic checklist to determine appropriate interventions to improve the performance of direct care staff members within a residential setting. Each paper presents different, effective models for implementing behavior change procedures with different professionals. The presentation also provides implications for socially significant changes within the professional environment due to these efficient methods for improving the performance of staff members.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Equivalence, PDC-HS, Staff training, Teacher praise
 

Using Behavior Skills Training to Increase Teacher Praise in a Classroom Setting

Ericka Mullinix (Arizona State University), Katelin Hobson (Arizona State University), CHARLOTTE KATHEDER (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

As a board certified behavior analyst (BCBA), it is crucial to abide by the ethical codes in place. One of the ethical codes is to disseminate information about applied behavior analysis (ABA), whether it be presenting at conferences or attending educational meetings BCBAs continue to educate the public about the power of the science. To that end, the current study seeks to investigate the ways in which current behavior analysts may disseminate best practices for/to teachers of individuals with autism and related developmental disabilities. One of the more prominent ways in which behavior-analytic best practices are promoted is via Behavior Skills Training (BST). Behavior skills training involves providing information about a target skill, modeling and role-play of that targeted skill, and feedback about ones performance with respect to that skill. BST has been used in the facilitation of skills such as learning how to conduct functional analyses, staff implementation of DTT skills, and intervention plan implementation. The purpose of the proposed study is to assess the degree to which BST may increase the rate at which classroom teachers provide praise to students behaviors deemed appropriate.

 
Using Stimulus Equivalence to Train Paraprofessionals the Appropriate Least-to-Most Prompting Hierarchy
ERIN KASSON (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Tracy Crystal Lemler (Saint Louis University), Sadie L. Lovett (Central Washington University)
Abstract: Traditional forms of staff training (e.g., lecture, video modeling, pyramidal training, and behavior skills training) can be ineffective, costly, and time consuming. The current study evaluated the use of stimulus equivalence to economically train paraprofessionals the appropriate least to most prompting hierarchy. Researchers established baseline skill levels of implementation through an initial observation, as well as pre-training percentage of correct responding on a hierarchy task and multiple-choice test. Participants then completed conditional discrimination training to establish four 5-member equivalence classes. All five participants established the trained equivalence classes as demonstrated through increased correct responding on hierarchical and multiple-choice tests. All participants engaged in higher rates of correct prompting after training, although incorrect prompting was still observed. All participants maintained levels of correct prompts at a one-week follow-up observation, while only two of five participants maintained levels of correct prompting following a one-month follow-up observation. The results of this study demonstrate the efficacy of stimulus equivalence to train the least to most prompting hierarchy, but highlight the need for maintenance evaluations as results may not maintain over a delay greater than one month.
 

Incorporating the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services Into a Performance Management System to Enhance Data Collection Procedures

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) is an assessment device used to determine deficits in performance. The PDC-Human Services (PDC-HS) has been adapted for use in determining staff performance problems in human services settings. The current study employed the PDC-HS to evaluate performance deficiencies in staff members with respect to their data collection behavior. The staff worked in a residential setting for adults with developmental disabilities. The PDC-HS was used to determine specific performance challenges across 3 residential settings. A multiple baseline design across residences was used to determine the efficacy of the PDS-HS to identify performance discrepancies and assist in developing an intervention to address these deficits. Specific antecedent based interventions were identified through the assessment. The results showed that the PDCHS was able to generate specific intervention strategies that led to increases in staff performance across all of the environments that were measured. Implications for future applications will be discussed in light of these findings.

 
 
Panel #270
CE Offered: BACB
Let's Start a Business! Fulfilling Skinner's Vision Through Entrepreneurship
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Granite
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D.
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
AMY D. WIECH (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii)
SARAH KUPFERSCHMIDT (Sarah K Consulting)
ANGELA CATHEY (Enso Contextual Behavioral Innovations)
Abstract:

Skinner envisioned a technology of behavior applicable to all all the world's problems. 80 years after the publication of Behavior of Organisms, it is safe to say that we have not fulfilled his vision. If the field is to grow and diversify, behavior analysts need diverse job opportunities that can only come about through entrepreneurship. By interacting with real people offering solutions to real problems, behavior analytic jobs can expand, and create demand for new academic programs and certification, similar to the autism field. Within this context, we discuss the process of starting a behavior analytic business from three diverse entrepreneurs, and discuss challenges they face on a daily basis. Particular emphasis will be placed on making the transition from an employee to being your own boss.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): business, entrepreneurship, obm
 
 
Symposium #272
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Projects from the Frontline: Training Transitional Skills Across the Lifespan for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Austin Seabert (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Peck, M.A.
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities (DD)often experience an increased need for instruction on transitional skills across their overall lifespan (The North Carolina Institute of Medicine, 2009). These skills often include independence in activities of daily living (ADLs), vocational skills, and complex social skills. The acquisition of these skills often leads to an increased quality of life, but due to the individualization required for training these types of skills, they can often be difficult to address. As such, this symposium will address issues in training three significant life skills. The first presentation will discuss a systematic replication of toilet training as conducted by LeBlanc et al. (2005). Recommendations for practice, and common oversights in the toilet training literature will be examined. The second presentation will address training vocational and job-related social skills. Considerations for training, and suggestions for future research will be highlighted. The final presentation will tackle issues related to sexuality. Methods for training healthy and safe sexual behaviors for individuals with DD will be discussed. Each author will emphasize overall implications of training these skills throughout development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Developmental Disabilities, Sexuality, Social Skills, Transition Skills
 

Toilet Training Children With Developmental Disabilities: Procedural Changes and Generalization of Bowel Movements

(Applied Research)
Rebecca Kolb (Western Michigan University), REBECCA RENEE WISKIRCHEN (Western Michigan University), Denice Rios (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The importance of independent toileting skills cannot be overstated due to the vast benefits for clients and all those involved in their care. Improvements in quality of life include increased sanitation and comfort, substantial monetary gain, and greater access to various services and settings. Toilet training usually involves a sit schedule, increased fluids, reinforcement, urine alarms, positive practice, and functional communication training. While many studies have utilized a combination of these procedures, methods of implementation have varied. Furthermore, few studies have reported generalization to bowel movements. The current study examined the effects of a toilet training procedure (LeBlanc et al. 2005) on five developmentally-disabled children, using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. Moreover, the current study also examined the potential for generalization effects to bowel movements, which is rarely addressed in the literature. Results will be presented as well as a discussion on data based procedural changes and solutions to practical barriers.

 

Sexuality and Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: Not Just a Synonym for Abstinence

(Service Delivery)
KIMBERLY PECK (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

A commonly-faced, but sometimes disregarded and understudied issue for individuals with developmental disabilities is sexuality (Realmuto & Ruble, 1999). As such, adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities often mistake or ignore social cues in their environment, inhibiting their ability to appropriately navigate sexual interactions. These deficits in healthy sexual habits can lead to abuse, criminal consequences, and decreased quality of life (Swango-Wilson, 2010). A better understanding of sexuality will help individuals to increase confidence, independence, and optimize the quality of their sexual/social interactions. Thus, behavior analysts practicing in a variety of environments, should be vigilant to the most effective, empirically-validated, and contextually-relevant approaches to teaching individuals about their own sexuality in relation to the world around them. The current presentation will discuss practical considerations for comprehensive sex education, training healthy sexual habits, and pursuing sexual relationships. Further, this talk will highlight resources and recommendations for training, successful strategies, and areas for future research.

 

Now Hiring: Practical Tips for Obtaining and Maintaining Paid Employment for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

(Service Delivery)
KAYLA JENSSEN (Western Michigan University), Kimberly Peck (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Despite a growing emphasis in autism-related services, a greater focus is needed on job-related skills training. Individuals with disabilities often struggle with social and other job-related skills, which may impact their marketability when applying for employment positions (Tomblin & Haring, 2000). Therefore, community-based transition programs and employment preparation need to be emphasized (Allen et al., 2010). In collaboration with a local intermediate school district, a Midwestern university developed the PROMOTES (Providing Realistic Opportunities to Mentor On-site Training for Employment Skills) Employment Project to support individuals with developmental disabilities, ages 16 and older, who are seeking or have obtained paid employment. Following year one of the PROMOTES Employment Project, the authors have identified a number of practical “do’s and don’ts” for clinicians seeking to prepare individuals with developmental disabilities for employment. Successful strategies and interventions identified during year one of PROMOTES will be examined in relation to the existing literature-base for employment-related skills training and instruction for individuals with developmental disabilities. Recommendations for job-related social skills and vocational training, implications for practice, and suggested research topics for job-related skills training will also be discussed for young adults with autism and developmental disabilities.

 
 
Symposium #273
CE Offered: BACB
The Registered Behavior Technician™ (RBT®) Credential: Training Outcomes and Concerns
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation)
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 2014, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) initiated a program for providing the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) credential. Since its inception, there are now thousands of individuals with the RBT credential. There are many variables contributing to the rapid adaptation of this minimal standard for the training of paraprofessionals and direct care staff. As a result, empirical studies evaluating the most efficient and effective training methods that lead to generalization and long term maintenance are warranted. This symposium includes two studies that evaluate the effects of various training methods as it relates to the RBT credential. In addition to establishing effective training practices, some have documented concerns with respect to the RBT credential as a whole. The third paper in this symposium outlines these concerns and potential remedies. Taken together, the papers presented here provide an empirical and conceptual evaluation of the newly introduced standards within the field of ASD intervention.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, certification, RBT, staff training
 

A Comparison of Highly-Structured Versus Self-Paced Training Protocols: Increasing Training Efficiency for Behavior Technicians

(Applied Research)
LAUREN LESA LANIER (CARE, LLC; Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (Endicott College), Janet A. Schaefer (CARE, LLC)
Abstract:

While training modalities continue to be a concern, access to training resources for direct service providers and program supervisors are more readily available today. A multitude of both formal and informal training programs in applied behavior analysis (ABA) can be accessed via didactic, hands-on, remote and hybrid formats for direct service personnel. Additionally, the supervisory role has been improved with the application of formal certification through university programs. Among the available certifications, the most widely known and utilized is available through the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The BACB was established in 1998 to meet professional credentialing needs identified by behavior analysts, governments, and consumers of behavior analysis services (BACB, n.d.). This board oversees formal certification on four levels; doctoral, master's, bachelor's, and paraprofessional. The purpose of this study is to compare a highly supervised, structured training protocol utilizing detailed feedback from a certified professional, peer discussion, and a specified timeline to the current self-paced model utilized within a remote training agency in order to facilitate more efficient training of Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) candidates. More efficient completion of training protocols required for the RBT certification will ensure patients seeking ABA services are able to access those services more quickly due to the increased volume and availability of trained staff. This fits within the clients right to effective treatment and current research, which shows individuals progress more adequately when ABA programs are started as soon as possible.

 

An Evaluation of Generalizability and Maintenance Outcomes for Competency-Based Training Provided In-Vivo Versus Role Play

(Applied Research)
SOLANDY FORTE (Endicott College; CCSN: Center for Independence), Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College), Mark J. Palmieri (CCSN: Center for Independence), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

It is often necessary for the behavior analyst practitioner to work across a variety of settings including home, school, and community, in which it is common practice for behavior analysts to provide training to caregivers and direct staff who may have limited knowledge and experience within the field of applied behavior analysis. A review of the competency-based training literature supports this staff training approach as meeting the generally accepted standards to be considered an evidence-based practice. In 2013, the Behavior Analysis Certification Board initiated an effort to establish minimal standards for the training of paraprofessionals and direct care staff in the delivery of educational and treatment services based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. This new standard and certification is known as a Registered Behavior Technician (RBT). The purpose of this study was to evaluate if there is a difference between the generalizability and long-term maintenance of newly acquired skills, to novel opportunities for implementation, for trainees whose competencies were conducted in-vivo with clients versus through role play. The study was designed to evaluate the initial training outcomes as well as the generalizability and maintenance of such a competency-based training model.

 
Concerns About the Registered Behavior Technician™ in Relation to Effective Autism Intervention
(Service Delivery)
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: In 2014, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB®) initiated a program for credentialing behavior technicians. The new credential, Registered Behavior Technician™ (RBT®), is for providers of behavioral intervention to a wide range of individuals with mental health needs and developmental delays, including individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The RBT® would represent the entry-level position within the range of the BACB® credentials. Despite the increasing acceptance of this newest level of credential from the behavioral community, the authors of this paper have substantial concerns with the RBT® credential as it relates to the delivery of intervention to individuals diagnosed with ASD. This paper presentation will detail these concerns and propose remedies that would ensure that individuals diagnosed with ASD receive effective behavioral intervention.
 
 
Symposium #274
CE Offered: BACB
Administering Assessments for Comprehensive Behavior Analytic Therapy Programs: Analyzing Practitioner Skills and Reliability
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kira Austin (Whitworth University)
Discussant: Kira Austin (Whitworth University)
CE Instructor: Kira Austin, Ph.D.
Abstract: The use of criterion-based assessments to establish baseline skills for developing comprehensive ABA programming is a well established practice. However, with the increase in insurance coverage for ABA services there has also been increasing pressure to standardize intake and assessment processes for clients. There has been consistent use of two specific assessments in the field: the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised (ABLLS-R) and the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). Despite the widespread use of these assessments there is little published research documenting the reliability and validity of these measures. The individualized treatment plans created for clients relies heavily upon the information gathered during the assessment process. Assessment protocols often leave room for variability in implementation and interpretation. The quality of the assessment and the fidelity of the assessment process are vital to creating effective interventions. This session will take an in-depth look at how to ensure reliability of assessment procedures across practitioners. Participants will also be provided with recommendations for assessment use, practical strategies for enhancing consistency amongst assessors, and sample fidelity checklists.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment practices, BST, reliability
 

Training Practitioners to Implement the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program Through Behavior Skills Training

JESSE LASARTE (Whitworth University), Dana J. Stevens (Northwest Autism Center)
Abstract:

The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) is a criterion-referenced language assessment that is designed for children with autism and other individuals who demonstrate language delays. Previous research has indicated that a behavior skills training (BST) intervention can increase the performance of assessors in implementing the milestones portion of the VB-MAPP (Barnes, Mellor, & Rehfeldt, 2014). However, the research has been very limited in the amount of consistency across assessors with implementation of VB-MAPP assessment protocol. The current study builds on the previous research procedures of Barnes, Mellor, & Rehfeldt (2014) through replication of the BST with a modified checklist to increase correct implementation of the milestones assessment. A small group of professionals who provide Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy to children with neurodevelopmental disabilities took part in the study. Participants received BST, which consisted of instruction, modeling, rehearsal and feedback, and remedial teaching to implement the VB-MAPP. A multiple baseline across subjects research design was used to evaluate the effects of BST training on correct implementation of the milestones assessment.

 
Assessment Practices Used in Comprehensive Early Intervention Treatment Programs: What are We Really Doing in the Field?
JESSICA THOMAS (Whitworth University; Mead School District), Kira Austin (Whitworth University)
Abstract: Comprehensive early intervention treatment programs have proven to be an effective practice to support children with autism spectrum disorder (source). These programs are capable of increasing skills in academic, social, adaptive, and vocational domains. The individualized treatment plan created for the clients in these programs relies heavily upon the information gathered during the assessment process. The success of the program and student achievement can depend on the quality of the assessment selected. Behavior analysts can conduct assessments and interpret client’s skills differently, which could potentially affect the outcome of the client’s programming and goals. Local behavior analysts were interviewed and observed concerning their client intake and assessment practices. The purpose of this session will be to share common assessment practices used currently in the field, identify strategies to increase fidelity across practitioners, and provide recommendations for improving assessment and intake processes.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #275
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Why Behavioral Scientists Can and Should Be Involved in Federally Funded Research

Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Donald A. Hantula, Ph.D.
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
Donald Hantula (Ph.D., University of Notre Dame) is Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of the Decision Laboratory at Temple University, Associate Editor of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and Editor of The Behavior Analyst. His research includes behavior analysis, behavioral economics, human decision making in dynamic environments and technological applications. He has previously held positions as Visiting Scientist and Program Director for Decision, Risk, and Management Sciences at the National Science Foundation, in Occupational Health Promotion (Johns Hopkins Med School), Human Resource Management (King's College) and Management Information Systems (St. Joseph's University) and visiting scholar at University of Nevada - Reno. His research has appeared in American Psychologist, IEEE Transactions, JABA, JOBM, JAP, OB&HDP and his most recent book is Consumer Behavior Analysis: (A)Rational Approach to Consumer Choice (with Victoria Wells).
Abstract:

Behavioral scientists have much to offer, and much to gain from being involved in federal research funding. The National Science Foundation funds basic and applied research in many areas of interest to behavior analysts. In general, funded research advances theory and has substantial broader impacts beyond the results of the research itself. This presentation reviews the proposal and review process including the criteria of intellectual merit and broader impact, highlights opportunities in Decision, Risk & Management Sciences, and describes three funding mechanisms that may be of special interest: dissertation improvement grants for doctoral students; CAREER grants for early-career behavioral scientists; and research in undergraduate institutions (RUI) grants for faculty at undergraduate colleges and universities.The presentation finishes with suggestions for raising the profile of Behavior Analytic Science in this realm.

Target Audience:

Applied and basic researchers interested in securing NSF funding.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain and describe the federal funding process at NSF; (2) identify multiple funding opportunities and mechanisms for behavior analysis research; (3) describe how to promote the science of behavior analysis to federal funding agencies.
 
 
Symposium #276
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Current Instructional Technologies to Teach Emergent Language: Adjectives and Verbs
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anusha Subramanyam (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Anusha Subramanyam, Ph.D.
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) provide frameworks with which to teach and measure language acquisition. This symposium includes two studies that sought to extend existing research on emergent behavior by expanding the methodology typically used and the scope of language taught. The first study compared the effects of different learning channels on the acquisition of intraverbal hierarchical relations involving object-attribute relations. The second study compared the effects of multiple-exemplar picture and video formats to teach actions as generalized equivalence classes. Both studies incorporated fluency-based training to promote emergent behavior. These studies serve as preliminary investigations into under-researched areas of language. The methodologies combined best practices from relational response training, instructional design, and Precision Teaching. Presenters will discuss areas of further research to promote the continued expansion of instructional technologies targeting emergent stimulus relations.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Emergent Relations, Fluency, Language Acquisition
 

Comparing the Effects of Different Combinations of Learning Channels on the Acquisition of Hierarchical Relational Responding of Children With Autism

AARTI HARESH THAKORE (Central Texas Autism Center), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott Herbst (SixFlex Training)
Abstract:

Hierarchical relational training can be used to establish tact and intraverbal responses based on function-feature-class to children with language delays. The purpose of the study was to compare the effects of different combinations of learning stream (HearSeeSay, HearSeeTasteSay, HearSeeSniffSay, and HearSeeTouchSay) on the acquisition of object-attribute hierarchical relations, on the emergence of untrained attribute-object hierarchical relations, and the acquisition and emergence of sameness and opposition relations between objects. Lastly, this study also included a fluency-based practice component for participants who did not meet criterion during the initial training. Participants in the study were children diagnosed with autism ranging between 4 and 12-years-old. Overall results showed that all six participants required a greater number of trials to meet criterion in the HearSeeSay condition as compared to the HearSeeTouchTaste/SniffSay condition. In addition, all participants required the greatest number of fluency practice timings in the HearSeeSay condition to meet aim. All participants showed the emergence of untrained relations, but most required fluency practice timings during Set 1 in order to pass those relational testing trials. However, on stimulus Set 2, five of six participants showed the emergence of at least some derived relations without requiring fluency practice timings.

 
A Further Analysis of Teaching Generalized Action Verb-Referent Relations: Applying Instructional Design to Equivalence-Based Instruction
ANUSHA SUBRAMANYAM (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), Scott Herbst (SixFlex Training)
Abstract: This experiment tested the effectiveness of an equivalence-based instructional procedure on verb acquisition among five typically developing, low-performing first grade students. Additionally, the researcher compared the possibly differential effects of picture and video formats to teach actions as concepts. The researcher custom-designed a computerized, multiple exemplar plus fluency-based match-to-sample training procedure to directly train 96 total relations across 24 potential generalized equivalence classes (i.e., 24 verbs). After training, students completed post-tests for 408 potential untaught relations per verb. The independent variables in this study were the (1) instructional procedure implemented and (2) instructional visual depiction formats—photo and video. A multiple treatments, multi-probe experimental design was conducted. The researcher measured (1) accuracy, (2) rate of response, (3) number of criterion-level performances, (4) number of derived and generalized relations, and (5) number of stimulus classes formed across three dependent variables: emergent relations tests, generalized emergence tests, and retention tests. The results showed that (1) the procedure implemented was overall effective in facilitating verb acquisition across some but not all measures tested, (2) video format was as, if not more, effective compared to picture format, and (3) which format promotes better acquisition may depend on the unique learning history of the individual.
 
 
Symposium #277
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Skill Acquisition Interventions for Children With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Laura L. Grow, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The presenters of the symposium will discuss recent advances in skill acquisition interventions for children diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities. The purpose of the first study was to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of three different antecedent stimuli presentations for teaching listener behavior (i.e., auditory-visual conditional discriminations). The purpose of the second study was to evaluate the efficiency of acquisition when the targets were taught in sets of three, four, six, and twelve. The purpose of the third study was to evaluate the acquisition of new skills when attending on the part of the child was and was not required during discrete trial training. The fourth study compared two different naturalistic language interventions (i.e., responsive-only intervention and a combined intervention) for increasing spontaneous and prompted communication. The results of the four studies will be discussed in terms of clinical implications and future research directions. The three studies highlight the importance of conducting comparisons of methodological variations for skill acquisition interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): early intervention, language, skill acquisition, verbal behavior
 

An Evaluation of Stimulus Presentation Arrangements on Children's Acquisition of Listener Behavior

MARIA TURNER (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno), Kaitlyn Edmonds (ABLE Developmental Clinic, Inc.)
Abstract:

Clinicians teach listener behavior within the context early intervention programs for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Effective, evidence-based procedures are necessary to establish skills that children with ASD do not readily acquire through interactions with their caregivers and peers. The present study is a replication and extension of Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016) that compared the effectiveness and efficiency of three different antecedent stimuli presentations for teaching listener behavior using an adapted alternating treatments design. Participants were three children diagnosed with ASD, between the ages of 4- and 6-years old. The most efficient presentation varied across participants, and the results obtained with one efficiency measure did not always match the results obtained with other efficiency measures. Study results will be discussed and implications for clinical practice for the instruction of listener behavior will be addressed.

 
Comparison of Stimulus Set Size on the Efficiency of Skill Acquisition
BRITTANY LEBLANC (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Terra Cliett (University of North Texas), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Dayna Costello (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Ella M Gorgan (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Gabriella Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Abstract: Trial-based instruction is commonly used to teach targeted skills to children with autism spectrum disorder. The literature supports the efficacy of various teaching procedures; however, the stimulus set size often varies (e.g., Jameson, 2007). The purpose of the current study was to compare the efficiency of varying stimulus set size on skill acquisition when teaching a terminal goal of 12 target stimuli. More specifically, we assessed how stimulus set size effects acquisition of 12 stimuli when those targets were taught in sets of three, four, six, and twelve stimuli. Results showed that although, the number of sessions to mastery were similar across all conditions, the number of exposures to mastery decreased as the number of stimuli in the training set increased for both participants. Furthermore, the target set size of 6 stimuli required the shortest session duration to mastery for both participants. The importance of empirical evaluations to compare instructional components will be discussed.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Attending on the Academic Performance of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KATE E. FISKE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Daniela Silva (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Requiring eye contact from students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) before instruction is widely asserted as highly important by researchers (Greer & Ross; 2008; Lovaas, 1977). However, no research to date has evaluated the effects of this component of instruction on skill acquisition. The aim of this current study was to evaluate the effects that requiring student attending has on the skill acquisition of students with ASD. Utilizing an adapted alternating treatments design, this study compared the skill acquisition of three children diagnosed with ASD during discrete-trial instruction (DTI). Requiring eye contact was manipulated as a treatment integrity error during DTI in high-integrity, low-integrity, and control conditions. Results indicate that the low-integrity condition resulted in slower skill acquisition when compared to the high-integrity condition for both students. The findings of this current study extend the literature by providing empirical evidence for the importance of establishing attending prior to providing instruction in DTI. Implications for the impact of attending on skill acquisition will be discussed.

 
An Evaluation of a Continuum of Adult-Mediated Naturalistic Language Interventions
BRITTANY DEGNER (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Naturalistic interventions are well-established interventions designed to increase language in children with autism. Previous research suggests that specific naturalistic interventions produce differential outcomes for individuals dependent upon child characteristics. We first conducted an assessment of prerequisite skills that focused on sensitivity to social attention, language skills, and imitation skills with four children diagnosed with autism. Next, we used a reversal design to evaluate two language interventions that represent a continuum of adult-mediation: responsive-only intervention (CRI) and a combined intervention (CI). Both language interventions were designed to elicit child communication through adult modeling and expansions of child initiations; however, interventionists in the combined intervention also provided prompts for child non-target-level requests. The combined intervention procedure was most effective in increasing participants’ total language, and the greatest gain was found for target-level requests. Neither intervention consistently increased participant’s comments. Findings suggest that a contingency to use target-level language in order to obtain preferred items was necessary to increase language complexity, at least over a brief period of time, such as in the current evaluation. Implications for generalization of language gains are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #279
CE Offered: BACB
Moving Towards a Utopian World: Implicit Racial Biases, Mental Health Stigma and Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Akeena Edwards (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Nadia Bethley (University of Missouri)
CE Instructor: Chad Drake, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Addressing issues on stigma against races and mental health clients in the country is of paramount importance in the present climate, and behavior analysts are rising up to meet this challenge. The field of behavior analysis as a whole must organize the behavior of its members in such a way so as to influence peoples behavior to create a more peaceful world. The aim of this symposium is to discuss behavior analytic ways of measuring and influencing cognitive biases against mental health stigma and racial equality. The symposium includes diverse presentations, including behavior analytic assessments of biases against racial minorities and people assigned a mental illness diagnosis, risky sexual behaviors and discrimination against dating/sexual partners on the basis of their race, and finally, an evaluation of two treatment conditions at reducing behavior governed by negative racial bias rules. Results suggest that cognitive biases against racial minorities are common and influence daily behavior, including behavior in dating and sexual spheres of life. Strategies aimed at reducing biased behavior, both in the contexts of racism and mental illness stigma will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): intervention, racial bias, relational frame, stigma
 

True/Good/Bad/False: Manipulating Response Options With a Racial Evaluations IRAP

(Applied Research)
CHAD DRAKE (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Lisa Logterman (Southern Illiniois University), Andrea Davidson (Southern Illinois University Cardondale), Ryan Kimball (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) has emerged as a viable behavior analytic alternative to mainstream methods of assessing cognitive biases. To date the IRAP has been used to assess derived relational responding with a variety of content domains, including for a broad range of social cognition topics. These IRAP studies often reveal more specific and nuanced social perceptions than is accessible with mainstream measures such as the Implicit Association Test. Nevertheless, a number of procedural variables have yet to be explored for their potential impact on response patterns, including the possible influence of the response options. The current study compared two types of response options with respect to racial evaluations. Both IRAPs contained trial-types combining black and white social categories with positive and negative evaluations, with response options differing between two conditions; one involved selections of either true or false, while the other represented a sentence-completion strategy, involving the selection of good or bad. The sample was composed of undergraduate volunteers. Preliminary analyses suggest marked differences among specific stimulus combinations of the IRAP. These data strongly suggest that the stimulus functions inherent to response options generate a significant source of variability on IRAP data.

 

Symptoms vs. Diagnoses: Comparing Stigmatizing Attitudes Toward Psychopathology With Explicit and Implicit Measures

(Applied Research)
JORDEN THOMAS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Isaiah Thompson (Southern Illinois University), Tia M Richardson (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

People struggling with symptoms that merit a psychopathology diagnosis also may be confronted with derogatory social perceptions about their condition. Stigmatizing attitudes toward mental illness have been revealed with both explicit and implicit instruments, including in respect to behavioral outcomes such as social distance. The current study utilized a task known as the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), a measure derived from behavior analytic foundations, which can assess implicit cognitive biases. Unlike much of the literature on mental illness stigma, this study sought to compare implicit and explicit attitudes across three different diagnostic categories: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, and Schizophrenia. A collection of undergraduate students was randomly assigned to one of three conditions and read two vignettes of characters exhibiting symptoms of the same disorder, with a diagnosis being applied to only one of them. Subsequently participants completed a package of relevant self-reports and an IRAP. Clear differences were revealed between conditions for self-reports but not for the IRAP, although the IRAP did reveal noteworthy biases. The current data suggest that a number of procedural and methodological variables may be examined in future studies with the IRAP.

 

Please be White: Verbal Reports of Racial Preferences and Risky Sexual Behaviors

(Applied Research)
ADAM LOUIS LOUIS PAUL (University of Mississippi), Yash Bhambhani (University of Mississippi), Maureen Flynn (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Racial issues are currently at the forefront of issues facing the country as a whole. Increasingly, racial disparities have penetrated systems, institutions, social lives, friendships and even dating/sexual spheres. People of color, especially Men of Color who have Sex with Men have almost a twice as high risk of contracting HIV than White Men who have Sex with Men. This study measured both White and Men of Color who have Sex with Mens verbal reports of racial preferences for dating/sexual partners. We also collected a heterosexual sample for comparison of results between groups. College undergraduates and a community sample of Men who have Sex with Men were recruited. Participants provided verbal reports of their preferences, inter-racial contact, and risky sexual behaviors. Results point to strong racial preferences in searching for romantic/sexual partners that are related to global racial repertoires. Both Whites and people of color displayed a preference for White dating/sexual partners. Impact of these verbal preferences on risky sexual behaviors will be discussed. Implications and strategies for reducing risky sexual behaviors in the vulnerable Men who have Sex with Men population will also be discussed.

 

Reducing Freshmen's Implicit Racism: Challenge and Change, or Accept and Act in Line With Values?

(Applied Research)
YASH BHAMBHANI (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Implicit biases or negative implicit learning histories about different races/ethnicities are common and permeate our society like smog. These negative verbal descriptions of contingencies about interactions with different races, rather than explicit racism, are at the heart of countless social problems in the world today, including police shooting and mass incarceration of Black men. This study used verbal behavior, in the form of an educational lecture given to freshmen classes, to reduce rule governed behavior towards people of races different than themselves. Two experimental conditions were tested in one condition, a challenge-your-biases-and-change-them strategy was expounded, and in the other condition, an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy consistent strategy of accepting your biases, giving up an attempt to change them and acting in line with your values was used. These lectures were given to freshmen at a large Southern university as part of the freshmen experience class. Forty students participated in the first condition, and forty-five in the second. Results are displayed in the figures below. Implications on reducing negative rule governed behavior will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #280
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Emerging Practices in Assessment and Treatment of Disruptive Behavior: Novel Applications of Telehealth and Exploratory Data Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joy Pollard (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University)
Discussant: Scott S. Hall (Stanford University)
CE Instructor: Joy Pollard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) is the gold standard for the assessment of severe disruptive behavior. Researchers in this field are actively working to refine the assessment and methods of interpretation of FAs in an effort to improve client outcomes. In this symposium, we will discuss methods that may be used to enhance clinical practices by way of improved efficiencies and access to care. The first paper will review the use of exploratory data analysis (EDA) to increase the time efficiency and objectivity of functional analysis (FA) interpretation. The second paper applies the EDA method to interpret FA data and subsequently coach parents via telehealth to implement a FCT protocol to reduce challenging behavior in children with Fragile X syndrome. The third paper utilizes an automated telehealth messaging system to obtain electronic data to assess generality of child outcomes outside of treatment sessions. Finally, we will conclude with an overview of ethical considerations and guidance on the development of the clinical and business infrastructure for telehealth service delivery.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, problem behavior, technology, telehealth
 

Enhancing the Efficiency and Objectivity of Functional Analysis Data Interpretation: A Step-by-Step Guide

(Theory)
SCOTT S. HALL (Stanford University), Joy Pollard (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University), Katerina Monlux (Stanford University)
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) is a well-established assessment procedure designed to facilitate the selection of function-based treatments for problem behavior. Despite recent efforts to improve the objectivity of FA data interpretation, visual analysis of FA data requires applying a large set of complicated decision rules and subjective judgments that could result in interpretation errors and compromise subsequent treatment selection. In this article, we examined whether a common data analysis procedure employed in other areas of scientific inquiry - Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA) - could enhance the efficiency and objectivity of FA data interpretation. We first demonstrate how EDA plots can be generated from FA data using an example dataset. We then devise operational definitions to identify differentiated outcomes, the highest condition, and downward and upward trends, to facilitate the interpretation of the EDA plots. Finally, we generate EDA plots from the example FA datasets presented in Roane et al. (2013) and use the operational definitions we developed to interpret each FA. In each case, outcomes were consistent with those reported by Roane et al. Importantly, EDA plots significantly reduced the number of data points to be examined, allowing the FA data to be interpreted more efficiently and objectively. EDA techniques could therefore be employed as an adjunct or alternative to other visual analysis approaches designed to augment FA data interpretation. Continued refinement of the methods by which FA data are interpreted will likely result in improved treatment selection and greater acceptance of FA procedures by the wider scientific community in general.

 

Preliminary Findings of a Telehealth Model to Treat Problem Behaviors in Boys With Fragile X Syndrome

(Applied Research)
KATERINA MONLUX (Stanford University), Arlette Bujanda (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University), Joy Pollard (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University), Scott S. Hall (Stanford University)
Abstract:

Many individuals with fragile X syndrome (FXS), a rare genetic disorder associated with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), commonly show severe problem behaviors such as self-injury and aggression that can be extremely distressing to families and can severely impact the child�s quality of life and educational placement. Although pharmacotherapies are commonly prescribed to treat problem behaviors in this population, evidence suggests that social-environmental factors play a significant role in the development and maintenance of these behaviors. We therefore evaluated whether targeted function-based behavioral treatments for problem behaviors in FXS, conducted via telehealth, could reduce problem behaviors in this disorder. Following in home assessments to identify the function of disruptive behaviors, caregivers received daily coaching via telemedicine to implement function-based treatments over a 12-week period. Preliminary findings suggest that telehealth behavioral treatment is an effective model for reducing problem behavior in children with FXS. This study will therefore help inform treatment decisions and aid clinicians in determining the appropriateness of pharmacotherapies in genetic conditions such as FXS.

 

Evaluating the Generality of Therapuetic Gains via Telehealth

(Applied Research)
NEALETTA HOUCHINS-JUAREZ (Vanderbilt University), Abigail Morgan (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Mary Matthews (Vanderbilt University), Somer Wiggins (Vanderbilt University), Kayla Rechelle Randall (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Generalization is essential to the social validity of effective intervention. However, it is difficult to evaluate the generality of therapeutic gains across all facets of a clients life because therapists are not available to collect data at these times. One solution is parent report; however, ensuring consistent and accurate data without presenting undue burden to family is challenging. In our study, we employed an automated texting system to send parents daily individualized-behavioral questions at prescribed times during all phases of intervention (i.e., assessment through discharge). Responding remained high throughout the investigation, suggesting texting may be a viable reporting option (although questions about reliability/accuracy remain). Importantly, obtained data indicate that problem behavior persisted outside of therapeutic sessions for the duration of the study; even after it had been eliminated during these sessions by parents who were trained to fidelity via behavior-skills training. These results suggest a greater focus on generalization is merited.

 

Ethical Considerations in the Development of a Telehealth Service Delivery Model: Recommendations for Clinicians and Behavior Analytic Organizations

(Service Delivery)
JOY POLLARD (Behavior Change Institute), Kathleen Karimi (Behavior Change Institute), Michelle Ficcaglia (Behavior Change Institute)
Abstract:

Telehealth service delivery models have become increasingly popular in the provision of behavior analytic services. Telehealth provides an opportunity to enhance care by providing clinicians and consumers with the ability to bridge issues related to geography by improving access to behavioral healthcare and reducing health disparities between urban and rural populations. As technology advances, this raises for consideration ethical challenges that may arise within this new model. Further, changes in the clinical and business infrastructure may be warranted to ensure safe, effective, and quality treatment for consumers. This paper explores ethical concerns when designing a telehealth service model within a behavior analytic organization. Recommendations related to the development of clinical and business infrastructure are provided to guide clinicians and organizations to promoting ethically sound services.

 
 
Symposium #281
CE Offered: BACB
ABA is FUNctional! How to Run an ABA Classroom and Keep Everyone Smiling
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anthony Castrogiovanni (Pyramid Educational Consultants)
Discussant: Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Catherine Horton, M.S.
Abstract:

Classrooms worldwide report difficulties with implementing systematic, manageable approaches to creating effective educational environments. The Pyramid Approach to Education, (Bondy, 2011; Bondy & Sulzer-Azaroff, 2002) provides a model for incorporating Applied Behavior Analysis functionally to achieve meaningful outcomes for learners. Elements of the Pyramid include: functional activities, reinforcement systems, functional communication, functional analysis of contextually inappropriate behaviors, generalization, lesson formats, teaching strategies, error correction and data collection/analysis. A key distinction from other approaches involving the elements of applied behavior analysis is that classroom teachers and other staff are empowered to teach within the parameters of good science and education, but it is not a prescriptive one-size-fits all approach. Teaching staff is involved in the decision making process and lesson development for all students with an emphasis on the individual needs of each student while maintaining both group and individual learning. This symposium will provide an overview of implementation and results from several different perspectives. A program administrator will provide input regarding cost/benefit analyses of consultation related to the Pyramid Approach. BCBAs will provide details related to Pyramid implementation in two public school settings. An additional data based paper will be presented wherein the Approach is rolled out in a sequential format with attendant results.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Bondy, PECS, Pyramid Approach
 
The Cost/Benefit Analysis of Pyramid Consultation in a Public School Setting
(Service Delivery)
VIVIAN J. BUSH (Sussex Consortium)
Abstract: The Sussex Consortium (a public school serving students with special needs) grew from 20 students in the 1970s to 280 currently. With growth, the challenge was to keep staff trained to the highest degree and to ensure students received the best education. Research showed didactic training alone increased the results by a minimal margin. All training needed to be followed by on the job instruction and guidance; this time intensive part that was critical yet difficult to achieve with increasing demands of administrators. Although we identified the needs, the hardship was providing significant, sustainable change. Pyramid offered intensive training to 6 classrooms at a time, while building leaders within those classrooms to sustain the training gains and to begin to become consultants to the program themselves. The student growth after only one year was significant. Interventions resulted in behavioral definitions modified to include less intense, less interfering descriptors and an increased number of students transitioned to less restrictive settings. An unanticipated side effect was an increase in staff morale and collaboration. Staff presented what they learned to colleagues and continue to teach one another through allowing others to visit their classrooms and sharing of information during collaborative sessions.
 

Pyramid Certified Classrooms – An Overview of the Pyramid Approach and Certification Model

(Service Delivery)
CATHERINE HORTON (Pyramid Educational Consultants)
Abstract:

The Pyramid Approach to Education is an effective model of teaching that establishes meaningful educational environments for all learners. This model is based upon broad spectrum applied behavior analysis and includes two types of learning elements: structural and instructional. The structural elements form the base of the Pyramid, creating an environment within which to teach. The base elements include: Functional Activities, Reinforcement Systems, Functional Communication and Identification and Replacement of Contextually Inappropriate Behaviors (CIBS). The instructional elements form the top of the Pyramid and include information relevant to the creation of effective lessons. The top elements include: Generalization, Lesson Formats, Teaching/Prompting Strategies and Error Correction. All elements involve data-based decision making. Following an overview of this model, an intensive certification process, known as Pyramid Certified Classrooms, will be explored. This model includes training and consultation regarding implementation of all elements. Data will be provided regarding changes that were completed within a single school year, as evidenced by practical outcomes, as well as increases in ratings on the nearly 100 items included on the Pyramid Checklist.

 
Pyramid Implementation Within a Public School Setting
(Applied Research)
JOELLE LUGO (Freehold Twp Schools)
Abstract: Public schools are recognizing the importance of behavioral science as a foundation for the special education services they provide. Steeped in years of tradition and patterns of behavior, the change process for public schools can be fraught with resistance and skepticism. The behavior analyst is often overwhelmed and the question of “Where do I begin?” seems impossible to answer. The Pyramid Approach is a tool for analysts that find themselves in this position. This presenter will share how the adoption and implementation of the Pyramid Model facilitated the unification of services within a pre-k to 8th grade public school district. The features of the Pyramid and how they were utilized to facilitate staff training will be discussed, as well as system changes that have resulted. The presenter will examine the decrease in rate of out of district placements, the increase in BACB certified staff and the integration of related services under the umbrella of applied behavior analysis. Application of the Pyramid to in-class resource models and general education classes will be addressed. Additional benefits such as an increase in time spent in general education settings and increase in number of students accessing district curriculum will be shared.
 

Consulting in One School District Utilizing the Pyramid Approach to Education Framework: Highlights and Struggles

(Service Delivery)
ANNE OVERCASH (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

A year-long consultation in a school district presents many possibilities and challenges. Utilizing behavioral principles (Pyramid Approach to Education) provides a framework for consultants to introduce and teach the concepts. Each classroom presents a different set of individuals working together to provide instruction to all learners. Varying degrees of success were observed in regards to the improvement in implementation of various applied behavior analytic strategies from class to class. One week of training in all areas of the Pyramid Approach to Education was offered during the summer of 2014. Most classrooms received monthly classroom visits with opportunities for observation and immediate feedback as well as written notes. In addition, the school provided monthly Professional Learning Communities where a variety of topics were covered (Pyramid Approach specific topics included). Data from ratings on the Pyramid Checklist from a variety of classrooms will be described. Of note, some classrooms clearly progressed more quickly than others. Possible reasons why this occurred and directions for future improvements will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #282
CE Offered: BACB
Teachers Benefit From Teaching, Too: Training Early Childhood Educators to Implement Evidence-Based Practices
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Kevin Ayres, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In early childhood settings, research has clearly shown that educators do not consistently implement evidence-based practices with fidelity. Ongoing professional development has been shown to improve educator implementation of behavioral interventions; however, the field lacks clear guidelines regarding the effective components and intensity of coaching. This is further complicated by the varied educational backgrounds of typical educational teams. The following studies assessed the impact of professional development practices on teacher fidelity of evidence-based practicesbased on the science of applied behavior analysisin early childhood settings. Some studies further assessed the association between resultant increased teacher fidelity and child outcomes. The professional development packages included brief didactic training, behavioral skills training, in-vivo coaching, or post-session feedback (in-person or via e-mail). Primary participants included lead teachers, assistant teachers, paraprofessionals, and student interns; secondary participants included young children who received the behavioral interventions. Data across studies indicated that ongoing professional development led to increases in fidelity of teacher implementation of targeted practices; and that increases in teacher fidelity may be associated with improved child outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): early childhood, performance-based feedback, procedural fidelity, skills training
 

Delivering Performance-Based Feedback to Early Childhood Professionals: Procedural Variations and Generalization

Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), BETH POKORSKI (Vanderbilt University), Marina Velez (Vanderbilt University), Monica Rigor (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

The research on professional development in early childhood indicates that ongoing follow-up support is necessary to improve classroom practices and facilitate child learning. Performance-based feedback is one form of on-going support that has been identified as an evidence-based professional development practice for increasing educators use of intervention practices across populations and age ranges. However, long term, sustained use of recommended practices by teachers who are not aware that they are being observedwhich is the holy grail of professional developmenthas not been examined. Across a series of studies we examined two procedurestext messaging and emailfor delivering performance-based feedback to early childhood classroom teachers. Text messaging and email provide written documentation of feedback and can be delivered quickly without interrupting the teachers workday. All teachers increased their generalized use of multiple different recommended practices across settings and during covert observations when they did not know they were being observed and maintained levels over time. However, there was some variability across teachers, which suggested individualized approaches to professional development are warranted.

 
Teacher Training Across Naturalistic Instructional Approaches in Inclusive Preschool Classrooms
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky), Justin Lane (University of Kentucky), Jennifer Grisham-Brown (University of Kentucky), Amy Spriggs (University of Kentucky), Olivia Winstead (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: The National Association for the Education of Young Children emphasizes that children should receive instruction using research and evidence-based practices in typical settings by typical change agents to the greatest extent possible. To accomplish this, instructors must embed learning opportunities within ongoing activities and use naturalistic instructional approaches to teach target behaviors. Despite numerous studies demonstrating the effectiveness of naturalistic instructional approaches, few have examined the procedures used to train practitioners to use naturalistic instructional approaches, and even fewer have evaluated the social and ecological validity of the training procedures. For example, little is known about how likely practitioners are to continue using naturalistic instructional approaches once researcher support is removed. In our study, we evaluated the effectiveness of a training package to teach preschool teachers working in inclusive classrooms to use naturalistic instructional approaches. In addition, we collected social and ecological validity data throughout the study. Results indicate that the training package was effective, and teacher ratings on social and ecological validity questionnaires increased as teachers received more training.
 
Behavioral Skills Training for Early Childhood Professionals: Implementation Fidelity of a Multi-Component Behavior Support Plan
KATE TYGIELSKI CHAZIN (The Autism Clinic at The Hope Institute for Childr), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), Beth Pokorski (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: For children with complex communication needs (CCN), augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices offer a means to communicate and participate in daily activities. Effective professional developmental practices are needed to support teaching teams working with children with CCN to improve child use of AAC and decrease challenging behavior. In this study, four members of a preschool educational team were provided a brief didactic training on the implementation of a young child’s behavior support plan, and then provided with ongoing support using a behavioral skills training (BST) approach. The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of the didactic training and BST on: (a) teacher fidelity in implementing the child’s behavior support plan; (b) teachers’ use of AAC modeling; (c) child’s unprompted AAC communication; and (d) child’s self-injurious behavior (SIB). Teachers increased their fidelity with didactic training and BST, but not with training alone. These results were consistent across teachers, despite teachers having varied educational backgrounds and teaching experience. Results also indicated a decrease in variability of the child’s engagement in SIB for two teachers and an increase in the child’s unprompted AAC usage across three teachers. Blind raters identified limited therapeutic improvements across target behaviors for the teachers and child.
 

Coaching Paraprofessionals to Promote Engagement and Social Interactions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), KATHLEEN ZIMMERMAN (Vanderbilt University), Emilee Harbin (Vanderbilt University), Sarah Ward (Vanderbilt University), Kate Tygielski Chazin (The Autism Clinic at The Hope Institute for Children & Families; Vanderbilt University), Natasha Patel (Vanderbilt University), Vivian Morales (Vanderbilt University), Brittany Paige Bennett (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

The role of paraprofessionals in early childhood (EC) contexts varies widely; many are expected to appropriately implement instructional and behavioral interventions with relatively little supervision. Studies are needed to understand effective strategies for improving adult behavior and to determine the frequency and dosage of assistance required for high-fidelity implementation. Two studies presented together investigated the use of behavioral skills training strategies to improve paraprofessional implementation, using in-situ and/or out-of-context training. The first coaching package demonstrated out-of-context behavioral skills training was ineffective in improving paraprofessionals implementation of systematic prompting procedures with children with ASD. Following this training, in-situ modeling, prompting, and feedback produced increases in implementation across three paraprofessionals in a special education classroom. In the next study, the in-situ components alone (i.e., without initial behavioral skills training) was used to increase paraprofessionals prompting of engagement and social interactions during small group art activities in an inclusive EC center. Data from both studies indicated increases in paraprofessional implementation of instructional and behavioral strategies is improved with in-situ support, and changes in teacher behaviors may be associated with increases in desirable child behaviors. Differences in paraprofessional responses associated with adult and child characteristics will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #283
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analytic Advances in Reading Instruction
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Weber, Ph.D.
Abstract:

What we know about a child's reading level in early grades is a significant predictor of future educational outcomes. There is a need for scientifically based instruction in order to teach children fluent reader behavior. We present 4 papers that address new behavior analytic advances in acquiring fluent reader repertoires. The first paper reports the effects of a reader immersion procedure on increasing students' comprehension repertoires. This paper extends findings on effective reading interventions to increase untaught reading comprehension responses. The second paper reports the effects of the Corrective Reading curriculum to increase derived relations responses, reading comprehension, and metaphor responses for first grade students. The third paper tested for the effects of the Naming capability and presence of visual stimulus on students' reading comprehension repertoires for third and fourth grade students. Results demonstrated a discrepancy between the presence and absence of visual stimuli on reading comprehension for students performing below grade level. The fourth paper demonstrates that scientifically based instruction and curriculum is critical in order to teach children fluent reader repertoires. All findings will be discussed in terms of new behavior analytic advances for reading instruction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Naming, Reading Comprehension
 

The Effects of a Reader Immersion Procedure on the Accurate Comprehension and Technical Writing Responses of Kindergarten and First Grade Students

MICHELLE MACKEY (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

I conducted an experiment in which I tested the effects of a reader immersion procedure on the untaught reading comprehension responses of Kindergarten and 1st grade students. The dependent variables were untaught reading comprehension responses for 4 reading tasks. The reading tasks included 1) a 10-step read and build task 2) a 10-step read and draw task, 3) a 20-step read and build task and 4) a 20-step read and draw task. The participants selected for this study were able to textually respond to words at a rate of 80 words per minute with 0 incorrect words per minute. They had acquired verbal capabilities such as incidental language learning and observational learning. However, they were unable to complete reading comprehension tasks for read and build and/or read and draw tasks with at least 80 percent accuracy. The independent variable was a reader immersion procedure. During the intervention sessions, participants could access reinforcement only after they read directions and completed each corresponding action with 100 percent accuracy. Criterion for mastery of the reading immersion procedure was 100 percent accuracy across 1 intervention session. Following the intervention, the number of untaught reading comprehension responses increased for all participants.

 
The Effects of Corrective Reading on the Number of Correct Derived Relation and Metaphor Responses in First Grade Students
VANESSA LAURENT (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: I conducted 2 experiments to analyze the effects of a reading curriculum, Corrective Reading, which has a sequence that appears to train derived relations, on the emission of (a) derived relations defined as combinatorial entailment in Relational Frame Theory and (b) metaphor with first grade students. In Experiment 1, I compared Corrective Reading to a well-known controlled reading curriculum; RAZ Kids and I used an experimental control group design (simultaneous treatment) with a crossover feature. I selected 14 participants, who were randomly assigned into 2 groups of 7. Both groups received 203 matched instructional-trials, and then were post-tested. Upon completion of the Post-intervention-1 probes, both groups were placed in the alternative condition, where the experimental group received RAZ Kids instruction, and the initial control group received Corrective Reading instruction. Both groups increased in number of correct responses following the Corrective Reading intervention. The data were analyzed between groups using a parametric independent-samples t-test and the results showed significant differences in correct responding between both groups following Corrective Reading. In Experiment 2, I used a delayed multiple probe design across 2 first-grade dyads to test the effects of the same curriculum on the same dependent measures. At the onset of the study both dyads received pre-intervention probes to measure the number of correct responses across the dependent measures. Subsequently, Dyad 1 was instructed 5 lessons of Corrective Reading. Following Dyad 1’s intervention, Dyad 1 was post-tested and Dyad 2 received a second pre-intervention probe. Dyad 2 was then was placed in the Corrective Reading condition. Following Dyad 2’s intervention, both dyads were post-tested. The results showed that Corrective Reading was effective in increasing the number of correct derived relation responses, metaphor responses, and comprehension responses for both dyads.
 
The Effects of Reading With and Without Pictures on Written Comprehension
KELLY MERCORELLA (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: In two experiments, I tested for the presence of the naming capability, the participants’ ability to accurately draw the stimuli learned in the absence of the visual stimulus, and participants’ comprehension of texts with and without pictures present. In Experiment 1, I tested for the presence of naming and the ability to draw the stimuli presented during the naming experience in 22 third and fourth grade participants. Results demonstrated that fewer instances of the naming capability, as well as the drawing component, were seen in below grade-level readers, than on or above grade-level readers. I hypothesized that differences in reading performance may be due to the students’ inability to emit production responses, such as drawing, writing, and speaking. Experiment 2 assessed whether or not the presence of visual stimuli during reading has an effect on the target participants’ comprehension of a story, as well as if the presence of the speaker component of naming and the drawing component had an effect on comprehension. Results demonstrated that there were significant differences in comprehension scores without pictures present between below grade-level students and students performing on or above grade level (F(2,23)=10.516 p<.001). Furthermore, there was a significant correlation between comprehension scores and the number of components drawn correctly (r (21) = .576, p < .004). These results are consistent with the theory that visualization of events and characters is a necessary factor in facilitating reading comprehension.
 

The Effects of the Corrective Reading Program on Increasing Reading Repertoires With Students in an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom

Jo Ann Pereira Delgado Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of Corrective Reading (CR) on students in an inclusive setting who were identified as reading below proficient across third, fourth, and fifth grade CABAS Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms, that utilized behavioral principles to teach children with and without disabilities. In the initial study, 26 participants received Corrective Reading intervention, and were matched to 23 students that functioned at similar levels academically, throughout the school. Overall, children who received four months of Direct Instruction intervention with the use of behavioral tactics, increased their grade level equivalence in comparison to the control group. A follow up study was conducted with 16 participants. 8 of the participants continued to receive an additional seven months of Corrective Reading Intervention. A year follow up post-probe was conducted for both groups. The results of the follow up study identified that students who continued to receive Corrective Reading intervention in the AIL setting made more significant gains than students who were in the control group. The follow up study demonstrates a need for scientifcally based procedures and curriculum to address students that are not proficient readers.

 
 
Symposium #285A
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Repetitive and Ritualistic Behavior in Individuals With Autism and Related Disorders
Sunday, May 28, 2017
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Amber R. Paden, M.S.
Abstract:

Almost all children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit restricted or repetitive behaviors or resistance to change. These restricted or repetitive behaviors can range from stereotyped vocalizations to repetitive motor movements. Resistance to change can present as rigidity with routines, resistance to new or novel items or activities, or food selectivity. Repetitive and restricted response can lead to corollary problems such as behavior problems, learning difficulties, inadequate dietary intake, or health issues. As such, the development of effective procedures for assessing and treating restricted and repetitive behaviors represents a critical need. The research presented in this symposium will explore (a) the temporal nature of repetitive behavior in individuals with ASD, (b) decreasing resistance to change using free and forced-choice conditions, (c) the relative effectiveness of behavioral versus sensory-based interventions for food selectivity, and (d) the treatment of repetitive behavior using response interruption and redirection.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): food selectivity, repetitive behavior, RIRD, ritualistic behavior
 
Combining Free- and Forced-Choice Procedures to Decrease Resistance to Change
JESSICA NIEMEIER (UNMC Munroe- Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer Felber (Summit Educational Resources), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: A core symptom of autism is called “resistance to change” (Kanner, 1943; e.g., insisting on wearing the same shirt every day, refusing all non-white foods). In this study we used differential reinforcement and a forced-choice procedure to shift responding towards “acceptance of change” with three boys with various forms of resistance to change. During a free-choice baseline, we allowed each participant to choose between an established pattern of behavior (i.e., resistant behavior) and a new pattern of behavior (i.e., change behavior), and we delivered reinforcement for making a clear choice independent of which response pattern the participant selected. During differential reinforcement, we delivered a highly preferred item only if the participant chose the new response pattern. During forced-choice choice procedure, we prompted the participant to choose the new response pattern (i.e., escape extinction) and provided reinforcement following the forced choice. Results showed that all participants learned to independently select the new response pattern when the force-choice procedure remained in effect. In addition, after exposure to the force-choice procedure, two participants showed strong maintenance effects when we reintroduced differential reinforcement (without the forced-choice procedure). We discuss these finding relative to effects of differential reinforcement and escape extinction on resistance to change.
 

Decreasing Resistance to Change During Feeding for Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder

VIVIAN F IBANEZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kate M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of Nebraska Medical Center/ MMI), Jaime Crowley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), holly ney (University of Nebraska Medical Center; University of Nebraska Omaha), Trisha Franklin (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher W Engler (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have feeding difficulties, namely food selectivity (i.e., consumption of a limited variety of foods by type or texture). Food selectivity in children with ASD could be conceptualized as one form of higher level, restrictive behavior (Boyd et al., 2012; Turner, 1999) in that these children exhibit rigid mealtime routines, resist novel foods, and only consume foods according to specific types, textures, or under specific mealtime conditions (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). Food selectivity inevitably leads to inadequate dietary intake, which is associated with learning and behavior problems. If left untreated, children with food selectivity also may suffer from health problems, such as constipation or Type II diabetes. Currently, treatments for pediatric feeding disorders based on ABA research have the most empirical support (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). However, there are not as many studies demonstrating the effectiveness of ABA in the treatment of food selectivity in children with ASD. In the current study, we implemented stimulus fading with differential reinforcement, in the absence of escape extinction, to increase acceptance of novel foods for one participant with ASD thus far.

 

The Role of Response Requirement and Toy Removal on the Effectiveness of RIRD for the Treatment of Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism

OZLEM TOPER KORKMAZ (UludaÄŸ Üniversitesi), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Numerous studies have demonstrated the efficacy of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) for reducing vocal stereotypy and increasing appropriate speech in children with autism. However, the procedure is relatively time-consuming to implement. Results of one prior study (Saini, Gregory, Uran & Fantetti, 2015) suggested that an abbreviated variation of RIRD (requiring one response) was just as effective as a commonly used variation of RIRD (requiring three responses), but further research is needed. In addition, no studies have evaluated the role of toy removal on the efficacy of RIRD even though this procedural component is frequently included in treatment with RIRD. In this study, we examined the separate and combined effects of RIRD and brief contingent toy removal when the child was required to respond to one vocal instruction versus three vocal instructions. Three children, aged 4 to 6 years and diagnosed with autism, participated. Results indicated that one-demand RIRD was as effective as three-demand RIRD for all participants. Furthermore, removing toys during RIRD implementation increased the effectiveness of treatment for two of the three participants.

 

Distribution of Repetitive Behavior Across Time in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KARLA ZABALA (University of Georgia), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia), Jorge A. Ruiz (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

Recent research has focused on ways to better classify automatically reinforced behavior; however, no research to date has evaluated the temporal nature of repetitive behavior in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Repetitive behavior varies in its topography and instances of when it occurs. Some repetitive behavior might occur in time periods categorized by frequent responding with little time between each response (defined here as a bout of responding), followed by a pause or break in responding, after which a new bout begins. Determining whether or not repetitive behavior occurs in bouts prior to intervention may impact the type of intervention utilized during treatment of these behaviors, specifically by modifying interventions to have an effect on the overall occurrence of these repetitive behaviors. The purpose of this study was to identify whether repetitive behavior of children diagnosed with ASD occurred in bouts or was randomly distributed across time. Models of behavior used in EAB research (e.g., log survivorship curves) were applied for observations of repetitive behavior for several individuals, and results indicate that whether behavior occurs in bouts is idiosyncratic. Implications for future research and intervention efficacy will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #288
CE Offered: BACB
Documenting Medical Necessity and Determining Levels of Applied Behavior Analysis Services for Children With ASD
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Brian Lopez, Ph.D.
Chair: Brian Lopez (JumpStart Autism Center)
ALLISON BARTSCH (JumpStart Autism Center)
JENNA GALLEGOS (JumpStart Autism Center)
BRIAN LOPEZ (JumpStart Autism Center)
Abstract:

Commercial insurance companies and state Medicaid agencies are starting to deny prior authorization requests because Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) providers are not adequately documenting the medical necessity of the service they are requesting. The problem is that ABA services for individuals with Autism Spectrums Disorder (ASD) have been traditionally viewed as habilitative or educational and not rehabilitative; therefore, a diagnosis of ASD may not be sufficient for an insurance company to adequately document the medical necessity of ABA services. Few behavior analysts are trained through a medical model, which can limit their understanding of what is needed to fully document medically necessity of ABA services. The panelists will help review standards on how to: 1) determine if ABA services are medically necessary, 2) document a clients level of care based on medical necessity, 3) develop and reflect treatment goals that address the medical necessity of services, and 4) present a prior authorization that fully documents the medical necessity of ABA services for your clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, Insurance, medical necessity, prior authorizations
 
 
Symposium #289
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis for Enhancing Sports Performance
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers illustrating applied behavior analysis applications to sports performance. Tai and Miltenberger evaluated behavioral skills training to improve safe tackling skills for youth football players. They demonstrated the effectiveness of the intervention in a multiple baseline across participants design with six players who engaged in unsafe tackling during baseline. Dyal and Miltenberger evaluated expert video modeling and video feedback for enhancing the performance of track and field sprinters in the starting block. The intervention was implemented in a multiple baseline across participants design with four 12 and 13 years old girls during their regular track club practice and the results showed substantial improvements for all participants. Sniffen and Williams used a multiple baseline across skills to evaluate acoustical feedback (aka, teaching with acoustical guidance or TAGteach) to enhance the pitching performance of two fast pitch softball pitchers. Results showed that the intervention increased pitching skills for both participants with improvements generalizing to games.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): acoustical feedback, BST, video feedback, video modeling
 
Evaluating Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Safe Tackling Skills to Youth Football Players
SHARAYAH TAI (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Concussion rates and other head injuries for football players have been on the rise and there is a need for further research in football to increase skills and decrease injuries. These head injuries arise mostly from unsafe tackling techniques in which the player leads with the top of the helmet while making a tackle. Behavioral skills training has been proven to be effective in teaching a wide variety of skills but has yet to be studied in the sports setting. We evaluated behavioral skills training (instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) to teach safer tackling techniques among six participants from a local Pop Warner football team. Following baseline in which participants demonstrated tackles with no feedback, we evaluated behavioral skills training implemented in a multiple baseline across participants design. Results show safer tackling techniques increased substantially during practice among all six participants and the skills generalized to games for those individuals who made tackles during games.
 

Using Expert Modeling and Video Feedback to Improve Starting Block Execution With Sprinters

APRIL DYAL (University Of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

During short races (sprints), sprinters use starting blocks to push off to start the race. Correct formation during starting block execution is important for injury prevention and obtaining maximum velocity during the sprint. A promising method to improve sports performance is expert modeling plus video feedback that allows the athlete to evaluate her performance from video against that of an expert shown on video. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of expert modeling and video feedback to improve form during block starts with track and field sprinters. Four 12 and 13 year old girls who were members of the same track club participated. Following baseline in which the sprinters showed their starting block form with no feedback or other instruction, the sprinters each participated in the expert video modeling and video feedback intervention in a multiple baseline across participants design. Results revealed marked improvement across all four participants once intervention was applied and maintenance of the improvements at follow-up.

 
Evaluating TAGteach as a Training Procedure for Novice-to-Advanced Fastpitch Softball Pitchers
BREANNA SNIFFEN (Rollins College), April Michele Williams (Rollins College)
Abstract: Among the many behavioral coaching techniques available, acoustical feedback has been found to be highly effective in enhancing the athletic skills involved in a variety of sports (e.g. football, golf, dance, yoga, judo). TAGteach is a procedure in which a clicker is used to deliver immediate acoustical feedback to train a new skill or enhance a skill already in the subject’s repertoire. The current study was conducted to evaluate whether TAGteach was effective in developing and/or enhancing the pitching skills of novice-to-advanced fastpitch softball pitchers. TAGteach was implemented in a multiple baseline design across skill with two subjects; Hannah’s selected pitch was a fastball (skill already in repertoire) and Megan’s selected pitches were fastball and change up (skill already in repertoire and novel skill, respectively). Results demonstrated an improvement in proper mechanics for each subject’s selected pitch or pitches. We also probed for and showed performance generalization from training sessions to game competitions for each subject.
 
 
Symposium #290
CE Offered: BACB
A Continuum of Evaluations of Functional Communication Training: From the Small to the Large Scale
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Cara L. Phillips, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The impact of establishing or improving verbal behavior repertoires on both skill acquisition and problem behavior reduction for individuals with intellectual disabilities cannot be over-stated. As such, verbal behavior in the form of requesting, or manding, is often targeted through some system of functional communication training (FCT). The current symposium illustrates the breadth of the research on FCT, from a fine-grained analysis of the level of discrimination in an individual?s repertoire to broader questions regarding the relationship between problem behavior and manding. In the first presentation, Samantha Young from the Kennedy Krieger Institute will discuss methods to verify that participant manding was under the control of the relevant variables. In the second, Stephanie Kincaid from Rollins College will present her study examining the relationship between the sequence of exposure to FCT and extinction and resurgence effects. In the third study, Laura C. Chezan from Old Dominion University will present a meta-analysis of 26 studies of FCT, examining the data with respect to both overall efficacy and any participant or intervention characteristics that impact that efficacy. In all three studies, the authors will discuss the clinical implications of their respective findings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): FCT, manding, problem behavior
 
Further Procedures to Verify Discriminated Manding
SAMANTHA R. YOUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Interventions based on the principles of behavior analysis are highly effective for establishing communication skills in individuals with developmental disabilities. Picture card exchange is a commonly used method of communication. Although training procedures using picture cards can lead to the acquisition of communication, it is unclear if the manding is discriminated (i.e., accurate requests for different items using multiple picture cards). The picture exchange communication system (PECS) utilizes correspondence checks to ensure indiscriminate picture exchange does not occur by prompting an individual to take the item corresponding to the picture card that was exchanged. However, a correspondence check does not explicitly assess the establishing operation (EO) that led the individual to request the item (Gutierrez et al., 2007). Gutierrez et al. (2007) directly manipulated the EO in order to verify that manding was discriminated. Correspondence checks and EO manipulations have the potential to be used together to verify the occurrence of discriminated manding. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the work of Gutierrez et al. (2007) by including pre-session access and a correspondence check in the EO manipulation phase. Results provide support of the utility of including the correspondence check to verify discriminated manding.
 

Resurgence of Problem Behavior Following Functional Communication Training in Three-Phase and Four-Phase Resurgence Procedures

STEPHANIE L. KINCAID (Rollins College), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine Miller), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Resurgence describes the recurrence of a previously reinforced behavior following the extinction of a subsequently reinforced alternative behavior. This phenomenon may account for some instances of problem behavior recurrence following functional communication training (FCT). The current study evaluated whether a reduced resurgence effect would be observed when extinction for problem behavior (EXT) was presented prior to the introduction of alternative reinforcement (i.e., 4-phase resurgence procedure), relative to the more commonly studied arrangement in which FCT and EXT are introduced simultaneously (i.e., 3-phase resurgence procedure). Three children receiving services for the treatment of severe problem behavior participated in the current study. When resurgence was observed, greater resurgence occurred following the 3-phase procedure, suggesting that extinction of problem behavior prior to the introduction of alternative reinforcement may decrease resurgence when alternative reinforcement is discontinued. Implications of this finding for treatment of problem behavior with functional communication training are discussed.

 
A Meta-Analysis of Functional Communication Training Effects on Problem Behavior and Alternative Communicative Response
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: We conducted a meta-analysis of single-case research design studies on functional communication training (FCT). First, we used the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) Standards to evaluate the quality of 44 studies identified for the analysis. The 26 studies that met WWC Standards were included in the remaining analyses. Next, we calculated effect sizes for problem behavior and alternative communicative responses using Tau-U. Finally, we examined several potential moderators to evaluate whether any participant or intervention characteristics are associated with increased effectiveness of FCT. Our results indicate that FCT was effective in decreasing problem behavior, with a overall effect size of .68, and in increasing alternative communicative responses, with a mean effect size of .65. For problem behavior, the intervention was more effective for preschoolers than for adolescents, and for individuals with disabilities other than Autism Spectrum Disorder. For the alternative communicative response, the intervention was more effective when the alternative response was verbal or involved multiple types of communicative responses than when the alternative response relied on aided alternative and augmentative responses. Implications of the results for practitioners and future research on FCT are discussed.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #291
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Psychopharmacotherapy of Disruptive Behaviors in Intellectual and Developmental Disorders: Past, Present, and Future

Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Eric Boelter, Ph.D.
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
BRYAN H. KING (Weill Institute for Neurosciences, University of California San Francisco)
Bryan H. King, MD, MBA, is Professor of Psychiatry and Vice Chair of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry for UCSF Health, as well as Vice President for Child Behavioral Health Services at UCSF Benioff Children’s Hospitals. A graduate of the Medical College of Wisconsin and the George Washington University School of Business, King has previously held faculty appointments at the UCLA David Geffen School of Medicine and Dartmouth Medical School. He has worked in a number of key clinical leadership positions at Seattle Children’s Hospital, the Dartmouth-Hitchcock Medical Center and Children’s Hospital at Dartmouth-Hitchcock, and the UCLA Neuropsychiatric Institute and Hospital, in addition to serving as medical director for State of New Hampshire’s Division of Developmental Services. Prior to joining UCSF, King was professor, vice chair, and director of child and adolescent psychiatry at the University of Washington, as well as chair of the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Health at Seattle Children’s Hospital. He also served as the founding director of the Seattle Children’s Autism Center. In these positions, he has overseen a significant expansion of psychiatric services for the children and families of Seattle and the State of Washington. King’s research has focused largely on psychopathology in intellectual and developmental disorders. He has authored more than 120 academic publications and has participated in several of the major multi-site medication trials in autism spectrum disorder.
Abstract:

Although evidence has grown with respect to identifying pharmacological approaches to the treatment of severe disruptive behaviors, many challenges have limited progress to date. Few medications have FDA approved indications for the treatment of behavioral disturbance in the population with developmental disorders, and questions can be raised about their specificity. Problems with heterogeneity of study populations can challenge the ability to identify therapeutic signals as well as the generalizability of findings. This presentation will review the current evidence base for addressing common behavioral target symptoms and underscore the need for a change in the current path of drug development to a more integrated, biobehavioral approach.

Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Psychologists, Psychiatrists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss common therapeutic targets in ASD and the evidence base for particular medications; (2) highlight challenges that have limited progress to date and the need for biobehavioral integration; (3) highlight emerging opportunities and future directions.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #292
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
I Forgot the Name of this Talk: A Tutorial on Remembering
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: A. Charles Catania, Ph.D.
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Presenting Authors: : A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

From the effects of the temporal separation of responses and their consequences (as in delayed reinforcement) to the effects on behavior of events no longer present (as in verbal reports), behavior analysts study behavior extended in time. They are therefore either implicitly or explicitly concerned with the phenomena colloquially called remembering and forgetting. These phenomena have also been focuses of attention for those of the cognitive rather than the behavioral persuasion. This tutorial explores some properties of remembering and forgetting as revealed in both the behavioral and the cognitive literatures. What we know about remembering can contribute significantly to both our basic research and our applications. Cases to be considered include, among others: why remembering should be treated as a skill that can be shaped; how remembering varies with what is to be remembered; why remembering is better interpreted as recall of behavior with respect to stimuli no longer present than as recall of the stimuli themselves; how contingencies affect both forgetting and the creation of false memories; and how behavioral criteria can be applied to the distinctions among different varieties of remembering, such as short-term versus long-term memory or recall versus recognition.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The content of this tutorial as relevant to all behavior analysts, whatever their level of training.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) give a minimum of three reasons why an understanding of remembering and forgetting is important for the science and practice of behavior analysis; (2) say why remembering is better interpreted as recall of our behavior with respect to stimuli that are no longer present than as the reconstruction of those stimuli and why this distinction is crucial to our understanding of tact relations in verbal behavior; (3) describe some properties of remembering (e.g., conditions for the creation of false memories, proactive inhibition produced by earlier remembering) and to give examples of how these properties may be relevant to applied behavior analysis (e.g., in recognizing how remembering can vary with age and across different populations).
 
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
When A. Charles Catania encountered psychology as a Columbia undergraduate, Keller and Schoenfeld's curriculum seamlessly incorporated a broad range of experimental psychology, including the topics of remembering and forgetting. The literature of experimental psychology also provided the context for his subsequent graduate and postdoctoral work at Harvard. After some psychopharmacology at the SK&F Laboratories in Philadelphia, he moved to the University Heights campus of NYU and then to the University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC), where he is now Professor Emeritus. Along the way, he conducted research on reinforcement schedules, stimulus control, verbal behavior, and other topics. Considerations of remembering became a component of both his research and his teaching, especially as he attempted to find bridges connecting operant analyses of delayed reinforcement to cognitive experiments on memory, with the latter often presented as challenges to behavioral approaches. That background has informed Catania's research and writing, and the current edition of his text, Learning, provides a behavior-analytic perspective on many examples drawn from the literature of remembering.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #294
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

In Search of the Authentic Self

Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
SHEENA IYENGAR (Columbia Business School)
Sheena S. Iyengar is the inaugural S.T. Lee Professor of Business in the Management Division at Columbia Business School. She graduated with a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and received her Ph.D. in Social Psychology from Stanford University. She joined the Columbia faculty in 1998. Dr. Iyengar’s core research focuses on the psychology of choice and decision-making, addressing how humans face challenges in a world where they are inundated with options. She has since turned her attention to tackling issues in the business world through the lenses of network analysis and diversity-inspired ideation. She looks at the processes used by both groups and individuals in making choices to see how we can improve on innovation, problem solving, and leveraging business relationships. Dr. Iyengar’s work has been published in premiere academic journals across such disciplines as economics, psychology, management, and marketing, and she received the Presidential Early Career Award in 2002. Her book The Art of Choosing received a Financial Times and Goldman Sachs Business Book of the Year 2010 award, and was ranked #3 on the Amazon.com Best Business and Investing Books of 2010. Her research is regularly cited in the popular media, including the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, the Economist, and BBC. Dr. Iyengar has also appeared on television programs like the Today Show, the Daily Show, and Fareed Zakaria’s GPS on CNN. Her TED Talks have collectively received almost four million views and her research continues to inform markets, businesses, and people all over the world. Dr. Iyengar has given keynotes for Deloitte, E&Y, AIG, and CapGemini, among many others, and regularly gives talks for Akshaya Patra to help raise money to increase access to education amongst the poor in India. She is also a member of the Board of Directors for the Asian University for Women (AUW) and of the Kenjin-Tatsujin Council, the 100-Year Vision advisory group to Ashinaga.
Abstract:

Every time you make a choice—whether it is what soda to buy or who to marry—you are making a creative decision about what kind of person you want to be and what kind of choice that person would make. Sheena Iyengar has dedicated her work to studying these choices, how and why we make them, and what they say about ourselves. Through examples that are at once illuminating and entertaining, she paints a picture of the pleasures and the burdens of a world that offers us seemingly endless options for making our lives unique.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) have a deeper appreciation of how the concept of identity is tied to choice.
 
 
Symposium #297
CE Offered: BACB
Pilot Studies for Establishing Evidence-Based Treatment for Youths With ASD in Korea
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University)
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite rapid expansion of ABA services in Korea, treatment outcome studies are still very limited. In this presentation, few pilot studies are introduced to test effectiveness of diverse treatment programs provided at clinical settings in Korea. The first 2 presentations were re-testing the effectiveness of evidence-based interventions (e.g., EIBI and Behavioral Parent Training for challenging behaviors) in Korean setting. The last 2 presentations were establishing effectiveness of new treatment methods (e.g., ESDM for parents and computer based social skills training), whose effectiveness has not been demonstrated yet. Results from these studies are positive, though more efforts should be made to establish the effectiveness. Practical issues and clinical implications are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, evidence-based treatment, pilot studies
 

Effectiveness of Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions in Korea

(Service Delivery)
SAEYEON SEONG (Yonsei University), Minjoo Lee (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) is an evidence-based treatment for young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). However, studies on effectiveness of EIBI as well as its services for ASDs are rare in Korea. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of EIBI in Korea and to examine whether the effectiveness varies depending on intervention lengths. A total of 13 children with ASDs were divided into two groups, 6-month group (n=5) and 1-year group (n=8), based on EIBI duration. EIBI program was administered for 15 hours per week, and at 6-month intervals, changes of developmental level were measured using Psychoeducational Profile-Revised (PEP-R). Results revealed that developmental level significantly improved after EIBI. However, there were no significant differences in improvement level depending on EIBI lengths; developmental levels in both groups significantly increased. These findings emphasized the necessity of EIBI services for enhancing developmental level in young children with ASDs in Korea, irrespective of its lengths. Future studies with larger participant populations are recommended to generalize the result of this study.

 

Effectiveness of Behavioral Parent Training (BPT) for Challenging Behaviors in Youths With Developmental Disabilities (DD): Comparison Between Mothers of Children and Those of Adolescents

(Service Delivery)
SOOJIN KIM (Yonsei University), Yuna Kim (Korea institute for ABA)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) is an evidence-based treatment for young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). However, studies on effectiveness of EIBI as well as its services for ASDs are rare in Korea. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of EIBI in Korea and to examine whether the effectiveness varies depending on intervention lengths. A total of 13 children with ASDs were divided into two groups, 6-month group (n=5) and 1-year group (n=8), based on EIBI duration. EIBI program was administered for 15 hours per week, and at 6-month intervals, changes of developmental level were measured using Psychoeducational Profile-Revised (PEP-R). Results revealed that developmental level significantly improved after EIBI. However, there were no significant differences in improvement level depending on EIBI lengths; developmental levels in both groups significantly increased. These findings emphasized the necessity of EIBI services for enhancing developmental level in young children with ASDs in Korea, irrespective of its lengths. Future studies with larger participant populations are recommended to generalize the result of this study.

 

Development of a Computer-Based Social Cognition Training Program for Children With High-Functioning Autism

(Service Delivery)
MINKYOUNG KIM (Yonsei University), DongHyun OH (Yonsei university), HyangKyeong Oh (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Social cognition and face perception are the two major concepts explaining social deficits in children with ASD. Social skills training based on the social cognition studies is the most widely used treatment, yet it use has been rather limited due it its high cost and lack of experts. Thanks to recent technical advances, computer-aided intervention methods are introduced. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate the effectiveness of a computer-aided social skills program which was developed based on findings from both social cognition and facial perception studies. 'FaceA', a computer-based social skills training program for children with autism was developed, especially for improving eye contact and facial recognition. Nineteen children with autism participated in this program and their pre and post test scores of the four-computerized tasks which measure the attention to face and ability of facial recognition were administered. After the training, participants showed significant improvement on 2 recognition tasks measuring face identity, but no improvement was found in 2 tasks measuring attention to faces. These results indicate that the 'FaceA' is an effective training program to improve attending and identifying human face. The practical difficulties and concerns are further discussed.

 

Effectiveness of an Intensive ESDM Parent Training for Social Reciprocity of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Pilot Study

(Service Delivery)
KYUNGHEE HAM (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Korea Institute for ABA)
Abstract:

The Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) is an early intervention program which uses behavioral approaches, focusing on cognitive and social development of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Previous studies reported that ESDM is effective for children with ASD, however effectiveness of ESDM delivered by parents who have the most interaction with child have not been well established. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of ESDM parent training for social reciprocity of children with ASD. Three parents of children with ASD, aged 3 years participated in this study. Parent training was administered for 4 months by an ESDM certified trainer. Parents daily rated children social reciprocity including frequency of eye contact, language expression, and positive response, lasting time of physical play activity and toy play using DBC-M (Developmental Behavior Checklist-Monitoring chart). DBC-M data was summed monthly and the first and last month data was compared. The results showed that positive response increased in all three children and eye contact and toy play increased in two children compared to the first month. However, no improvement found on other behavioral measures. Results of this pilot study suggest that intensive ESDM parent training is potentially effective intervention for increasing social reciprocity of children with ASD. Further implications and limitations are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #297A
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Reducing Stereotypy in Children With Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Beers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stereotypic behaviors are common in individuals with autism. Interventions to reduce stereotypy are often sought as stereotypy can be socially stigmatizing and interfere with the acquisition of other appropriate behaviors. For many individuals with autism, reducing stereotypy can be challenging as it is often maintained by automatic reinforcement. The specific reinforcer can vary based on the type of stereotypy and can often be difficult to identify, limiting replacement behaviors that may be targeted. This symposium presents four studies evaluating interventions to reduce stereotypy in children with autism. The first two studies evaluated the effects of noncontingent access to music on vocal stereotypy, examining different characteristics of the music used. The first study evaluated high-and low-preference music, and the second study evaluated different genres of music. The third study evaluated the effects of a self-managed differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) on various forms of stereotypy. The final study evaluated the use of a stimulus control procedure on the reduction of stereotypy.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): matched stimulation, self-management, stereotypy, stimulus control
 
The Effects of Noncontingent Access to Music on Vocal Stereotypy
RACHEL STROMGREN (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is a behavior that is commonly observed in individuals with autism and can limit appropriate social interactions as well as have a negative impact on learning. Noncontingent access to auditory stimulation in the form of listening to music can serve as matched stimulation and has been shown to decrease vocal stereotypy. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of noncontingent access to music played through headphones on vocal stereotypy as well as to compare the effects of listening to high- versus low-preference music. The results suggest that noncontingent access to music played through headphones decreased engagement in vocal stereotypy for all participants. The effect of high- versus low-preference music varied across participants.
 

The Effects of Noncontingent Access to Different Genres of Music on Vocal Stereotypy

Sheila Goodman (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), JENNIFER L. BEERS (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy is a behavior observed in individuals diagnosed with autism and typically presents as episodes of acontextual repetitive vocal sounds, words, or phrases. Previous research has evaluated noncontingent access to music to reduce vocal stereotypy; however, little information is typically given about the type of music used. As such, the current study evaluated the effects of noncontingent access to different genres of music on vocal stereotypy in three young male children. Classical, pop, and rock music were evaluated. Preference of each genre was also assessed to identify possible correlations between preference and effectiveness. Noncontingent access to music was effective in reducing rates of vocal stereotypy. Differential effects based on genre were observed, and pop music was found to be most effective.

 

The Effects of Self-Management of a Momentary DRO on Stereotypy in Children With Autism

MIGUEL FLORES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with autism may engage in stereotypy, or repetitive patterns of behavior, throughout their day. Stereotypy may interfere with social and learning opportunities, affecting the individuals inclusion in typical settings; therefore, it is important to implement procedures that will reduce stereotypy. It can also be beneficial in an applied setting to have the individual manage his or her own intervention, allowing the clinician or caregiver to attend to other tasks. As such, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of self-management of a momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure on stereotypy in children with autism. In this study, children were taught to independently self-manage a momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure. The results demonstrated that upon implementation of the self-management procedures, a reduction in stereotypy was observed from baseline to the self-management condition as well as during follow-up. In addition, fidelity of the implementation of self-management procedures remained high. The results of this study support the use of self-management of a momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure in applied settings to limit clinicians and caregivers need for continuous monitoring of the individuals behavior.

 
Stimulus Control to Decrease Stereotypic Behaviors
JILL L. MENGEL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders; Simmons College), Megan Maureen Maixner (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Elizabeth Meshes (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: Stereotypy is a common behavior among individuals with autism (APA, 2013) and can interfere with skill acquisition (Koegel & Covert, 1972). A functional analysis of stereotypic behavior confirmed that the stereotypy of two boys with autism was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Activity assessments identified high preference items that evoked stereotypy for each participant. A changing criterion design was used to evaluate stimulus control of stereotypy using a signal (i.e., colored wristbands) and vocal rule during inhibition and access conditions. Access to items that typically evoke stereotypic behaviors was provided contingent upon inhibition of stereotypy for the target duration. Results suggested that stimulus control procedures were effective to increase the latency to stereotypy during the inhibition condition for one participant, despite variable responding during the access condition. The stimulus control procedure resulted in substantially longer latencies to stereotypy during the inhibition condition and near zero latencies to stereotypy during the access condition for the second participant. Test probes following treatment resulted in longer latencies for all of the inhibition conditions compared to baseline. Generalization to maintenance tasks resulted in more variable data, but ultimately resulted in consistent inhibition of stereotypy for 11-14 min during maintenance tasks. The results of this study have implications for the use of stimulus control procedures in combination with contingent access to stereotypy as an effective intervention to increase inhibition of stereotypy for some participants.
 
 
Symposium #298
CE Offered: BACB
Learning How to Learn: Moving Beyond Direct-Contingency Instruction Through Verbal Relational Training and Testing Strategies With Individuals With Disabilities
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lindsey Renee Ellenberger (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, M.S.
Abstract:

Traditional approaches to behavior analytic assessment and subsequent treatment of language-limitations have been grounded in Skinnerian Verbal Operant theory. A limitation of Skinners approach was a reliance on exposure to direct contingencies to promote the development of verbal repertoires. Recent advances in Relational Frame Theory provide an alternative approach to language development that does not rely on exposure to direct contingencies for each skill topography, rather a history of reinforcement for relational verbal response classes (e.g., sameness, comparison, etc.). The symposium will compare the convergent validity of assessments based on Skinnerian verbal operant development with those based on Relational Frame Theory and conventional tests of intelligence. As well, we will compare procedures based on a direct-contingency approach to those based in relational training procedures, as described in the PEAK relational training system. Finally, we will showcase psychometric scoring properties associated with the PEAK scoring system and compare this metric to conventional scoring strategies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Language Development, PEAK, RFT
 

Evaluating the Relationship Between Higher-Order Relational Verbal Behavior and Common Assessments of Intellectual Functioning

JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Assessing the verbal operant repertoire of individuals with autism is crucial due to the language deficits experienced by this population, and the need for data-driven and individualized treatment. Although several assessments of verbal behavior are available to behavior analysts, few have demonstrated evidence of validity or reliability, and fewer still go beyond elementary forms of verbal operant behavior to complex relational verbal behavior. The PEAK Relational Training System contains two pre-assessments (PEAK-E-PA, PEAK-T-PA) that are used to provide a metric for evaluating participants? abilities to respond relationally to stimuli in their environment cross-modally, and across each of the relational frame families. We will present data correlating the PEAK-E-PA and the PEAK-T-PA with common assessments of IQ (e.g., WISC-V, WPPSI-IV) with 40 children and adolescents with autism, and will provide comparisons in terms of more traditional verbal behavior assessments (e.g., PEAK-Direct Training, PEAK-Generalization, VB-MAPP). The results have implications for the assessment and subsequent treatment of individuals with autism.

 
Derived Relational Responding and Contingency Shaped Learning: Evaluating the Effectiveness and Efficiency Through Randomized Control Trials and Single Subject Research
MEGAN GALLIFORD (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Amani Alholail (Southern Illinois University), Lindsey Renee Ellenberger (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present talk covers the relative effectiveness and efficiency of derived relational responding (DRR) and contingency shaped responding through typical discrete trial training (DTT). Both methods have shown to be effective and efficient in teaching a wide variety of skills, including arbitrary and non-arbitrary skills, to a diverse population. The benefits of DRR and contingency shaped training as well as the importance of increasing the understanding and implementation of DRR within the field of behavior analysis are discussed. Potential disadvantages of both DRR and contingency shaped applied behavior analysis (ABA) are also discussed with possible limitations in the skill repertoires we are able to teach with each method. Multiple exemplars of the effectiveness of these methods are shown through the use of the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) curriculum, which uses both contingency shaped responding and DRR to build an advanced verbal repertoire in children with autism and related disabilities.
 
A Comparison of Typical Percent Correct Scoring Systems and the PEAK Scoring System
MICHAEL BROOKS (Central Michigan Univeristy), Brian Davis (Central Michigan University), Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Common measures of response accuracy, such as percent correct responses, are often simple to train and implement but fail to reveal smaller but important advances in learning. The scoring system of the PEAK Relational Training System allows for tracking of prompt level and may be more sensitive to progress with little added effort. The goal of the current study was to examine differences in utility of the PEAK scoring system over the common percent-correct scoring system. Study 1 assessed the reliability of the PEAK scoring system by examining inter-observer agreement on PEAK scores following minimal training of the observers. Study 2 examined differences in data analysis by clinicians following visual inspection of graphs generated using the PEAK system and the percent-correct system. Finally, Study 3 involved examining the usefulness of the PEAK system in depicting acquisition of new skills by collecting data on the acquisition of a new behavioral skill program with both the PEAK scoring system and the common percent-correct system, and comparing the graphs of the resulting data. Results from our studies suggest that the use of the PEAK scoring system offers considerable benefits over the typical percent-correct scoring system with minimal added training cost.
 

An Evaluation of a Normative Sample and a Sample With Autism on the Ability to Derive Relations Using the PEAK Equivalence Module

KYLE E ROWSEY (University of Southern Mississippi), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts researching language and learning skills in individuals both with and without disabilities have focused primarily on how to establish and increase derived relational responding. Although previous research has indicated that the ability to derive relations may begin before the age of 2 years, little research to date has looked at how the ability to derive relations develops. That is, the ages at which children might be expected to exhibit the ability to derive symmetrical or transitive relations or identify more complex derived relations such as class mergers is unknown. Recently, a curriculum and assessment tool titled the PEAK Relational Training System has been published which includes several modules designed to incorporate both traditional discrete trial training and training for derived relational responding. With the release of the third module, the PEAK Equivalence Module (PEAK-E), behavior analysts now have a standardized assessment tool with which to examine these differing levels of complexity of relational responding. The current study sought to examine scores on the PEAK-E across children from ages 1-22 in both a typically developing population and a population with autism. The results and implications of these findings will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #299
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behaviour Analysis and Mental Illness: Our Lost Roots
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: David B. Lennox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to the World Health Organization and the National Institute on Mental Health, mental disorders affect one in four people worldwide and have a global financial burden of approximately $2.5 trillion a year. In spite of the obvious social significance of this problem, the contribution of behavior analysis has been relatively absent for the better part of 40 years. This is not how it used to be however. The applied branch of our science is rooted in the pioneering work of behavior analysts that applied the technology in the treatment of chronic schizophrenia, depression, severe personality disorder, and other challenges commonly classified as mental disorders. This symposium will provide a brief history of Applied Behavior Analysis relationship with mental disorder, discuss ongoing obstacles to behavior analytic contributions in this area, and present several treatment models and case examples that demonstrate the efficacy of behaviour analytic technologies when applied to a variety of challenges associated with psychiatric diagnoses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Behavior Analysis' Broken Promise to Mental Health: A Brief Historical Review

LISA ORSI (Forensic Consultation & Assessment Team: CAMH)
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner and Odgden Lindsley first replicated the free operant paradigm in humans with individuals diagnosed with schizophrenia at the Metropolitan State Hospital in Waltham, Massachusetts. Although this experimental work was not intended to be therapeutic in nature, but rather demonstrate the generality of the laws of behavior to human beings, it was foundational to the development of behavioral interventions in applied settings. Over the following 20 years behavior analysts would demonstrate the effectiveness of behaviour analytic technologies such as the token economy, contingency contracting, reinforcement and shaping procedures to improve quality of life for those diagnosed with severe and chronic mental illness. The extent of this contribution waned beginning in the 1980s, currently entering a period of near obscurity. This presentation will provide a brief history of Applied Behavior Analysis’ relationship with mental disorder, discuss ongoing obstacles to behavior analytic contributions in this area and possible reasons for the decline in interest, and finally suggest that behaviour analysts revisit their lost roots.

 
Behavior Analysis in an Inpatient Psychiatric Setting: Creating and Maintaining Behavioral Change Using Trauma-Informed Practices
JENNIFER MORRISON-DIALLO (Kings County Hospital Center)
Abstract: The Behavior Support Team (BST) as part of the Behavioral Health Department at Kings County Hospital Center in Brooklyn, NY has a unique team specialized in behavior analysis that decreases maladaptive target behaviors and increases adaptive replacement behaviors in adults and children with a variety of psychiatric diagnoses. Interventions used result in long-lasting behavioral change in both inpatient and outpatient settings including: comprehensive psychiatric emergency room (CPEP), acute adult inpatient, acute child inpatient, medical units, community residences, and home. This presentation will focus on our model of providing behavioral consultation and the positive effects such as: reduced length of stay, decreased restrictive interventions, increased days spent outside the hospital, and development of adaptive replacement behaviors in the community to support recovery. A special focus of this presentation will be how trauma-informed practices are incorporated into behavioral interventions implemented and how behavioral skills training was used to train staff how to view patients with a trauma-informed lens resulting in more effective, patient-centered care. Additionally, a case study using trauma-informed interventions will be presented about a patient who has an extensive history of trauma who engaged in extreme forms of self-injury.
 

Addressing Self-Harm and Suicidality Related Behaviours in Youth With Trauma and Complex Needs

MYLENA LIMA (Marymound)
Abstract:

Aboriginal youth exposed to multiple traumatic childhood experiences are at higher risk for self-harm and suicide (Aboriginal Peoples Survey, 2012). The current study describes the effects of a behavioural analytical intervention on self-harm and suicidality related behaviours for a seventeen-year old Aboriginal-Canadian female diagnosed with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD). The youth participated in a 12-month residential program at the Marymound Mental Health and Complex Needs Centre. Following Functional Behavioural Assessment, an individualized treatment plan was implemented including the behavioural techniques: behavioural activation, behavioural contracting, token economy, functional communication training, and behavioural management of the target behaviours. During Baseline she presented with multiple suicide attempts, and daily self-harm behaviours. Results demonstrated that the youth met treatment criterion after nine months into treatment. During the course of treatment secondary behaviours such as aggressive behaviours towards others, property destruction, outbursts, and frequency of involvement with justice system all improved. Generalization and maintenance across setting have occurred. Findings of the current study have wide implications for the use of behavioural analytical intervention for self-harm and suicidality related behaviours for youth with FASD and suffering from Trauma and Stressed Related Disorder.

 
Integrating Applied Behavior Analysis in the Forensic Mental Health System
LOUIS PAUL ALEXANDER BUSCH (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health)
Abstract: During the last century, western society has moved from conceptualizing the offenses committed by individuals diagnosed with mental illness as criminal behavior to a healthcare issue which requires a commitment to public safety. Still, individuals who live with mental disorders and who come into contact with the law face unique challenges in accessing effective treatment. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) offers strategies that can help reduce the risk of violence and treat behaviors commonly associated with severe mental illness while increasing the adaptive skills necessary for successful community reintegration. As part of the interprofessional care team, behavior analysts contribute an empirical approach to individual recovery which focuses on functional relationships between behavior and environment. This presentation will provide a brief overview of the forensic mental health system in Ontario, a description of a specialized inpatient rehabilitation program, and several case studies to provide the audience with an understanding of how behavior analysis can be effectively integrated into the forensic mental health system.
 
 
Symposium #300
CE Offered: BACB
Spread the Word! An Overview of Some Current Interdisciplinary Applications of Behavior Analytic Dissemination
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Granite
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Steven Anbro (University of Nevada Reno)
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Steven Anbro, M.S.
Abstract:

One challenge that behavior analysis consistently faces as a field is the dissemination of our science. The purpose of the present symposium is to present a variety of applications of behavior analytic research, both in conceptual and applied terms, that are fairly atypical when compared to a large portion of current behavior analytic research. The research we will present includes a number of current interdisciplinary applications of behavior analytic research and dissemination, drawing primarily from ongoing collaborative work with medical education while also discussing implications for future interdisciplinary work. Topics of discussion will include how behavior analysis can impact the quality of healthcare delivered to patients, how to systemically develop an organizational culture of wellness, the role of implicit bias and its effect on promoting diversity in the work environment, and how current applications of situational awareness training can pave the way for further interdisciplinary work with other scientific groups.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, Healthcare quality, Implicit bias, Situational awareness
 
Value-Based Care: An Open Door for OBM?
(Applied Research)
DAVID KELLEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The United States spends more money on healthcare each year than any other country in the world. Despite high costs, the quality of healthcare in the United States is below average, resulting in a society that is far from “getting what it pays for.” High costs and poor quality has resulted in a recent paradigm shift from traditional fee-for-service systems where hospitals and providers were paid by volume of patients seen to value-based care, where they are now paid for quality of care provided. This shift of focus has pressured healthcare organizations to improve quality of care at a rapid pace by placing a special emphasis on key quality outcomes. The current presentation will assess the research Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has conducted to address these quality outcomes in healthcare thus far and discuss avenues for future research to pursue. Finally, the presentation will discuss potential strategies for OBM consultants and researchers to enter the field of healthcare.
 
ACT Therapy vs ACTraining: A Behavioral Systemic Approach Towards Developing a Balanced View of Wellness in Higher Education.
(Applied Research)
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Psychological flexibility is a set of behavioral skills that increases an individual’s ability to adapt healthfully to the stressors of life. There is a growing body of research demonstrating the effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) for a wide-range of conditions including psychosis, depression, anxiety, eating disorders, chronic pain, and substance abuse. Concurrently, a growing body of research has also demonstrated ACT's effectiveness in nontherapeutic environments to aid in alleviating worksite distress, absenteeism, and sick leave. When delivered in nontherapeutic settings, ACT is often referred to as "Acceptance and Commitment Training" or "ACTraining". ACTraining is based on the same behavior analytic concepts and principles as ACT therapy and has the same analytic goals: increasing one's psychological flexibility. However, there are key topographical differences between the delivery of ACT therapy and ACTraining that have yet to be discussed in the behavior analytic literature, as well as, little to no work discussing the interlocked behavioral contingencies involved for an ACT-based technology to have a sustained effect within an organization. This paper will discuss the topographical distinctions between ACT therapy and ACTraining, as well as, a behavioral systems approach toward ensuring technological sustainability in a medical education.
 

Go With Your Gut? Examining the Role of Implicit Biases as They Relate to Diversity in the Workplace

(Applied Research)
JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Although diversity in the workplace has been a focal point for change over the last 50 years, a number of minority groups (e.g., women and people of color) remain underrepresented, especially in leadership positions. But resolving this issue is no easy feat. Despite decades of concern, stigmatization and discrimination are common in the social community. Moreover, biases in favor of one group over another still affect employee selection. As behavior scientists, we are poised to consider the effects of implicit biases and more importantly to determine how we might facilitate change for a more balanced workplace. To promote behavior analytic research in the area of diversity, the current paper will discuss the implications of developing training on diversity that identifies implicit biases and how one might effectively deal with such behavior. More specifically, it will emphasize the importance of utilizing empirically validated methods such as Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTraining) to reduce social bias. Lastly, the paper will discuss proposed work using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and ACTraining as an additive component in diversity training at a community-based medical school.

 

Ignorance is Not Bliss: Applying a Behavior Analytic Approach to Situational Awareness Training

(Applied Research)
STEVEN ANBRO (University of Nevada Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC), Kenneth J. Killingsworth (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Safety is a primary ongoing concern within many industries, with a particular emphasis being placed on the need to procedurally increase employee and consumer safety. Crew resource management (CRM) has historically emerged as a methodology within aviation for breaking down communication barriers and increasing safety for all parties. CRM has been a major factor in propelling aviation to the forefront as the safest method of commercial transportation available. One major component of CRM is situational awareness, or the ability of a flight crew to rapidly and accurately respond to conditions within a dynamic environment. Traditionally, situational awareness research within psychology has utilized subjective models and measures; this is primarily the case in medical training and general research in the area of situational awareness as well. By drawing upon the behavioral interpretations and current research on situational awareness, this paper will discuss the implications of the ongoing development for furthering our interdisciplinary collaboration with other scientific groups.

 
 
Symposium #302
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements and Applications in Behavioral Skills Training
Sunday, May 28, 2017
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
CE Instructor: Casey J. Clay, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) procedures have been used to teach a variety of skills over the last 30 years. Novel applications continue to be developed to increase mastery of necessary life skills for individuals with and without disabilities. To our knowledge, to date, there has not been a review conducted on studies that have focused on BST. This symposium includes a presentation of a literature review conducted on studies that have focused on BST, as well as three novel applications of BST involving individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). These applications include social and job skills, water safety, and teaching skills. All applications of BST were successful in teaching new skills to the participants. Generalization and Maintenance data were also present in the data-based studies. Attendees will leave with a comprehensive understanding of BST, as well as considerations of in situ training, generalization, and maintenance. Results from all studies and future directions of BST will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, generalization, literature review, skills training
 

A Review of Behavioral Skills Training: Identifying Effective Practices and Procedures

(Applied Research)
Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), Anne Clohisy (Doyle) (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), COURTNEY JORGENSON (University of Missouri), Juliana Hoyos (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training has been the intervention of choice by many behavior analysts for teaching a multitude of skills (e.g., safety skills, leisure skills, teaching skills) across a variety of populations (e.g., teachers, children with disabilities, parents). Examples of behavioral skills training vary, but procedures typically involve instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback components. To our knowledge a review of behavioral skills training has not been completed. In the current paper we searched for all applied examples of behavioral skills training published in peer-reviewed journals. We reviewed 27 studies to summarize key features and identify effective variables of behavioral skills training. We discuss areas of future research needed to create a systematic knowledge of behavioral skills training, and suggest best practice guidelines for professionals.

 
Evaluating the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services to Assess Incorrect Error Correction Procedures by Preschool Paraprofessionals
(Applied Research)
TYRA P. SELLERS (Utah State University), Melissa Bowe (Utah State University)
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) has been used to assess contributing variables related to undesirable staff performance. In this study, three preschool teachers completed the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services to identify the factors contributing to four paraprofessionals’ inaccurate implementation of error correction during discrete trial teaching sessions with preschooler with autism. The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services indicated insufficient training as a barrier, with Behavioral Skills Training (BST) as the matched intervention. We first implemented a non-indicated intervention (posting reminders), which was ineffective at producing mastery. We then implemented the indicated Behavioral Skills Training intervention which resulted in mastery for all participants. Social validity data indicated that the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services was an acceptable tool for use in addressing staff performance issues.
 

Increasing Job Skills With Behavioral Skills Training and Self-Monitoring

(Applied Research)
FRANCESCA RANDLE (Briar Cliff University), Stephanie A. Hood (Briar Cliff University), Atalie Arnold (Umo Ho Nation Schools)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) often require explicit teaching to master a variety of social and job related skills. Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of self-monitoring (e.g., prompting and providing feedback regarding ones own behaviors) to teaching individuals with developmental disabilities a variety of skills, including job skills (Connis, 1979), mathematics (Dunlap & Dunlap, 1989), daily living skills (Pierce & Schreibman, 1994), and social-reciprocity skills (Apple, Billingsley, & Schwartz, 2005). The current study used behavioral skills training (BST; Leaf et al., 2009; Miltenberger et al., 2004) and self-monitoring procedures to teach job skills to an individual with high-functioning ASD. A multiple-baseline design across responses was used to demonstrate experimental control over the effects of BST and self-monitoring. Following the removal of all teacher procedures except feedback, high levels of all social and job skills were observed (e.g., skills required for a grocery bagger position; introducing oneself to strangers, providing customer service, and bagging groceries). Additionally, following teaching sessions at a university clinic, moderate levels of stimulus generalization were observed at a local grocery store. We thinned the schedule of feedback to maintain high levels of responding equal or above typical coworker performance and to promote maintenance when the therapist was not present.

 

Teaching Water Safety Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Behavioral Skills Training

(Applied Research)
MARILYSE TUCKER (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

A number of studies have evaluated behavioral skills training (BST) to teach various safety skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. However, drowning prevention and water safety skills have not received much attention from researchers. A large proportion of deaths resulting from eloping or wandering in individuals with ASD are caused by drowning. Eloping and wandering is a common problem with this population, and remains one of the most pressing concerns of many families. The current study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of in-situ BST to teach water safety skills to three children with autism. The initial intervention was total task presentation using verbal instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. If needed, individual skills components were taught separately. Results showed that in-situ BST was effective in teaching three different skills to all three participants. Two participants needed individual component teaching for one or two of the skills. One-week and one-month maintenance probes revealed that the skills maintained after teaching. Overall, the findings suggest that BST is a viable method to teach potentially life-saving skills to individuals with autism, but certain prerequisite skills may be necessary.

 
 
Symposium #303
CE Offered: BACB
Further Evolutions of Behavioral Treatment of Autism: Alternatives to Traditional Intervention Approaches
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Lauren Erion (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL))
CE Instructor: Kaitlin Ross, M.S.
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) remains the treatment of choice for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. As ABA remains rooted to its scientific foundation and worldview, researchers in the field continue to explore variables that both evolve the technology and lead to, hopefully, better clinical outcomes. Examples of technological evolution are numerous. For example, functional assessment initially involved multiple sessions per function condition testing in an analog environment. This technology has evolved in many ways, including shorter duration sessions, fewer sessions, a focus on the natural environment of the individual being assessed, and more practical dependent measures (i.e., latency). Another example has been the shift from a focus on consequent intervention when dealing with problematic behavior, to one of antecedent focus. Behavior analysis remains vibrant and effective due to its predilection of self-analysis rooted in experimental data. This symposium will highlight recent advances in the field, in the areas of behavioral intervention and skill acquisition. The talks in this symposium will describe how advances in technology can add to the analysis of severe behavior problems and, when confronted with students who historically show difficulty learning in traditional behavioral formats, clinicians can more effectively ascertain behavioral methods that work with these idiosyncratic learners.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adolescents, adults, autism, physiological variables
 

An Investigation of the Relationship Between Arousal and Problematic Behavior in Adolescents With Autism: Assessing Physiological Correlates

(Basic Research)
KAITLIN ROSS (MECA), Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences), Lauren Erion (Preparing Adolescents and Adults For Life (PAAL)), Daniel Albrand (Preparing Adolescents and Adults For Life (PAAL)), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Frank Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL))
Abstract:

Individuals with autism often display behaviors that interfere with learning, integration, and personal growth. Behavior analysis has developed numerous technologies to assess and intervene on these behaviors. However, a set of variables largely missed in current assessment protocols is an evaluation of physiological variables that might covary with, or be casually related to, the target behaviors. This study investigated the psycho-physiological status of individuals with autism who exhibited specific problem behaviors (self-injury and aggression); specifically looking at the relationship between these behaviors and heart rate. These individuals wore wireless smart devices (Mio Watch) continuously during school hours, across several days. Staff intervened per treatment protocols when targeted problem behaviors occurred. Heart rate data for the 5 minutes prior to and 5 minutes immediately after each behavioral incident was recorded, as well as heart rate during the incident. Data were plotted and analyzed in terms of the data noting any sort of physiological reactivity that could be related to either overarousal or underarousal theories currently explaining the relationship between problematic behavior and biological correlates. The data most often supported an overarousal explanation, suggesting that individuals engage in self-injury or aggression to reduce physiological tension or arousal states. The results will be discussed in terms of new approaches to the identification and treatment of serious maladaptive behaviors.

 
A Comparison of Discrete Trial, Transfer Trial, and Cold Probe Teaching Methods
(Applied Research)
HAZEL BAKER (Advances Learning Center and Endicott College)
Abstract: It is important for clinicians to quickly identify the best instructional method to teach individuals. The results of research comparing teaching methods is often idiosyncratic. The purpose of this case study was to determine which teaching method was the most efficient to teach foundational language skills to a learner who demonstrated difficulty learning via discrete trial instruction. One learner participated, aged 7 years, and diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Her demonstrated skills fell in levels two and three on the VB-MAPP assessment. Listener responding, tacting actions, and intraverbal phrases were taught using discrete trial, transfer trial, and cold probe teaching methods. Targets from each skill were randomly assigned to a teaching method so methods could be compared across targets. An alternating treatments design was used to compare rates of acquisition across methods. Preliminary results showed that transfer trials was the most effective teaching method, followed by cold probes. This comparison of teaching strategies could serve as a model for clinicians in applied settings to compare and select how to best individualize teaching.
 

Doing More With Less: Innovative Ways of Teaching and Training via Technology

(Service Delivery)
ERIC SCHINDLEDECKER (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Jessica Zawacki (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysts arrange antecedent and consequent variables to establish and maintain desired behavioral targets. Readily available technology can dramatically expand the possibilities for implementing these to more subtly and efficiently change behavior, both with students and the staff who work with students. Additionally, the use of technology can shift the perspective of the community during community based programming in helping to reduce the stigma associated with more traditional methods of prompting. This presentation demonstrates several different instructional protocols incorporating a variety of ubiquitous technologies (e.g., Bluetooth; FaceTime) in the training of skill acquisition of adolescents and adults with autism. In addition, the use of live-stream video in the training and supervision of staff working in community environments will be described and data provided showing how teletraining and support is effective in establishing and maintaining staff skills. This presentation will discuss potential clinical and research questions pertaining to the use of technology to provide traditional training.

 
 
Symposium #304
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Using Telemedicine to Supervise Functional Analysis and Discrete Trial Performance
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
CE Instructor: Sharlet D. Rafacz, Ph.D.
Abstract: Current technology allows the field of behavior analysis to expand its reach. In particular, thanks to telemedicine, training and service delivery are now possible despite large geographical distances. Utilizing these technologies will allow instructors, supervisors, and clinicians to provide or oversee services in a more efficient and cost-effective manner. Prior to making the transition, however, it’s necessary to confirm that training, supervision and service delivery are equally effective when delivered via telemedicine. As such, this symposium will address two key areas of training and supervision, specifically conducting functional analysis and discrete trial training. The first study in this symposium evaluates a procedure for offering master’s students faculty-supervised experience in designing, implementing, and evaluating data collected in a telemedicine approach to functional analysis. The second study will compare the relative effectiveness of in-person and telemedicine feedback, specifically videoconference and bug-in-ear, on discrete trial performance. The benefits and limitations to utilizing telemedicine for training and supervision will then be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, online education, supervision, telemedicine
 
Functional Analysis Training for the Online Master’s Student: A Telemedicine Approach
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology), Ellie Chambers (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelly Deacon (ABC Group), Hannah Laviana (Florida Institute of Technology), Rebecca Oshiro (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) methodology is the gold standard for evaluating contingency relations between stimulus events and unwanted behavior. Bricks-and-mortar university training programs often have mechanisms in place for providing hands-on FA training to students of behavior analysis. In the past decade, online alternatives to bricks-and-mortar programs have emerged; yet many of these programs have not developed comparable mechanisms for providing FA instruction and guided practice. One barrier is that supervisors in applied settings may not have had sufficient FA training themselves and are thus rightly reluctant to subject clients to procedures for which they lack the necessary competence to guide their students. We evaluated a procedure for offering students faculty-supervised experience in designing, implementing, and evaluating data collected in a telemedicine approach to functional analysis. Results showed strong procedural adherence and inter-rater reliability in two FA procedures conducted from start to finish by students in a master’s degree program in professional behavior analysis. Implications for online graduate training program development are discussed.
 

A Comparison Between In-Person, Videoconference, and Bug-in-Ear Feedback on Treatment Integrity With Early Intervention Employees

CRYSTAL LOZA (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The prevalence of autism has increased substantially over the past decade (Centers for Disease Control, 2015), bringing early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services into greater demand for families living in both urban and rural areas (Jang et al., 2012; Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2015). Currently there are not enough behavior analysts to oversee these interventions and as a result many behavior analysts must travel long distances to see clients. By providing employee feedback through telemedicine approaches such as bug-in-ear (BIE) and videoconference technology, behavior analysts can assist clients by remotely monitoring interventions delivered by behavior technicians. Doing so can save time and that time can be used to assist more clients. In this study, we evaluated the relative effectiveness of BIE, videoconference, and in-person feedback on increasing treatment integrity with behavior technicians working for an EIBI company. The potential secondary effects (i.e., distractibility) of the stimuli present across each delivery method were also examined. The experiment utilized a multi-element research design with an initial baseline and a brief follow-up of the three feedback delivery methods. Relative effectiveness, secondary effects, social validity and cost-benefit of each feedback method will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #305
CE Offered: BACB
Providing Clinically and Ethically Sound Services Within Managed Care Contracting
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.A.
Chair: Lorri Shealy Unumb (Autism Speaks)
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (Autism Learning Partners)
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services)
IAN MELTON (Endicott College, Hopebridge Pediatrics)
Abstract:

More than 40 states now mandate coverage of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) from most insurance companies, including publically funded plans. Insurance companies have very clear parameters regarding the number of sessions and maximum benefits approved as well as what is required for authorizations. Moreover, many funding sources dictate what are considered acceptable and unacceptable skill domains for inclusion on treatment plans. As practitioners, while navigating these benefits can be daunting, our most critical task and responsibility is the provision of the highest quality of clinical care with the best outcome. This panel will discuss the topic and viable solutions within behavioral frameworks including strategies to ensure clinical integrity of programming, meet clinical prescription, maximize potential benefits of insurance coverage, ensure skilled direct service staff, and maintain the highest quality of supervision standards. Sufficient time will be provided for discussion with the audience.

Instruction Level: Advanced
 
 
Panel #306
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Considerations in the Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior in the Home Setting
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kim Phillips, M.A.
Chair: Alexandra K Petz (Autism Home Support Services)
LISA K. DWORKIN (Autism Home Support Services)
KIM PHILLIPS (Autism Home Support Services)
CHRISTIAN BENAVIDES (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Serving individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in home settings is a growing sector in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). With this comes a number of ethical dilemmas related to safety, effectiveness, and environmental constraints. Given that individuals with ASD frequently demonstrate rates of challenging behaviors higher than those with intellectual disabilities but without autism (Brereton, Tonge, & Einfeld, 2006; Emerson & Hatton, 2007b)—this is an area that must be addressed by almost every in-home ABA practitioner and family of a child with ASD. When these behaviors become severe safety risks (due to age/size, learning history, etc.) these ethical dilemmas become more fraught as families’ abilities to safely manage behavior without support staff, availability of other placements, safety of ABA therapists, and efficacy of ABA programming all come into play. While schools and residential placements have resources to keep clients with severe behaviors and others safe, the home setting does not—frequently leading to reliance on crisis teams, hospitalization, and emergency placements. The panel discussion will focus on ethical considerations and decision making in addressing severe problem behavior in home settings with specific attention placed on case conceptualization, risk assessment, parent training, and crisis intervention.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ethical Considerations, Problem Behavior
 
 
Symposium #307
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Trauma Informed Care: Through the Lens of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: David Donnelly (University of Rochester)
CE Instructor: David Donnelly, Ph.D.
Abstract: Within the medical and psycho-social therapeutic communities, there has been a growing awareness that exposure to traumatic events can have a significant impact on the person so exposed. As a result, there has been a growing literature calling for and describing approaches labeled as Trauma Informed Care (TIC). Considerable journal space and federal funds have been dedicated to TIC, and reports of effective treatment have multiplied as well. As with many new ways of conceptualizing and treating problems, there has been much excitement regarding this as a way of improving therapist sensitivity and therapeutic outcomes. The rapid expansion and variety of methods claiming to be TIC has resulted in a field that lacks cohesion, as well calling into question validity of the claims made. The purpose of this symposium will be to discuss the concept of trauma from a behavior analytic perspective, to explore the existing TIC literature through the lens of applied behavior analysis (ABA), and to highlight where a behavioral approach can be used to better define, understand, and effectively treat individuals who have experienced trauma. It will be suggested that TIC would benefit substantially from ABA conceptualization, methods, and outcome measures.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Trauma-Informed Care: Operationally Defining Trauma
(Theory)
KEITH FREDERICK GORDON (University of Rochester / Hillside Family of Agencies), David Donnelly (University of Rochester)
Abstract: The term “trauma” has become ubiquitous (both amongst mental health service providers as well as the general public) when describing adverse past events and their effect on the behavior of individuals. Correspondingly, service providers across multiple disciplines have been tasked with providing “Trauma-Informed Care” to consumers. While operational definitions of trauma have been generally lacking, it has been described as asking “what happened to you?” instead of “what’s wrong with you?” With its emphasis on ontogeny and the lawful, deterministic nature of behavior, Applied Behavior Analysis is fundamentally oriented towards providing service consistent with this ideal. By defining trauma and its behavioral effects in precise scientific terms, ABA researchers can open a path towards invaluable contributions to the existing body of research. It is also imperative that ABA practitioners bring this precision to interdisciplinary treatment teams serving trauma affected individuals. Dialectical Behavior Therapy’s teaching and differential reinforcement of incompatible and alternative behaviors (“Distress Tolerance Skills”) is one example of a well-established treatment in use by other disciplines where collaboration from a behavior analyst is clearly therapeutically indicated.
 
Evidence Based Treatment of Trauma-Informed Care: A Review of the Literature
(Theory)
KELLY POSTLE (University of Rochester; Stepping Stones Learning Center; NYSABA;), David Donnelly (University of Rochester)
Abstract: Patients with a history of single or multiple traumatic life events who utilize health care or social services may become re-traumatized or experience distress during these interactions. Direct service professionals can eliminate or reduce these episodes through trauma informed care (TIC) that is person-centered and unique to specific person’s needs. Despite the growing professional awareness and need to incorporate TIC into practice, few research studies have examined successful care implementation or outcomes within these vulnerable populations using a behavioral approach in conjunction with patient reported outcomes. The literature focusing on providing TIC across practice settings over the past three years was reviewed, focusing on objective measures of behavior change for the person that had experienced trauma. Results suggest that most of the current literature does not provide sufficient information to be considered evidence-based. Recommendations regarding possible contributions from Applied Behavior Analysis will be included.
 
Trauma-Informed Care: Trauma as Establishing Operation?
(Theory)
MEGHAN L. MCGEE (University of Rochester Warner School of Education), David Donnelly (University of Rochester)
Abstract: The co-occurrence of a mental health illness in individuals with an intellectual disability is approximately 3 to 5 times greater than those without a disability. Research studies and other prevalence data indicate findings of a significant range, 20% to 71% respectively. Further, individuals with a developmental disability demonstrate a higher rate of problem behavior than those without a disability or mental health need. Baker & Blumberg (2006) positioned “an underlying psychiatric disorder can be seen as an establishing operation” when engaging in a functional behavior assessment: the process to investigate the environmental influences and reinforcement on problem behavior. The establishing operation informs the likelihood of target problem behavior by altering the reinforcing (and punishing) value of the consequences immediately following the behavior. The purposes of this paper will be to investigate a similar position with a specific establishing operation, trauma. A preliminary review of the behavioral literature has yielded no empirically valid studies investigating trauma as an establishing operation independent of developmental disability or in its co-occurrence.
 
 
Panel #308
CE Offered: BACB
What Makes Pokemon Go? Social Engineering Contingencies of the Now
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: CSS/AAB; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D.
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN)
JESSICA FERNANDEZ (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems, Inc.)
KALLE LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc.)
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Peronalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract:

Released across 26 countries in July of 2016, Pokmon Go has attracted a player base of over 130,000,000. The location based, augmented reality game is accessed through handheld Android and iOS devices interfaced to a worldwide server based accessed through Google cloud. This discussion will consider the underlying behavioral technologies present in the game and the worldwide social engineering potential in the now and near future.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Contingencies, Meta-Contingencies, Relational Contingencies, Social Engineering
 
 
Symposium #310
CE Offered: BACB
Two Procedures for Accelerating the Rates of Learning for Preschoolers and Adults
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yu Cao (Columbia University Teachers College)
CE Instructor: Yu Cao, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will present three papers whose focus is on one of two methods for accelerating rates of learning for preschoolers and adults: The establishment of Naming (in preschoolers) and the Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy (TPRA) observational procedure (with graduate students). The first study compared the rates of learning of 60 children with and without Naming, revealing that the presence of Naming as a verbal behavior developmental capability was a significant predictor of learning. Further, when Naming was present there was no significant difference in the rate of learning between children with and without disabilities. The second paper tested the effects of Naming under conditions where learn unit instruction was presented directly versus conditions where instruction was modeled by the teacher (indirect instruction). Results indicated that children for whom the Naming capability had been established learned objectives faster under the indirect learn unit conditions. The third paper compared the use of a fidelity checklist to a tested Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy (TPRA) observational procedure for training graduate students to implement the ADOS-2.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): accelerated learning, Naming, preschoolers, procedural fidelity
 

The Effects of Naming on the Rate of Learning for Preschool Children With and Without a Disability

YU CAO (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract:

The study investigated the effects of Naming on childrens rate of learning in a sample of 60 children that included children educationally diagnosed as preschoolers with a disability (n=42), and they typical peers (n=18). Children were 3.88 years on average at recruitment. Children with Naming were first identified, and then were matched with children without Naming by age, gender, disability status, and verbal behavior status. Learn units-to-criterion was used to measure childrens rate of learning, with a lower number of learn units-to-criterion indicating a faster rate of learning. The experimenter conducted a multiple regression analysis to determine whether the presence of Naming significantly predicted the rate of learning with and without disability status in the model. An independent T-test and a one-way ANCOVA were also conducted to determine whether disability status significantly predicted rate of learning when Naming was present. The results of the analyses revealed that Naming was a significant predictor of rate of learning with and without disability status in the model; further, when Naming was present, there was no significant difference on rate of learning between children with a disability and their typical peers.

 
The Induction of the Verbal Developmental Capability of Naming and the Subsequent Acceleration of Learning by Observation
R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), MADELINE FORINASH (Columbia University Teachers College), Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison Center)
Abstract: We tested the effects of the induction of the verbal developmental capability of Naming on the rate of acquisition of new operants under standard learn unit (SLU) and instructional demonstration learn unit (IDLU) conditions. Four participants with developmental delays were selected for the following study due to the absence of listener and/or speaker components of the Naming capability. A counterbalanced reversal design across participant dyads was conducted in which each participant’s rate of acquisition was compared under IDLU and SLU conditions before and after the acquisition of Naming. Dyad 1 consisted of Participants K and P, who underwent protocols until Naming was acquired before the participants in Dyad 2 (Participants S and H). Intensive tact instruction (ITI) and multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) were used to induce Naming by significantly increasing the frequency with which participants were reinforced for responding appropriately as a listener (point-to) or speaker (e.g., correctly saying the name of an item) to novel 2-dimensional operants. After the acquisition of Naming, learn units to criterion significantly decreased for all participants across academic objectives. Further, across SLU and IDLU baseline conditions, all participants required fewer learn units to master short-term objectives across IDLU conditions as compared to SLU conditions. Results indicate that while these four participants did not benefit from a teacher model prior to the induction of Naming, each of them learned math and textual responding objectives faster given a teacher model after acquiring the Naming capability.
 
A Comparison of TPRA and a Fidelity Checklist on Six Graduate Students’ Accuracy of ADOS-2 Administration and Scoring
LIN DU (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: The current study investigated the effects of using Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) versus a fidelity checklist on training graduate students to implement the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule, Second Edition (ADOS-2) with preschoolers with disabilities. The participants were six graduate students majoring in School Psychology and Intellectual Disabilities/Autism. The dependent variables were administration and scoring of the four modules in the ADOS-2, included selecting the correct module for the individual, completing all required tasks in the selected module without errors, managing potential problem behaviors appropriately, as well as the percentage of accuracy in total scores and coding of algorithm for autism spectrum disorders. All participants received training on coding the modules via the example videos prior to their administrations of the ADOS-2 assessments, in which the experimenter provided comparison coding and feedback. Three participants in Group 1 conducted the ADOS-2 assessment and received their feedback through TPRA, which analyzed the accuracy and rate of the participants’ performances and provided immediate and contingent consequences for their correct and incorrect responses. The other three participants in Group 2 conducted the ADOS-2 assessment and received their feedback through a fidelity checklist. Criterion was set at 80% accuracy across three sessions in Module One/Two and Module Three/Four.
 
 
Symposium #312
CE Offered: BACB
Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS), AKA PBIS: What is the Role of Behavior Analysts?
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Discussant: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A multi-tiered systems of support framework (MTSS) is established as a method to improve behavior support as well as prosocial and academic achievement in schools across the country. The adoption of this methodology, often referred to as school-wide positive behavior interventions and support (PBIS), has been encouraged by federal and state regulations. Both federal and state agencies in education, mental health, and human services have provided numerous grants to assist schools, and other organizations to adopt this framework. Through the OSEP National Technical Center on PBIS, over 20,000 schools are involved in implementing SWPBIS. This symposium will review the components of MTSS/PBIS, an organizational behavior management framework, the evidence of effectiveness and the future impact this might have on our educational and human services systems. Behavior analysts have an important role to play in increasing the efficacy of the schools and/or organizations in which we work. This framework provides an opportunity to utilize applied behavior analysis beyond individuals to change systems. Presenters will review the opportunities and challenges facing behavior analysts in working in organizations that use this framework, as well as, those organizations considering adopting this framework (Putnam & Kincaid, 2015; Putnam & Knoster, 2015).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior support, Improving education, Scaling ABA
 

Scaling up Applied Behavior Analysis: Implementing Multi-Tiered Systems of Support in Schools and Other Organizations

(Service Delivery)
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute)
Abstract:

This presentation will provide an overview of how schools are utilizing multi-tiered systems of support (MTSS)/ PBIS, an organizational behavior management framework, across individuals, small groups, classrooms, and school-wide. Often this is referred to as a three-tiered continuum of behavior support practices. The framework includes links to applied behavior analysis in that evidence-based practices include school-wide prevention-based modifications in the environment and methods to teach replacement behaviors to all individuals. Data-based decision making within a team-based approach to problem solving is a fundamental component at each tier, as individuals learn to examine problems more systematically and consider not only what changes to make for individuals and groups of students, but how to support adult behavior change such that practices can be sustained over time. Furthermore, schools have established data systems to include methods to measure treatment fidelity and outcomes over time. By utilizing a comprehensive and systematic approach, each aspect of behavioral support is strengthened for the individuals and staff at each of the multiple tiers The presentation will also review the research supporting the use of multi-tiered systems of support (MTSS) and positive behavioral interventions and supports (PBIS) as an approach with foundations in ABA. For these reasons, the adoption of the methodology associated with the framework has been supported through both federal and state regulations. Participants will become familiar with the legislation that encourages the use of PBIS and MTSS that began with the Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA, 1997) and has extended most recently the Every Student Success Act (ESSA, 2015). For example, IDEA of 1997 encouraged schools to utilize functional behavior assessments when developing positive behavioral support plans and provided funds to states for professional development to build practices in positive behavioral support to improve student behavior in the classroom. Both federal and state agencies in education, substance abuse and mental health organizations, and human services have provided numerous grants to assist schools, and other organizations to adopt this framework. Several of these will be reviewed such that participants see the impact of this framework across multiple governing agencies.

 
Roles of Behavior Analysts in Multi-Tiered Systems of Support in Schools: Supporting Each Tier
(Service Delivery)
KACI FLEETWOOD (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Behavior analysists can play an important role in the implementation and sustainability of MTSS/PBIS in both school and community-based organizations. Among these roles are the data analyst, the behavioral coach, team member, and trainer for staff. Given their training in data-based decision making, behavior analysts are well suited for facilitating discussions about the efficacy of function-based, empirically supported interventions. Although often more comfortable with this role when it applies to individual behavior change, behavior analysts can provide guidance to teams about the application of prevention and consequence-based strategies and teaching procedures as it applies to larger units such as groups of individuals, students and staff, and whole systems. As members of multi-tiered teams, behavior analysts can pair themselves with prevention-based practices potentially before students need more intensive levels of support. Furthermore, any opportunity to help teams use data to guide their discussions and decisions will lead to the selection and sustainability of effective practices. Behavior analysts often encounter challenges working effectively in school settings, and often face barriers at the theoretical and practical level. The reality is that effective practices require effective systems to support and sustain school staff behavior (Horner et al., 2009). Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS) provide behavior analysts with the opportunity to create and support systems that deliver effective interventions to students that yield positive outcomes for staff and students. This presentation will provide practical examples of critical roles that behavior analysts can play at all three tiers of MTSS within school and district systems. Important considerations for working as a behavior analyst within school systems will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #313
CE Offered: PSY

A Fictional B. F. Skinner

Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Richard Gilbert, Ph.D.
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
RICHARD GILBERT (Independent Scholar)
Richard Gilbert has had several jobs over a long working life, including high-school teacher and university professor, government scientist and elected politician, journalist and consultant on transportation and urban issues. His main formal qualifications are a fifty-year-old Ph.D. in experimental psychology and long-time registration as a clinical psychologist in Canada's Province of Ontario. He's done no substantive work in psychology for decades. He's spent some of his retirement years revisiting matters that preoccupied him during the 1960s and 1970s through writing a novel, Skinner's Quests. In the 1960s, his research and teaching had focused on behavior analysis, shifting in the 1970s to behavioral pharmacology and work with human subjects. He served on the editorial board of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior from 1971 to 1976. He ceased being a full-time researcher and teacher in 1976 when he was elected to the first of six terms as a local and regional politician in Toronto. Richard Gilbert has produced fifteen non-fiction books, the latest being the second edition of Transport Revolutions: Moving People and Freight without Oil, written with political scientist Anthony Perl. He's produced several hundred articles on a wide range of topics, some published in academic journals, more in professional and popular publications.
Abstract:

Skinner's Quests describes a fictional odyssey by a young B. F. Skinner to England in 1939. His two quests were prompted by philosopher Bertrand Russell and involved Russell's protégé Ludwig Wittgenstein. The intellectual quest was to redirect Wittgenstein's changing analysis of language toward something Russell would find palatable. The political quest—undertaken for the White House —was to provide insights about the behavior of Adolf Hitler, who had been at high school with Wittgenstein. Skinner went chiefly to meet Sigmund Freud, near death in London after moving from Vienna in 1938. He had cited Freud often, with more admiration than agreement. Skinner met several other characters of historical importance, including Alan Turing. He also had numerous encounters with entirely fictional characters. Some were romantic. Some were merely social. Some had a sinister edge that reflected the time of his travels, one of modern history's most fraught periods. I'll describe the novel's provenance and possible achievements, and set out some of the behavioral issues examined in the novel. These mostly concern verbal behavior and are often presented within an evolutionary framework. I'll show how the backdrop of Europe's unsettling politics of the time was used to enrich the discussions of behavioral issues.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the history of behavior analysis, its conceptual foundations, and the B. F. Skinner biography.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe factual and counter-factual history; (2) describe the history of behavior analysis relevant to Skinner's contributions; (3) describe Skinner's relationship with Freud and with Wittgenstein; (4) describe Skinner's biography circa 1939.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #314
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Behavioral Economic Applications Reveal a Role for Dopamine in the Valuation of Negative Reinforcement

Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D.
Chair: William Stoops (University of Kentucky)
ERIK OLESON (University of Colorado Denver)
After initially performing undergraduate research in the laboratory of Dr. Peter Kalivas, Dr. Erik Oleson sought out a graduate training environment where he would be instructed in the intricacies of animal behavior. Dr. Oleson's Ph.D. mentor, Dr. David C.S. Roberts, and their colleagues at Wake Forest University School of Medicine, instilled him with a great appreciation for the experimental analysis of behavior. One notable scientific contribution from his graduate work was the development of an operant within-session behavioral economics approach that allows experimenters to assess the value an animal places on cocaine. Dr. Oleson then sought out a post-doctoral training environment where he was trained to utilize several cutting edge neuroscientific techniques that can be applied to the behaving rat. Under the mentorship of Joseph F. Cheer at the University of Maryland School of Medicine, Dr. Oleson learned how to conduct fast-scan cyclic voltammetry and optogenetics. Fast scan cyclic voltammetry allows for a real time assessment of changes in neurochemical concentration; optogenetics allows for a causal assessment resulting from transiently turning on/off select neural populations. During his time a post-doctoral researcher, Dr. Oleson provided the first real time assessment of changes in dopamine concentration during signaled operant foot-shock avoidance. At present, Dr. Oleson is starting his independent laboratory at the University of Colorado Denver where he is assessing the role of dopamine in the valuation of foot shock avoidance.
Abstract:

Making sound value-based decisions in a changing environment is an integral part of our daily economic-based decisions and our overall survival. Dopamine is a neuromodulator that is thought to represent reward value, but is almost exclusively studied within the context of positive reinforcement. Here, we are applying behavioral economic theory to address the role of dopamine in the valuation of not only positive, but also negative reinforcement. Either sucrose, or the opportunity to avoid electric foot shock, is provided to rats across ten ascending prices within a single experimental session. By assessing the rate at which individual demand curves decay, we compute a metric (alpha) that represents the worth a rat places on an outcome. Using voltammetry, we found that the concentration of dopamine observed at both sucrose- and avoidance-predictive cues decreased as a function of price, although an initial suppression was observed in the avoidance task. Using optogenetics, we found that modulating dopamine concentration similarly alters the valuation of sucrose and avoidance. Our results suggest that a transient dopamine signal represents the worth an animal places on any advantageous outcome.

Target Audience:

BCBAs at both the doctoral and master's level.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss behavioral economic theory and within-session operant procedures can be used to assess reinforcer value; (2) discuss subsecond dopamine release events and how they are related to value during positive reinforcement; (3) discuss how subsecond dopamine release events are related to value during negative reinforcement.
 
 
Panel #315
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Novel Funding Sources for Training Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Rachel Seaman, M.Ed.
Chair: Rachel Seaman (The Ohio State University)
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board)
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

This professional development series panel will highlight the unique avenues that experts in the field of applied behavior analysis have taken to secure funding not only for clinical services, but for training pre-service behavior analysts. Funding within universities, designing training programs, and grant writing will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): funding, grants, training
 
 
Symposium #316
CE Offered: BACB
Training Applied Behavior Analytic Skills Using Advanced Technologies
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 304
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Azure Pellegrino (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Azure Pellegrino, M.A.
Abstract: Training applied behavior analytic skills to individuals who provide services to clients is a critical area of development. As technology advances, so do the possibilities of developing effective and efficient training. This symposium investigates some of these possibilities. Computer-based training can be self-paced and include lectures, video examples, and interactive activities. Gerencser, Higbee, Contreras, Pellegrino, and Gunn investigated this format on training paraprofessionals to implement errorless discrete trial instruction. Scott and Lerman also evaluated this format on training teachers to detect potential antecedents and consequences of problem behavior. Other technologies that can be used in training are video modeling and enhanced written instructions. Berkman, Roscoe, and Bourret compared the effects of each of these training methods on graduate students' acquisition of creating single-subject design graphs using GraphPad Prism. The potential advantages and future directions of using each of these training methods are discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): computer training, Prism, teacher training, video modeling
 
Evaluation of Interactive Computerized Training to Teach Paraprofessionals to Implement Errorless Discrete Trial Instruction
KRISTINA GERENCSER (Utah State University; Marcus Autism Center), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Bethany P. Contreras Young (Utah State University), Azure Pellegrino (Utah State University), Summer Gunn (Utah State University)
Abstract: Training paraprofessionals who work with children with disabilities can be challenging due to limited resources. Alternative ways to train paraprofessionals on a larger scale is needed. Interactive computerized training (ICT) – a self-paced program that incorporates audio narration, video models, interactive activities, and competency checks – is one potential solution. ICT has been successful at training college students and special education teachers to implement discrete trial instruction, but its effectiveness to train paraprofessionals is unknown. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the utility of ICT, using a multiple-baseline design, to teach six paraprofessionals to implement discrete trial instruction and an errorless learning procedure. Following the training, the fidelity of implementation of discrete trial instruction increased for all participants, at varying levels, when implemented with students in their classrooms. We evaluated the effects of providing remote feedback and coaching on fidelity. We also evaluated generalization to novel programs and maintenance.
 
Computer-Based Instruction for Training Teachers to Detect Potential Antecedents and Consequences of Problem Behavior
JELISA SCOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Training teachers and paraprofessionals to detect and record putative antecedents and consequences of problem behavior in the classroom has a number of benefits. In this study, we evaluated the outcomes of a computer-based training program consisting of lectures, models, and practice. A total of 38 teachers and paraprofessionals with limited experience in collecting descriptive assessment data participated. Participants scored videos of teacher-student interactions after completing components of the computer-based instruction. The study was designed to determine (a) if training with single exemplars of common antecedents (e.g., demand delivery) and consequences (e.g., reprimands) would produce generalization across multiple exemplars, and (b) if training with single antecedents and consequences would produce generalization across simultaneously occurring antecedents and consequences. Results indicated that single exemplar training was adequate for most participants to detect untrained exemplars. However, training that specifically targeted the detection of simultaneously occurring antecedents and consequences was necessary for the majority of participants. These data support the efficacy of computer-based training and indicate the necessary and sufficient components of this training.
 

Comparing Procedures for Training Staff to Create Single-Subject Design Graphs Using GraphPad Prism

SYDNEY J BERKMAN (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

An important skill for behavior analysts is creating graphs that clearly convey intervention outcomes. Prior research has documented the shortcomings of Microsoft Excel (e.g., Su, 2008; Vanselow & Bourret, 2012). GraphPad Prism allows for editing that aligns with graphing conventions, but initial training is needed. Two effective self-directed training methods are video modeling (VM; e.g., Collins, Higbee, & Salzberg, 2009; Moore & Fisher, 2007) and enhanced written instructions (EWI; e.g., Graff & Karsten, 2012), but no single-subject studies have compared the efficacy of the methods. In this study, we compared the efficacy and social validity of EWI and VM for training staff to create graphs using Prism. In Study 1, a single-subject design was used to compare the effects of the methods on the individual performance of 11 graduate students. In Study 2, a group design was used to compare the effects of the methods across a greater number of graduate student participants (n = 28). EWI and VM were both found to be effective, and no significant differences in accuracy or speed were found. Mean interobserver agreement for both studies was above 95%.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #317
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

A Nonsocial Reinforcement Hypothesis of Autism Spectrum Disorderand its Implication for the Acquisition of Verbal and Social Behaviors

Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D.
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
SVEIN EIKESETH (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Svein Eikeseth, Ph.D., is a professor of psychology at the Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences. Dr. Eikeseth has a Ph.D. from the University of Kansas and has been a postdoctoral researcher at the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA). Dr. Eikeseth is the director of several major international research projects, and has made important contributions to the study of autism and to the field of behavior analysis. Eikeseth has published numerous scientific articles, book chapters, and books. He is a consultant for the Associanzione Pianeta Autismo, Rome, Italia, research and clinical director the UK Young Autism Project, Director for Banyan Center, Stockholm, Sweden, and a consultant for the Institute of Child Development, Gdansk, Poland.
Abstract:

Children with ASD and typically developing children were given a choice of responding to view social images or responding to view nonsocial images. Results showed that children with ASD responded significantly more to view the nonsocial images as compared to the typically developing children. This demonstrates that the nonsocial stimuli are more potent reinforcers for the behavior of children with ASD, as compared to typically developing children. The Nonsocial Reinforcement Hypothesis of ASD asserts that infants develop ASD because they have a strong affinity for nonsocial reinforcers. When nonsocial stimuli are more rereinforcing than social stimuli, the environment selects and shapes varies forms of stereotyped and repetitive behavior rather than verbal and social behaviors. Indeed, verbal operants such as tacts and intraverbals are shaped and maintained by social reinforcement, and are often missing or delayed in children with ASD. Echoic behavior, which is more often seen in children with autism, do not require the same type of social reinforcement since copying a stimulus may be reinforcing in itself. The affinity for nonsocial reinforcers may have negative effects on the establishment of a variety of social stimuli as conditioned reinforcers, which further hampers the development of communication, social skills and social interests.

Target Audience:

Professional behavior analysts who are BCBA-certified, applied researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state how children with ASD tend to respond to nonsocial as opposed to social reinforcers; (2) state how children with ASD differ from typically developing children with respect to social versus nonsocial reinforcement; (3) describe the implications of preference for nonsocial reinforcement for the acquisition of verbal and social behavior.
 
 
Symposium #319
CE Offered: BACB
Reinforced Behavioral Variability: Basic Research, Applications, and Theoretical Implications
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral variability is often adaptive; however, some individuals, such as individuals with autism, struggle to vary appropriately. Behavioral variability can be maintained using reinforcement and it has been suggested that behavioral variability may be an operant. This symposium includes presentations on basic and applied research on reinforced behavioral variability, as well as discussions of the theoretical implications of this research. The first presentation (Galizio and colleagues) will describe basic research conducted with pigeons investigating persistence and relapse of reinforced behavioral variability. The second presentation (Abreu-Rodrigues and colleagues) will describe basic research conducted with college students investigating the effects of response cost and variability contingencies on choice. The third presentation (Harris and Higbee) will describe applied research investigating variability of play behavior conducted with children with autism. The final presentation (Neuringer) will address the theoretical implications of studying reinforced behavioral variability, as well as the relevance of reinforced behavioral variability to other fields. Directions for translational research will be discussed (Podlesnik). The current presentations will examine reinforced behavioral variability from a variety of perspectives and illustrate the importance of studying reinforced behavioral variability in basic and applied research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral variability, operant variability
 
Persistence and Relapse of Reinforced Behavioral Variability
(Basic Research)
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Charles Frye (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Jeremy Haynes (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Behavioral variability is adaptable, can be maintained with reinforcement, and may be an operant. Three experiments were conducted to examine persistence and relapse of reinforced behavioral variability by testing reinstatement and resurgence. Pigeons emitted four-peck sequences throughout. In Experiment 1, a two-component VARY-YOKE multiple schedule was used. Levels of variability in the variability component decreased in extinction and returned to baseline in reinstatement. In Phases 1 and 2 of Experiment 2, sequences were only reinforced if they started with the right or left key, respectively, and satisfied a variability contingency. Phase 3 involved extinction. Variability remained high throughout the experiment. Pigeons emitted sequences starting with the right and left keys in Phases 1 and 2, respectively. In Phase 3, sequences starting with the right and left keys were emitted equally, consistent with both resurgence or operant variability and extinction-induced variability. Experiment 3 used two groups of pigeons. In Phase 1, either a variability or repeat contingency was in place. In Phase 2, the repeat contingency was in place for all pigeons. Phase 3 involved extinction. Levels of variability in Phase 3 were similar for both groups, consistent with extinction-induced variability. These findings question the extent of operant variability.
 

Effects of Response Cost and Variation Contingencies Upon Choice

(Basic Research)
JOSELE ABREU RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Lívia de Ângeli Silva Penha (Universidade de Brasília), Déborah Lôbo (Universidade de Fortaleza), Letícia Pires (Universidade de Brasília)
Abstract:

The present studies attempted to isolate the effects of response cost and variation requirements upon choice. In Study 1, college students chose between two alternatives. In Experiment 1, sequences had to differ from the previous five ones (VAR contingency) and include two (VAR 2) or five (VAR 5) switches. In Experiment 2, reinforcers were contingent to the emission of a unique sequence (REP contingency) with two (REP 2) or five (REP 5) switches. In Experiment 3, choice was between one vary (VAR 2 or VAR 5) and one repeat (REP 2 or REP 5) contingency. Participants preferred two to five switches under both VAR and REP contingencies (experiments 1 and 2). Preference for the REP alternative (Experiment 3) increased with the number of switches in the VAR alternative. In Study 2, pigeons chose between two alternatives with equal response costs (1 or 2 switches), but differing variation requirements (Lag 2 versus Lag 4, Lag 6 and Lag 8). Choice for the most lenient requirement tended to vary directly with the variation requirement. It was concluded that both response cost and variation contingencies may ascribe aversive properties to variation contexts, thus affecting choice between varying and repeating response sequences.

 

An Analysis of Variability of Play Behavior With Preschool Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
KATIE ENDICOTT (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Unlike typically developing children, children with autism do not vary their play with toys. Instead, they often display repetitive, stereotypical movements. Recent studies in the area of variability have demonstrated that when response variability is treated as a behavioral operant, it can be increased by implementing a reinforcement contingency on a lag schedule. The purpose of this study was to determine whether three preschoolers with autism would vary their play actions when exposed to a lag schedule of reinforcement and physical prompting procedure. A multiple baseline across participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a lag schedule and manual prompting procedure on the play behavior of three children with autism. The intervention procedure was used to evaluate response variability while probes were conducted to see if variability generalized to two other similar play sets. All three participants demonstrated varied play actions in the presence of the lag schedule and prompting procedure. When the lag schedule was removed in a 2-week maintenance check, responding remained at high rates but stereotypical patterns of behavior were observed. This indicates a lag schedule and prompting procedure may be effective for evoking varied behavior in play in young children with autism.

 
Operant Variability in Perspective
(Theory)
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College)
Abstract: Response variability is controlled by reinforcers that are directly contingent upon that variability. Research has demonstrated not only precise control over levels of variability but also control by discriminative stimuli, these findings leading to the claim that variability is an operant (reinforceable) dimension of behavior. This talk will focus on the relationship between operant variability and other fields. Research in behavioral neuroscience explores the physiological processes that underlie behavioral variability, including brain loci and events at the level of individual nerves. Research in psychopharmacology shows effects of neurotransmitters and other drugs on variability. Cognitive science research concerns exemplars of concepts and categories, and these demonstrate variability similar to that seen in the operant chamber. Research on learning by developmental psychologists has focused on the importance of controlled variability for development. Similarly, studies of skill acquisition shows that variability is correlated with proficiency. In each of these cases, the ability of individuals to vary levels of variability appears to be an important component of learning and, more generally, of functional behavior. The goal of this talk is to show how research across a variety of fields contributes to an understanding of how variability is controlled and the consequences of such control.
 
 
Symposium #321
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Evidence-Based Decision-Making: Considerations From Four Contexts
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Evidence-based practice can be characterized as a framework for decision- making. The presumption is if practitioners base their decisions on the integration of best available evidence, professional judgment, client values and context, then this framework can be a basis for all decisions practitioners must make in their professional practice. The four presentations in this session reflect how this framework can be applied across very different contexts.. The presentation by Susan Wilczynski discusses methods for training practicing applied behavior analysts to fully utilize the evidence-based practice decision-making model. The presentations by Larry Maheady and David Forbush consider challenges to training education professionals to adopt aspects of the evidence-based practice decision-making framework. Maheady will speak to issues in preparing pre-service teachers to adopt a data-based decision making process. Forbush will speak to issues in developing a statewide professional development program for educators. The presentation by Wayne Fuqua addresses issues of training applied behavior analysts to detect and troubleshoot treatment failures All presenters will highlight the relationship between the evidence-based practice decision-making framework and the Behavior Analysis Certification Board?s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): decision-making, evidence-based
 

Training Behavior Analysts to Use the Evidence-Based Practice Decision-Making Model

(Service Delivery)
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract:

The evidence-based practice of ABA (EBP of ABA) decision-making model effectively integrates relevant sources of information that have historically been important to behavior analysis. For example, data on treatment effectiveness gleaned from the literature, our behavioral principles, and the clients history must be combined with issues of social validity and treatment feasibility to identify a treatment that is most likely to produce favorable client outcomes. This presentation addresses how the field of applied behavior analysis can bring the EBP of ABA to scale. To meet this goal, training must occur at several levels. For example, graduate training programs must offer training and continuing education units must be offered at conferences. But the greater emphasis in this presentation is on how to help practicing behavior analysts understand that the EBP of ABA decision-making framework provides a guide to practitioners in how to integrate our historic emphasis on variables such as treatment acceptability, treatment integrity, social validity, and client repertoire with data on client outcomes. A personalized system of instruction (PSI) will serve as an example of how to demonstrate how these variables can be integrated to select, retain, adapt, or reject treatments throughout the decision-making process.

 

Improving Evidence-Based Decision-Making Among Pre-Service General and Special Education Teachers

(Service Delivery)
LAWRENCE J. MAHEADY (SUNY Buffalo State)
Abstract:

This paper describes two inter-related efforts to improve evidence-based decision-making skills among novice general and special education teachers. The first approach utilized a two-course research design sequence to generate applied data sets from single case studies conducted by small groups of novice teachers. These data sets, in turn, are used blindly by other teams of novice teachers in a graduate assessment course to make ongoing data-based decisions. Novice teachers in the assessment course meet weekly to review individual data sets that are presented sequentially (i.e., one phase at a time A-B-A-B), and respond to series of decision-making questions. Assessment team members graph data sets for their target classes and two different individuals each week. They independently write responses to phase-specific, data-based questions, share them in weekly team meetings, and make recommendations for how to proceed instructionally (i.e., continue, adapt, or abandon interventions). Individual teams then present their respective evidence-based practices and data-based findings to the entire class. Organizational and pedagogical challenges to preparing novice educators to adopt aspects of an evidence-based practice decision-making framework are discussed.

 
Designing and Implementing an Evidence-Supported State-Wide Professional Development System for Educators
(Service Delivery)
DAVID FORBUSH (Utah State University)
Abstract: The Utah Professional Development Network (UPDN) is charged with enhancing social, emotional, and academic outcomes for students with disabilities in Utah. The UPDN strives to achieve these outcomes by enhancing educators’ knowledge, skills and dispositions through professional development (PD). The UPDN engages school and district level administrators intensively in systems change actions to support their personnel’s attainment of targeted knowledge, skills, and supporting dispositions aligning with gaps in student performance. These systems changes include adoption of evidence-based practices (EBP), transferring these practices from PD settings to school and classroom settings through collaboration, training and coaching, adapting non-core EBPs elements to increase adoption, function, sustainability, and scaling over time. The UPDN applies a 10 step PD planning process, and utilizes a five level PD evaluation process among other tools, in pursuit of targeted project outcomes. This presentation will focus on these tools/processes, and the decision making frameworks associated with select components.
 

Detecting and Troubleshooting Treatment "Failures": An Essential Component of Evidence-Based Practice

(Service Delivery)
RICHARD WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a multi-component process in which practitioners select, refine and deliver clinical services based on a) the best available scientific evidence, b) unique client and contextual features, c) training and competence of the practitioner, d) ongoing clinical progress monitoring and decision making and e) early detection and trouble shooting of treatment failures." Developed initially in medicine, EBP has been extended to the delivery of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services and is considered an essential feature of ethical and high quality ABA service delivery. This presentation will offer practical advice for ABA practitioners who wish to incorporate EBP strategies into their clinical services and thus improve the quality and accountability of ABA and clinical behavior analysis service delivery. Objectives (at least 3): Attendees will 1) identify the essential features of evidence based practice in ABA 2) select and use behavioral data and visual displays to monitor clinical progress 3) describe strategies to detect and trouble shoot treatment failures

 
 
Symposium #322
CE Offered: BACB
Advanced Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 28, 2017
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
CE Instructor: Corey S. Stocco, Ph.D.
Abstract: To achieve robust technology for teaching verbal behavior, we must develop a thorough understanding of controlling variables across a wide variety of conditions. This symposium includes studies investigating a range of verbal responses of children with autism and children of typical development. Emery and Lechago evaluated a procedure that included contrived motivating operations to teach mands for information to children with autism. In a similar vein, Zube et al. studied the effects of teaching procedures on the acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbal responses. Changing the focus to children of typical development, LaFond et al. investigated the emergence of safety skills produced by equivalence-based instruction. Saavedra et al. assessed the influence of rules on the honest reports of children in environments with conflicting reinforcement contingencies. As a whole, these studies will share data that contribute to the understanding and treatment of verbal behavior that presents a number of challenges.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): correspondence, equivalence, intraverbals, mands
 

Contriving Motivating Operations to Teach the "Why?" Mand for Information to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JULIA EMERY (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Mands for information are ubiquitous in daily conversation and constitute an important part of a verbal behavior repertoire. Manding for information brings multiple benefits to the speaker including obtaining needed items and information, navigating the environment more efficiently, and acquisition of additional verbal behavior (What is it?). Since information often does not function as a reinforcer for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), contriving the motivating operation (MO) to teach mands for information can prove to be a challenging task. In the present study, a multiple probe design is used to examine the effects of contriving the motivating operation and echoic prompts to teach the Why? mand for information to individuals diagnosed with ASD. Specifically, the authors examined whether the mand for information would generalize across MOs. Three MO conditions were contrived: 1) delayed access to a preferred item or edible, 2) barriers to a preferred item or edible, and 3) conversation on preferred topics. Thus far, we have collected data for one participant. The results for our fist participant demonstrate that contriving the MOs and using the echoic prompt was successful to teach Why?. The mand generalized to 1 MO (from barriers to items to delayed access to items), however, training was required for the third MO (conversation). No responding occurred during the control condition during which there was no MO to mand for Why?. Data on additional participants is currently being collected.

 

Teaching Multiply Controlled Intraverbals to Children With Autism

MICHELLE L ZUBE (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), Lauren Goodwyn (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Intraverbals are important for social, academic, and problem solving success. Some intraverbals are more complex than others due to multiple control. Individuals with autism may struggle to learn multiply controlled intraverbals due to problems with stimulus overselectivity. To date, only one study has evaluated strategies for teaching multiply controlled intraverbals to children with autism. The purpose of this investigation was to replicate and extend past research on teaching multiply controlled intraverbals by evaluating (a) the effects of an errorless teaching procedure in the form of a progressive prompt delay, (b) the effects of a differential observing response (DOR) if the progressive prompt delay was not effective, and (c) the effects of adding a listener response to the DOR if it was not effective alone on the acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals by three children with autism. All participants learned at least one set of multiply controlled intraverbals with the progressive prompt delay. All participants also required additional teaching procedures (DOR, DOR plus listener response) to learn some sets of multiply controlled intraverbals. Based on these findings, it seems that listener responding might be effective for teaching DORs when speaker responses alone are not sufficient.

 
Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Primary Caregivers’ Contact Information to Children of Typical Development
TIFFANY LAFOND (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Past studies have evaluated safety skills or abduction prevention skills with people with disabilities. However, few studies have taught safety skills for such individuals when lost. Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has been effective in teaching a variety of skills and might be useful to teach safety skills to children. The present study used EBI to teach primary caregiver's basic contact information to typically developing children. Three classes were trained; each equivalence class consisted of a picture of the caregiver, his or her written name, phone number, and name of place of work. A pretest-train-posttest maintenance design with a control group was used with a one-to-many (OTM) training structure. All untrained novel relations emerged for each experimental participant, demonstrating the effectiveness of EBI in teaching safety skills. Overall, the experimental participants demonstrated higher levels of accurate responding in all assessments (oral, match-to-sample, and generalization probe) than the control participants.
 

Using Rules to Improve the Honest Reports of Children in Environments With Conflicting Reinforcement Contingencies

JESSICA SAUTER (Briar Cliff University), Ingrid Saavedra (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Despite caregiver reports that lying is a common concern with children of typical development, there is little research that informs strategies to improve honesty. Previous research has demonstrated that the honest reports of children are sensitive to rules and contingencies, but we know little about the interaction between these variables. We evaluated the influence of rules framed as honesty produces reinforcers when reinforcement favors lying. We observed children of typical development during a homework completion task in which they completed a math worksheet and reported their answers. Baseline included reinforcement for reports of correct answers, even if the answer was incorrect. In the rule condition, we systematically replicated previous research by reading a story that included a moral (i.e., rule) framed as honesty produced reinforcers. To date, the rule has produced mixed results across participants, but in all cases, reinforcing honesty was required to produce consistent results.

 
 
Symposium #323
CE Offered: BACB
The Power of Language for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Increasing Play and Social Skills
Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Discussant: Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Catelyn Gumaer, M.A.
Abstract:

Recent research has identified a strong relationship between deficits in language, play and social skills for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Specifically, severe deficits in language is a predictor of poor play and social skills outcomes. This symposium will consist of two research studies that use behavioral approaches to investigate the effects of language in naturalistic play settings on play and social behaviors. The first study focuses on the Natural Language Paradigm (NLP), with researchers assessing its effectiveness on increasing play and social behaviors such as appropriate verbalizations. In the second study, using a play setting, researchers compared the use of English and the child’s heritage language on play, and social verbal behaviors. Multiple baseline designs were used in both studies to analyze treatment effects, generalization was assessed, and inter-observer reliability was calculated. These two studies provide further support for the link between language, play and social behavior, demonstrating how language can be used to increase the social skills and play behaviors of children on the spectrum.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Language, Play, Social Skills
 

Natural Language Paradigm for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder: Play, Happiness, and Social Behaviors

CATELYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

For children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), deficits in language have predicted poor play and social skills outcomes (Toth et al., 2006). However, the Natural Language Paradigm (NLP) has proven to be effective in increasing spontaneous appropriate verbalizations for children with ASD (Koegel et al., 1987). The present study assessed the efficacy of NLP on increasing appropriate play and social behaviors as appropriate verbalizations increased. A multiple baseline design across four children with ASD was used to assess the efficacy of NLP on increasing appropriate play, joint attention and happiness behaviors. Measurements of all behaviors were taken during play sessions for baseline and follow-up probes, play sessions with a parent for generalization probes, and during NLP intervention sessions. Results demonstrated an increase of 50% in appropriate verbalizations across five consecutive sessions in all participants. Additionally, results indicated increases in appropriate play behaviors, joint attention behaviors, and happiness behaviors. Furthermore, results demonstrated generalization of these skills across person and setting. Follow-up play probes and generalization probes indicated maintenance of these skills at two-weeks, one-month, and six-months. The current study demonstrated the robustness and resilience of NLP’s effectiveness on the development of language, play and social skills for children with ASD.

 
Examining the Effects of Language on Social Skills in Bilingual Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
NATALY LIM (University of Texas at Austin), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract: Given the rise in bilingualism and the increase in prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), there is a need for more culturally and linguistically sensitive research. The present study addressed this gap in the literature by investigating heritage language usage for bilingual children with ASD. Specifically, an alternating treatment design with a multiple baseline across participants was used to compare the effects of English and heritage language on play and social verbal behavior. Four bilingual children with ASD (three Korean-American, and one Latino-American) participated in this study. Baseline consisted of 5-minute free-play sessions conducted in English. Intervention consisted of two alternating conditions: 5-minute play sessions conducted in English or the participant’s heritage language. A play-related instruction, contextually appropriate comment, and verbal praise were made every 30s during intervention. Results demonstrated that participants displayed more play behaviors in heritage than English language sessions. No clear differences were found for social verbal behavior. Ancillary data taken on instances of inappropriate behaviors for one participant demonstrated there to be fewer instances of inappropriate behavior during heritage language sessions. Results are discussed in terms of the potential that using heritage language has in enhancing social skills interventions for children with ASD.
 
 
Symposium #324
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Video-Based Instruction Variables for Skill Acquisition in Children With Autism
Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tara Olivia Loughrey (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
Discussant: Logan McDowell (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
CE Instructor: Tara Olivia Loughrey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research on video-based instruction is gaining momentum in applied literature. This symposium presents research evaluating variations of video-based instruction which include a comparison of screen sizes and voice-over narration with video prompting to teach various skills to children with autism. These studies demonstrate the overall effectiveness of video-based instruction. Further, these studies highlight the behavioral effects of manipulating variables associated with video-based instruction such as screen size and voice-over narration.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Video modeling, Video prompting, Video-based instruction, Voice-over narration
 

A Comparison of the Effects of Screen Sizes During Video Prompting With Children With Autism

SHANNON BARTON (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Tara Olivia Loughrey (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Logan McDowell (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
Abstract:

Video prompting has been shown to be an effective prompt for various skills with individuals with autism and other disabilities (Bereznak, Ayres, Mechling, Alexander, 2012). Using a multiple baseline across participants with an imbedded alternating treatments design, we evaluated the effects of video prompting across three different screen sizes (iPad, laptop, Smartboard). Skill acquisition (percentage of independence) was evaluated through the completion of three vocational tasks. Preliminary results show that video prompting was an effective technique for two of three participants across all three screen sizes. Maintenance probes will be presented to assess durability of behavior change.

 

Effects of Video Prompting Without Narration on a Daily Living Skill Among Students With Autism

TARA OLIVIA LOUGHREY (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Kyle Bennett (Florida International University), Cristina Crocco (Florida International University), Logan McDowell (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
Abstract:

Video-based instruction (VBI) has been successfully used to teach skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. Recent research efforts have focused on analyzing the components of the VBI intervention package, one of which is voice-over narration. The comparative studies on VBI with and without voice-over narration have produced conflicting results with some participants performing equally in both conditions. A potential reason for these results is a product of the adapted alternating treatments design used in those studies, specifically alternation effects. In the current study, we used a multiple probe design across participants to examine the effects of video prompting without voice-over narration in isolation. Results suggest that the intervention was not effective for two of the three participants. However, participants performance increased once voice-over narration was added in a separate phase. These results are discussed along with implications for practice and future research.

 
 
Symposium #326
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
An Evaluation of Methods Improving the Safety and Efficiency of the Functional Analysis and Treatment Process
Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joshua Jessel (Child Study Center)
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The functional analysis and treatment of problem behavior involves the identification of the reinforcers maintaining problem behavior, and the development of a function-based treatment whereby those same reinforcers are presented contingent on appropriate behavior. When working with children who exhibit severe problem behavior, the safety of those involved (patient and therapist) is of the utmost concern. Often times, modifications to assessment and treatment procedures can be made to ensure (a) the functional analysis, a context intended to evoke problem behavior, is as brief as possible and (b) those components which could potentially worsen problem behavior are eliminated. The first study evaluates the efficacy of a 5-min functional analysis as a tool to inform the development of a treatment intended to reduce the evocation of problem behavior. The following two studies in this symposium evaluate the manipulation of reinforcer dimensions in treatments where extinction cannot be implemented due to the severity of problem behavior. The results of these studies support the use of multiple modifications that could improve the safety for all those involved with the functional analysis and treatment process.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, efficiency, functional analysis, safety
 

An Evaluation of the Single-Test Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis

RACHEL METRAS (University of North Texas), Joshua Jessel (Child Study Center), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific), Melinda Robison (Child Study Center)
Abstract:

Functional analysis can often be a lengthy process requiring time and resources not readily available to practitioners working with children who exhibit severe problem behavior. The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was recently developed as an alternative functional analysis format that improved analytic efficiency by requiring only 25 min to conduct (Jessel, Hanley, & Ghaemmaghami, 2016). Furthermore, in a reanalysis of 10 analyses, Jessel et al. (2016) found that a within-session analysis could reduce the process to as little as a single 5-min session. We extended this previous research by conducting what was termed the single-test IISCA with two boys who exhibited severe problem behavior. A function-based treatment package, including reinforcement thinning, informed by the results of the single-test IISCA nearly eliminated problem behavior for both participants. We suggest that the single-test IISCA could be a viable alternative to other functional analysis formats when time is limited.

 

Manipulating Dimensions of Reinforcement to Reduce Rates of Problem Behavior in the Absence of Escape Extinction

Sandra Beatriz Castellon (Florida Institute of Technology), ALISON M. BETZ (Coastal Behavior Analysis), Krystal Aguirre (Florida Institute of Technology), Madeleine Diane Keevy (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Although escape extinction is often included as a treatment component for children with problem behavior, it may not always be feasible to implement in many cases. Thus, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which manipulating dimensions of the reinforcement for the alternative response (i.e., compliance) influenced rates of problem behavior in the absence of escape extinction. Specifically, we compared the effects of manipulating the quality and magnitude of reinforcement for the alternative response. Additionally, we evaluated the most effective treatment under leaner schedules of reinforcement to further evaluate treatment efficacy. Results from the study suggested that manipulating the quality of reinforcement produced more robust results during treatment comparison for escape-maintained problem behavior. Further, as the schedule of reinforcement for alternative responding was thinned, lower levels of problem behavior were maintained at increasingly lean schedules when alternative responses resulted in the delivery of a high-quality reinforcer.

 

Investigation of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Without Extinction for Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior

ADAM M. BRIGGS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Amber Lessor (University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Previous research indicates that manipulating dimensions of reinforcement during differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) for situations in which extinction (EXT) cannot be implemented is a potential approach for treating problem behavior. Therefore, we replicated and extended previous research by evaluating the effects of DRA without EXT for escape-maintained problem behavior by determining (a) the conditions under which DRA without EXT was effective for decreasing and maintaining low levels of problem behavior and (b) whether intervention effects would maintain while the token exchange schedule for the alternative response (i.e., compliance) was thinned. Results showed that effective treatments were developed in the absence of EXT by manipulating the magnitude and quality of reinforcement for compliance for all four participants and maintained when reinforcement schedules were thinned for three of the four participants. Implications and future directions related to manipulating dimensions of reinforcement for alternative responding without EXT for problem behavior maintained by social-negative reinforcement and schedule thinning are discussed.

 
 
Panel #329
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Academic Assessment in Higher Education
Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Todd W. Knealing, Ph.D.
Chair: Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi)
MARIA LYNN KESSLER (Oregon Institute of Technology)
TODD W. KNEALING (Briar Cliff University)
EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
Abstract: University faculty are increasingly involved in institutional assessment. As behavior analysts, we are accustomed to designing direct measures of behavior (overt and covert). Professors and instructors are relatively efficient at measuring learning outcomes from a class level (e.g. tests and assignments). However, it is a more difficult task to measure learning outcomes at the level of the program, or even the institution. Behavior analysts can help, especially with identifying measurable learning outcomes and with developing the measures for typical outcomes like “critical thinking”. Behavior analysts may contribute to the implementation of an assessment process – basically establishing a performance management system to facilitate faculty participation in assessment. Together, these tasks are a job for the behavior analyst that is separate from and in addition to a faculty position. In other words, behavior analysts can not only be a useful asset to their department by teaching their area of expertise, they can also be useful at the level of the institution through an assessment position. Panelists will discuss the responsibilities that behavior analysts have in this role.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): academic, assessment, university
 
 
Panel #330
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Tools to Enhance Performance in Human Service Settings
Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Coby J. Lund, Ph.D.
Chair: Coby J. Lund (DataFinch Technologies)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
JANET BARNETTE LUND (DataFinch; Integrated Behavioral Solutions)
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The panelists will discuss the importance of OBM in human service settings with an emphasis on the impact of effective or ineffective performance on quality of care and employee satisfaction. Several tools exist that can support effective performance. Each panelist will describe a tool that is designed to enhance some aspect of performance in human service settings. Electronic data collection can be a tool to standardize efficient data collection and analysis while saving man hours. Performance analysis tools can be used in human service settings to identify core determinants of individual underperformance (e.g., training needs, lack of discriminative stimuli in the environment) at both the specific task level (PDC-HS) and overall caseload management level (CMSS). The panel will also discuss additional tools that are needed and the optimal design features of those tools to keep them conceptually systematic and effective in support of human services.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): data collection, electronic data, performance management, treatment integrity
 
 
Invited Paper Session #332
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Skinner on Averaging: Was He Right? Should We Keep the Faith?

Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Neville Morris Blampied, Ph.D.
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
NEVILLE MORRIS BLAMPIED (University of Canterbury)
Neville M. Blampied graduated from the University of Auckland in 1970. That year he moved to a faculty position in the Department of Psychology, University of Canterbury, Christchurch. In 40+ years at Canterbury he morphed from a physiological psychologist to a behavioural pharmacologist to an experimental behaviour analyst and then (finally) to an applied behaviour analyst. His major research area for the past 20 years has been in applied family psychology, notably pediatric sleep disturbances. Recently he has become concerned with methodological issues in research and with attempting to position single-case research as an alternative to the increasingly discredited null-hypothesis significance testing tradition in Psychology. In December 2012 he completed a 7-year stint as Head of Department and member of the Executive of the College of Science. He also served six years as Director of Scientific Affairs for the New Zealand Psychological Society (2004–2010), two years as National President of the Association of University Staff (2000–2001), three years on the Board of the NZ Universities Academic Audit Unit (2001–2003), and was President, Division 6 of the International Association of Applied Psychology 2010–2014.
Abstract:

In his magnum opus, The Behavior of Organisms (Skinner, 1938) Skinner presented an experimental analysis of behavior that eschewed averaging data across subjects. Even at the time, this stance was unusual, and since then has become even more so. Since the 1950's more than 80% of published quantitative empirical research in Psychology has used group mean data analysed by null-hypothesis statistical tests (NHST). Recently in behavior analysis there have been recurrent calls for the more widespread use of averaging (and NHST) and claims that this would make behavior analysis more acceptable to mainstream psychology. So, was Skinner right, or should we resort to conventional data analytic practices? This paper will review the recent calls for change within behavior analysis about averaging. Then it will consider some developments in fields outside of behavior analysis that bear on the question. It will consider implications from biology and natural selection. It will also consider growing criticisms of group averaging from within mainstream psychology, especially from personality research. Finally it will consider the implications of fundamental measurement theory concerned with ergodicity. The conclusion - Skinner was right, and behavior analysis should keep faith with his rejection of group averaging.

Target Audience:

Basic and applied researchers and methodologists in behavior analysis and those concerned with the behavior of scientists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe typical data analysis techniques in behavior analysis; (2) describe typical data analysis techniques in the psychological sciences; (3) describe compare and contrast the typical data analysis techniques in behavior analysis and the psychological sciences; (4) describe the contexts in which the typical data analysis techniques in behavior analysis and the psychological sciences are appropriate and inappropriate.
 
 
Panel #333
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Are you Training a Future Behavior Analyst or Interventionist? Effectively Supervising Behavior Analysts in Training
Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D.
Chair: Nga Luong-Richards (Florida Institute of Technology)
MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD; Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
MATTHEW CICORIA (Behavioral Observations Podcast)
MARY SAWYER (Aubrey Daniels Institute)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board provides guidelines to Board Certified Behavior Analysts for provision of effective supervision. However, discussions on social media forums such as Facebook raise concerns about the quality of supervision received by students in the field of Behavior Analysis. This panel focuses on discussing key components in providing effective supervision, teaching supervisees to engage in problem solving using the evidence based practice framework, and how to promote behavior analytic skills over solely implementing interventions. Panelists will provide insight and recommendations based on their experiences training supervisees in the home and school environment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): evidence based, problem solving, Supervision
 
 
Panel #334
CE Offered: BACB
Charting the Future Course of Behavior: Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence
Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Abigail Lewis (Bx+)
RICHARD M. KUBINA (Penn State)
PAUL THOMAS THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC)
Abstract:

According to Gartner research, 5.5 million new devices will connect every day this year and contribute to the Internet of Things (IoT). An estimated 6.4 billion IoT devices were expected to be used globally in 2016 alone. With forecast estimates of up to 20.8 billion IoT devices by 2020, analytics and data science professionals will need new and improved tools to explore and make sense of these massive datasets. Two areas that will be of importance to the world, and arguably the future of behavior analysis, are artificial intelligence and machine learning. Behavioral Science can contribute immensely towards these areas given our reliance on a coherent and systematic approach to philosophy, theory, experimental analysis, and practical applications to real-world issues. This panel seeks to address the potential avenues to pursue this future. The presenters will discuss their personal views and promising avenues for pursuit. Following will be an open discussion with attendees on inviting other perspectives and future directions and implications for the scientist-practitioner.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Artificial Intelligence, Internetof Things, Machine Learning
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #335
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Intelligent Behaviour of Animals and Plants

Sunday, May 28, 2017
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Thomas Zentall, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas Zentall (University of Kentucky)
ALEX KACELNIK (Oxford)
Alex Kacelnik is professor of Behavioral Ecology at Oxford (UK). He studied biology in Buenos Aires and completed a doctorate at Oxford in 1979. After working periods in Groningen (The Netherlands), Cambridge (UK), and the Institute for Advanced Studies (Berlin), he founded the Oxford Behavioural Ecology Research Group that he still chairs. He is also a founder and non-executive director of OxfordRisk, a company dedicated to rationalize financial investment using scientific understanding of risk-related behavior. Alex's c.200 publications include work on the behaviour of (mostly) birds, mammals, insects, humans and, more recently, plants. His papers regularly appear in Science, Nature, PNAS, PRSB, and specialized behavioral journals. Currently, he works on risk sensitive behavior, on the nature of reinforcement, on the physical intelligence of birds, and on the adaptations and counter adaptations of parasitic birds and their hosts. Among other distinctions, he is a fellow of the Royal Society, was a fellow of, is an honorary professor at Buenos Aires University, has received the research award of the Comparative Cognition Society, and is delivering the 2016 Tinbergen Lecture at the Association for the Study of Animal Behaviour (UK). Alex's work establishes bridges between evolutionary biology, economics, and behavioral analysis.
Abstract:

Many animal species have been shown to have abilities previously thought to be exclusive to humans, including the use and manufacture of tools, the capacity to solve novel problems without reinforcement of intermediate steps, planning behavioral sequences, and sudden acquisition of relational concepts without reinforcement. These findings pose hard challenges to behavioral analysis, as they require the articulation of hypotheses about the know-how that animals inherit, how this know-how is modified it by individual and social experience, and how all of this information combines to generate innovative behavior. I will present and discuss examples from research on crows, parrots, human infants and other species, with a focus on our quest for parsimonious theoretical accounts of apparently intelligent behavior.

Target Audience:

BCBAs with a Master's or Doctoral degree.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe what is meant by "intelligent behavior" when applied to nonverbal organisms; (2) discuss how behavior referred to as "problem-solving" or "insight" can be investigated in nonhuman species; (3) articulate how insights provided from the study of corvids and other species that spontaneously use tools can apply to human behavior.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}